Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ...

of 36 /36
Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Εὐλόγησον, δέσποτα. ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Εὐλογηµένη ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύµατος, νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ΧΟΡΟΣ: µήν. ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ ν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. ΧΟΡΟΣ: Κύριε, ἐλέησον. [καί µετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] πέρ τῆς ἄνωθεν εἰρήνης, καί τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν ψυχῶν ἡµῶν, τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. πέρ τῆς εἰρήνης τοῦ σύµπαντος κόσµου, εὐσταθείας τῶν ἁγίων τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησιῶν, καί τῆς τῶν πάντων ἑνώσεως, τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. πέρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου, καί τῶν µετὰ πίστεως, εὐλαβείας, καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ, τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. πέρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν, τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. πέρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡµῶν (δεῖνος), τοῦ τιµίου πρεσβυτερίου, τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας, παντός τοῦ Κλήρου καί τοῦ Λαοῦ, τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. πέρ τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς ἡµῶν Ἔθνους, πάσης Ἀρχῆς καὶ Ἐξουσίας ἐν αὐτῷ, τοῦ κατὰ ξηρὰν θάλασσαν καὶ ἀέρα φιλοχρίστου ἡµῶν στρατοῦ, τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶµεν. πέρ τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώµης) ταύτης, (τῆς νήσου ταύτης) πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καί τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς, I THIA LITOURYIA TOU AYIOU IOANNOU TOU HRISOSTOMOU DEACON Evlóyison Dhéspota. PRIEST Evloyimémi i vasilía dou Badrós ge dou Ioú ge dou Ayíou Bnévmados nin ge aí ge is dous eónas don eónon. CHOIR: Amín. DEACON En iríni dou Giríou dheithómen. CHOIR: Gírie eléison. (and after each petition) I bér dis ánothen irínis ge dis sodirías don psihón imón dou Giríou dheithómen. Ibér dis irínis dou símbandos gósmou, evstathías don ayíon dou Theóu Egglisión ge dis don bándon enóseos dou Giríou dheithómen. Ibér dou ayíou ígou doúdou ge don medá bísteos evlavías ge fóvou Theoú isióndon en avtó dou Giríou dheithómen. Ibér don evsevón ge orthodhóxon hristianón dou Giríou dheithómen. Ibér dou badrós ge arhiebiscóbou imón (name), dou dimíou bresvideríou, dis en Hristó dhiagonías, bandós dou glírou ge dou laoú, dou Giríou dheithómen. Ibér dou evsevoús imón Éthnous, básis arhís ge exousías en avtó, dou gadá xirán thálassan ge aéra filoxrístou imón stradoú, dou Giríou dheithómen. Ibér dis bóleos (Monís, gómis) dávtis, (dis nísou dávtis), básis bóleos ge hóras ge don bísti igoúndon en avtés, dou Giríou

Transcript of Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ...

Page 1: Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ

ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπέρ τῆς ἄνωθεν εἰρήνης καί τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν ψυχῶν ἡmicroῶν τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τῆς εἰρήνης τοῦ σύmicroπαντος κόσmicroου εὐσταθείας τῶν ἁγίων τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησιῶν καί τῆς τῶν πάντων ἑνώσεως τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καί τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) τοῦ τιmicroίου πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας παντός τοῦ Κλήρου καί τοῦ Λαοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τοῦ εὐσεβοῦς ἡmicroῶν Ἔθνους πάσης Ἀρχῆς καὶ Ἐξουσίας ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ κατὰ ξηρὰν θάλασσαν καὶ ἀέρα φιλοχρίστου ἡmicroῶν στρατοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ταύτης (τῆς νήσου ταύτης) πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καί τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς

I THIA LITOURYIA TOU AYIOU IOANNOU TOU

HRISOSTOMOU DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutespota PRIEST

Evloyimeacutemi i vasiliacutea dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

En iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter dis aacutenothen iriacutenis ge dis sodiriacuteas don psihoacuten imoacuten dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dis iriacutenis dou siacutembandos goacutesmou evstathiacuteas don ayiacuteon dou Theoacuteu Egglisioacuten ge dis don baacutendon enoacuteseos dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name) dou dimiacuteou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas bandoacutes dou gliacuterou ge dou laouacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou evsevouacutes imoacuten Eacutethnous baacutesis arhiacutes ge exousiacuteas en avtoacute dou gadaacute xiraacuten thaacutelassan ge aeacutera filoxriacutestou imoacuten stradouacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dis boacuteleos (Moniacutes goacutemis) daacutevtis (dis niacutesou daacutevtis) baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes dou Giriacuteou

τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ εὐκρασίας ἀέρων εὐφορίας τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς καὶ καιρῶν εἰρηνικῶν τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καί τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Α΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν οὗ τὸ κράτος ἀνείκαστον καὶ ἡ δόξα ἀκατάληπτος οὗ τὸ ἔλεος ἀmicroέτρητον καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἄφατος Αὐτὸς Δέσποτα κατὰ τὴν εὐσπλαχνίαν σου ἐπίβλεψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον οἶκον τοῦτον καὶ ποίησον microεθ ἡmicroῶν καί τῶν συνευχοmicroένων ἡmicroῖν πλούσια τὰ ἐλέη σου καί τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς σου ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Α΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Α΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς

Εὐλόγει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον καί πάντα τὰ ἐντός microου τὸ ὄνοmicroα τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter evgrasiacuteas aeacuteron evforiacuteas don garboacuten dis yis ge geroacuten irinigoacuten dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis enthoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 1st Antiphon

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten ou do graacutetos aniacutegaston ge i thoacutexa agadaacuteliptos ou do eacuteleos ameacutedridon ge i filanthrobiacutea aacutefados Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda gadaacute din evsblahniacutea sou ebiacutevlepson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute don aacuteyion iacutegon douacutedon ge biacuteison meth imoacuten ge don sinevhomeacutenon imiacuten blouacutesia da eleacutei sou ge dous iktirmouacutes sou PRIEST

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 1st ANTIPHON

And the choir shall sing the first Antiphon or the Psalm of the Typika Feasts of the Lord and the Mother of God have their own special Antiphons

Evloacuteyi i psihiacute mou don Giacuterion ge baacutenda da endoacutes mou do oacutenoma do aacuteyion avtouacute

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Εὐλόγει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον καὶ microὴ ἐπιλανθάνου πάσας τὰς ἀνταποδόσεις αὐτοῦ

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

Κύριος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἡτοίmicroασε τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ πάντων δεσπόζει

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν σῶσον τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς ἐκκλησίας σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ σέ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σὸν τὸ κράτος καί σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καί τοῦ Υἱοῦ καί τοῦ Ἁγίου

Evloacuteyi i psihiacute mou don Giacuterion ge mi ebilanthaacutenou baacutesas das andabodhoacutesis avtouacute

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Giacuterios en do ouranoacute idiacutemase don throacutenon avtouacute ge i vasiliacutea avtouacute baacutendon dhesboacutezi

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 2nd Antiphon

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten soacuteson don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou do bliacuteroma dis egglisiacuteas sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutentas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute sou thinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute se PRIEST

Oacutedi son do graacutedos ge sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i thiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is

Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Αἴνει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον αἰνέσω Κύριον ἐν τῇ ζωῇ microου ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ microου ἕως ὑπάρχω ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα

Μακάριος οὗ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακὼβ βοηθὸς αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν αὐτοῦ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Βασιλεύσει Κύριος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ Θεός σου Σιών εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ὁ Μονογενὴς Υἱὸς καὶ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀθάνατος ὑπάρχων καὶ καταδεξάmicroενος διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν σαρκωθῆναι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ἀτρέπτως ἐνανθρωπήσας σταυρωθείς τε Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός θανάτῳ θάνατον πατήσας εἷς ὤν τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος συνδοξαζόmicroενος τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

2nd ANTIPHON

Eni i psihiacute mou don Kiacuterion eneacuteso Kiacuterion en di zoi mou psaloacute do Theoacute mou eacuteos ibaacuterho ON SUNDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia

Magaacuterios ou o Theoacutes Iakoacutev voithoacutes avtouacute i elbiacutes avtouacute ebiacute Giacuterion don Theoacuten avtouacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Vasileacutevsi Giacuterios is don eoacutena o Theoacutes sou Sioacuten is yeneaacute ge yeneaacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

O Monoyeniacutes Ioacutes ge Loacuteyos dou Theouacute athaacutenados ibaacuterhon ge gadadhexaacutemenos dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean sargothiacutene ek dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas adreacutebtos enanthrobiacutesas stavrothiacutes de Hristeacute o Theoacutes thanaacutedo thaacutenadon badiacutesas is on dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos sinthoxazoacutemenos do Badriacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Ὁ τὰς κοινὰς ταύτας καὶ συmicroφώνους ἡmicroῖν χαρισάmicroενος προσευχάς ὁ καὶ δυσὶ καὶ τρισὶ συmicroφωνοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόmicroατί σου τὰς αἰτήσεις παρέχειν ἐπαγγειλάmicroενος Αὐτός καὶ νῦν τῶν δούλων σου τὰ αἰτήmicroατα πρὸς τὸ συmicroφέρον πλήρωσον χορηγῶν ἡmicroῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἐν τῷ microέλλοντι ζωὴν αἰώνιον χαριζόmicroενος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Τό Ἀπολυτίκιον τῆς ἡmicroέρας Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Γ΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς Ψαλλοmicroένου τοῦ τρίτου ἀντιφώνου γίνεται ἡ microικρὰ Εἴσοδος τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ microυστικῶς

Δέσποτα Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ καταστήσας ἐν οὐρανοῖς τάγmicroατα καὶ στρατιὰς ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων εἰς λειτουργίαν τῆς σῆς δόξης ποίησον σὺν τῇ εἰσόδῳ ἡmicroῶν εἴσοδον ἁγίων ἀγγέλων γενέσθαι συλλειτουργούντων ἡmicroῖν καὶ συνδοξολογούντων τὴν σὴν ἀγαθότητα Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἁγίαν εἴσοδον Ὁ ἱερεὺς εὐλογῶν ποιῶν διά τῆς δεξιᾶς κατά ἀνατολάς σταυρόν λέγει

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ εἴσοδος τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 3rd Antiphon

O das ginaacutes daacutevdas ge simfoacutenous imiacuten harisaacutemenos brosevhaacutes o ge dhisiacute ge drisiacute simfonouacutesin ebiacute to onoacutemadiacute sou das ediacutesis bareacutehin ebangelaacutemenos Avtoacutes ge nin don dhouacutelon sou da ediacutemada bros do simfeacuteron bliacuteroson horiyoacuten imiacuten en do baroacutendi eoacuteni din ebiacutegnosin dis sis alithiacuteas ge en do meacutellondi zoi eoacutenion harizoacutemenos PRIEST

Oacutedi ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 3rd ANTIPHON

And if it be a Great Feast of the Lord or the Mother of God the choir shall sing the third Antiphon of the feast Otherwise the choir shall sing shall sing the hymn of the day or the Beatitudes During the singing of the 3rd Antiphon the Priest and Deacon holding the Gospel Book exit the sanctuary for the Little Entrance DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen PRIEST (Silently)

Deacutesboda Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o gadastiacutesas en ouraniacutes daacuteymada ge stradiaacutes angeacutelon ge arhangeacutelon is lidouryiacutean dis sis dhoacutexis biacuteison sin di isoacutedho imoacuten iacutesodhon ayiacuteon angeacutelon yeneacutesthe sinlidouryouacutendon imiacuten ge sindhoxoloyouacutendon din sin ayathoacutedita Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutespota din ayiacutean iacutesodhon And the Priest giving the benediction with his right hand shall say

Evloyimeacuteni i iacutesodhos don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge

καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Σοφία Ὀρθοί Ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει τὸ εἰσοδικόν ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΧΟΡΟΣ Τα Ἀπολυτίκια και τὸ Κοντάκιον τῆς Ἐκκλησιαστικῆς περιόδου Ψαλλοmicroένων ὑπό τῶν χορῶν τά Ἀπολυτίκια καί τὸ Κοντάκιον ὁ Ἱερεύς λέγει τήν εὐχὴν ταῦτην

Εὐχὴν τοῦ Τρισαγίου Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος ὁ τρισαγίῳ φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro ἀνυmicroνούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro δοξολογούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ πάσης ἐπουρανίου δυνάmicroεως προσκυνούmicroενος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγὼν τὰ σύmicroπαντα ὁ κτίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα σὴν καὶ ὁmicroοίωσιν καὶ παντί σου χαρίσmicroατι κατακοσmicroήσας ὁ διδοὺς αἰτοῦντι σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ microὴ παρορῶν ἁmicroαρτάνοντα ἀλλὰ θέmicroενος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ microετάνοιαν ὁ καταξιώσας ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀναξίους δούλους σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ στῆναι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἁγίου σου θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὴν ὀφειλοmicroένην σοι προσκύνησιν καὶ δοξολογίαν προσάγειν Αὐτός Δέσποτα πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἐκ στόmicroατος ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου Συγχώρησον ἡmicroῖν πᾶν πληmicromicroέληmicroα ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἁγίασον ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ὁσιότητι λατρεύειν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν πρεσβείαις τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ αἰῶνός σοι εὐαρεστησάντων Μετά τό Κοντάκιον

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἅγιος εἶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί

aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten

Sofiacutea Orthiacute And the choir shall sing the entrance hymn ON SUNDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia The choir shall sing the hymn of the day the hymn to the saint to whom the Church is dedicated and the Kontakion of the day or feast While the choir sing the hymns the Priest shall say in a low voice

Prayer of the Thriceholy hymn O Theoacutes o aacuteyios o en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos o drisayiacuteo foniacute iboacute don Seraphiacutem animnouacutemenos ge iboacute don Herouviacutem dhoxoloyouacutemenos ge iboacute baacutesis ebouraniacuteou dhinaacutemeos broskinouacutemenos o ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene barayayoacuten da siacutembata o ktiacutesas don aacutenthrobon gad igoacutena sin ge omiacuteosin ge bandiacute sou hariacutesmati gadagosmiacutesas o dhidhouacutes edouacutendi sofiacutean ge siacutenesin ge mi baroroacuten amardaacutenonda allaacute theacutemenos ebiacute sodiriacutea medaacutenian o gadaxioacutesas imaacutes dous dabinouacutes ge anaxiacuteous dhouacutelous sou ge en di oacutera daacutevti stiacutene gadenoacutebion dis dhoacutexis dou ayiacuteou sou thisiastiriacuteou ge din ofilomeacutenin si broskiacutenisin ge dhoxoloyiacutean brosaacuteyin Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda broacutesdexe ge ek stoacutemados imoacuten don amardoloacuten don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon ge ebiacuteskepse imaacutes en di hristodidiacute sou Sinhoacuterison imiacuten ban blimmeacutelima egouacutesion de ge agouacutesion ayiacuteason imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada ge dhos imiacuten en osioacutedidi ladreacutevin si baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten bresviacutees dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon don ayiacuteon don ab eoacutenos si evarestisaacutendon After the Kontakion DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison PRIEST

Oacutedi aacuteyios i o Theoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς (γ΄)

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Δύναmicroις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσιν ἐναλλὰξ τὸν Τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον ποιοῦντες ὁmicroοῦ τρία προσκυνήmicroατα microετὰ σταυρῶν ἔmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Εἰ ἐστι συλλείτουργον τό Τρισάγιον Ὕmicroνον ψάλλεται ὡς ἐξής Τό πρῶτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό δεύτερον ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν τό τρίτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος τό τέταρτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό πέmicroπτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος Δόξα ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν Καί νῦν ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν καί τό Δύναmicroις ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ψαλλοmicroένου τό Δύναmicroις τοῦ Τρισαγίου παρά τῶν ψαλτῶν ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Κέλευσον Δέσποτα Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν τοῦ Ἱερέως λέγοντος

Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Και Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν καθέδραν λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ κατά ανατολάς λέγων

Εὐλογηmicroένος εἶ ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου ὁ καθήmicroενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβείmicro πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὅταν συmicroπληρωθεῖ τό Τρισάγιον ὓmicroνον ὁ Διάκονος ἔρχεται ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τό Προκείmicroενον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

DEACON Ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes (3)

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes

DEACON Dhiacutenamis CHOIR Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes While the choir sing the thriceholy hymn the Priest and the Deacon repeat the thriceholy secretly and together bow themselves thrice before the Holy Altar [If the Liturgy is celebrated by two or more priests then the thriceholy is sung five times before the ldquoGloryhellip and nowhelliprdquo on this wise First by the right choir second by the left third by the clergy fourth by the right fifth by the clergy Glory by the left now by the right Holy and Immortal by the left and the Power by the right] During the singing of the Power (Dhinamis) the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Gelevson Dhesboda And they shall proceed toward the throne the Priest saying as he goes

Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda din aacuteno gatheacutedhran PRIEST

Evloyimeacutenos i o ebiacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou o gathiacutemenos ebiacute don Herouviacutem baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And after the conclusion of the thriceholy the Deacon shall come before the Holy Doors and when the reader has read the first line of the prokhimenon of the Apostle reading he shall say

Πρόσχωmicroεν Καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τόν Στίχον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Σοφία Καί ὅταν ἐκφωνήσει τήν ἐπιγραφήν τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς περικοπῆς λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Πρόσχωmicroεν Πληρωθέντος δέ τοῦ Αποστόλου ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀλληλούϊα (γ΄) Μετά τῶν στίχων Ψαλλοmicroένων τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων και τῶν στίχων ὁ Διάκονος λέγει τῷ Ιερεί

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τό θυmicroίαmicroα Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ ὡς συνήθως λέγων

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὁ Διάκονος θυmicroιᾷ κατά τόν συνήθη τρόπον Ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει χαmicroηλοφώνως τήν εὐχήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου

Ἔλλαmicroψον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡmicroῶν φιλάνθρωπε Δέσποτα τὸ τῆς Σῆς θεογνωσίας ἀκήρατον φῶς καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν διάνοιξον ὀφθαλmicroοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν Σου κηρυγmicroάτων κατανόησιν Ἔνθες ἡmicroῖν καὶ τὸν τῶν microακαρίων Σου ἐντολῶν φόβον ἵνα τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυmicroίας πάσας καταπατήσαντες πνευmicroατικὴν πολιτείαν microετέλθωmicroεν πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν τὴν Σὴν καὶ φρονοῦντες καὶ πράττοντες Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ φωτισmicroὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος microετὰ τὸ θυmicroίαmicroα ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ Ἱερεῖ καὶ λέγει

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (Ματθαίου ἢ Μάρκου ἢ Λουκᾶ ἢ Ἰωάννου) Ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς σφραγίζων αὐτόν λέγει

Ὁ Θεός διὰ πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (δεῖνος) δῴη σοι ῥῆmicroα τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ δυνάmicroει πολλῇ εἰς ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Υἱοῦ Αὐτοῦ Κυρίου δὲ ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Γένοιτό microοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆmicroά σου

Broacuteshome And when the reader has read the second line

Sofiacutea And when he has announced which Apostolic reading is to be read

Broacuteshome And on completion of the Apostolic reading the Priest shall bless the reader saying

Iriacuteni si

CHOIR Allilouacuteia (3) With verses During the singing of the Alleluia the Deacon shall take up the censer with the incense and approaching the Priest shall say

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda do thimiacuteama PRIEST

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And whilst the Deacon censes in the customary way the Priest standing before the Holy Altar shall say in a low voice

Eacutelampson en des gardhiacutees imoacuten filaacutenthrobe Dheacutesboda do dis Sis theognosiacuteas agiacuteradon fos ge dous dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten dhiaacutenixon ofthalmouacutes is din don evangeligoacuten Sou giriymaacutedon gadanoacuteisin Eacutenthes imiacuten ge don don magariacuteon Sou endoloacuten foacutevon iacutena das sargigaacutes ebithimiacuteas baacutesas kadapadiacutesandes bnevmadigiacuten bolidiacutean medeacutelthomen baacutenda da bros evareacutestisin din Sin ge fronouacutendes ge braacutettondes Si yar i o fodismoacutes don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Hristeacute o Theoacutes ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The Deacon having put aside the censer shall come to the Priest and bowing his head shall say Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda don evaggelistiacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (Mattheacuteou Maacutergou Lougaacute or Ioaacutennou) The Priest signing him with the sign of the Cross shall say O Theoacutes dhiaacute bresvioacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (name) dhoacutei si riacutema do evangelizomeacuteno dhinaacutemi bolliacute is ekbliacuterosin dou Evangeliacuteou dou ayabidouacute Iouacute Avtouacute Giriacuteou dhe imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Yeacutenidoacute mi gadaacute do riacutema sou

Εἶτα λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Ἱερέως τὸ ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον καὶ προσκυνήσας microετ᾿ εὐλαβείας αἴρει αὐτὸ καί προπορευοmicroένων λαmicroπάδων ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν Ἄmicroβωνα ἐνῷ ὁ Ἱερεύς microετὰ τὴν συmicroπλήρωσιν τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκφωνεῖ

Σοφία Ὀρθοί ἀκούσωmicroεν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Εἰρήνη πᾶσι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ (δεῖνα) ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσmicroα

ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πρόσχωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Καὶ ἀναγινώσκει ὁ Διάκονος τὴν τεταγmicroένην περικοπὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι (τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ)

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Τούτου ψαλλοmicroένου κατέρχεται ὁ Διάκονος τοῦ Ἄmicroβωνος κρατῶν ὑψηλά τό Εὐαγγέλιον Ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας πύλης ἀποδίδει αὐτό τῷ Ἱερεί καί ἀσπάζεται τήν χείρα αὐτοῦ Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἀσπαζόmicroενος τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον χαράζει microετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τύπον σταυροῦ πρός τόν λαόν καί εἰσέρχεται ἐν τῷ Ἱερῷ καί ἀποθέτει αὐτό ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Ὁ Διάκονος σταθεῖς ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ λέγει τήν Ἐκτενήν

Εἴπωmicroεν πάντες ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν εἴπωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Κύριε Παντοκράτορ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡmicroῶν δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός κατὰ τὸ microέγα ἔλεός Σου δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ Ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ

And he shall give the Book to the Deacon who shall say Amen and kiss the Gospel Book and the Priestrsquos right hand and shall then step forth through the Holy Doors preceded by lighted candles and go to the customary place Then the Priest standing before the Holy Altar facing toward the west shall say

Sofiacutea Orthiacute agouacutesomen dou ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou

DEACON Ek dou gadaacute (name) ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou do anaacuteynosma

PRIEST Broacuteshomen

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si And after the reading of the Gospel the Priest shall bless the Deacon saying

Iriacuteni si (do evangelizomeacuteno)

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si Then the Deacon comes down from the Ambon holding high the Gospel Book At the Holy Doors he shall deliver the Book to the Priest and kiss his hand The Priest shall kiss the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross blessing the people before entering the Sanctuary and placing it upon the Holy Altar Then the Deacon standing in his accustomed place shall say the following petitions

Iacutebomen baacutendes ex oacutelis dis psihiacutes ge ex oacutelis dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten iacutebomen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (3) (and after each petition) DEACON

Giacuterie Bandograacutedor o Theoacutes don badeacuteron imoacuten dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eleacuteison imaacutes o Theoacutes gadaacute do meacuteya eacuteleos Sou dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge

Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος)

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἱερέων ἱεροmicroονάχων ἱεροδιακόνων καὶ microοναχῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἡmicroῶν ἀδελφότητος

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ ἐλέους ζωῆς εἰρήνης ὑγείας σωτηρίας ἐπισκέψεως συγχωρήσεως καὶ ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τῶν κατοικούντων καὶ παρεπιδηmicroούντων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐνορίᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων συνδροmicroητῶν καὶ ἀφιερωτῶν του ἁγίου ναοῦ τούτου

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν microακαρίων καὶ ἀειmicroνήστων κτιτόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας (ἢ Μονῆς) ταύτης καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν προαναπαυσαmicroένων πατέρων καὶ ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶς κειmicroένων καὶ ἀπανταχοῦ ὀρθοδόξων

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ τούτῳ κοπιώντων ψαλλόντων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιεστῶτος λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπεκδεχοmicroένου τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν τῆς ἐκτενοῦς ἱκεσίας

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν τὴν ἐκτενῆ ταύτην ἱκεσίαν πρόσδεξαι παρὰ τῶν Σῶν δούλων καὶ ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους Σου καὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς Σου κατάπεmicroψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου τὸν ἀπεκδεχόmicroενον τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἐλεήmicroων καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὔξασθε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι τῷ Κυρίῳ

arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name)

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don adhelfoacuten imoacuten don iereacuteon ieromonaacutehon ierodhiagoacutenon ge monahoacuten ge basis dis en Hristoacute imoacuten adhelfoacutedidos

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter eleacuteous zoiacutes iriacutenis iyiacuteas sodiriacuteas ebiskeacutepseos sinhoriacuteseos ge afeacuteseos don amardioacuten don dhouacutelon dou Theouacute baacutendon don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten don gadigouacutendon ge barabidhimouacutendon en di boacuteli ge enoriacutea daacutevdin don ebidroacutebon sinthromidoacuten ge afierodoacuten dou ayiacuteou naouacute doudouacute

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don magariacuteon ge aimniacuteston ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas (Moniacutes) daacutevtis ge ibeacuter baacutendon don broanabavsameacutenon baacutederon ge adhelfoacuten imoacuten don endhaacutethe evsevoacutes gimeacutenon ge abandahouacute orthodhoacutexon

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en do ayiacuteo ge banseacutepto naoacute douacutedon gobioacutendon psalloacutendon ge ibeacuter dou beriestoacutedos laouacute dou abekdhehomeacutenou do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten din ekteniacute daacutevtin igesiacutean broacutesdhexe baraacute don Son dhouacutelon ge eleacuteison imaacutes gadaacute do bliacutethos dou eleacuteous Sou ge dous iktirmouacutes Sou gadaacutebempson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute baacutendon don laoacuten Sou don abekdhehoacutemenon do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos PRIEST

Oacutedi eleiacutemon ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge Si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutevxasthe i Gadihouacutemeni do Giriacuteo

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Οἱ πιστοί ὑπὲρ τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἵνα ὁ Κύριος αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσῃ

Κατηχήσῃ αὺτοὺς τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας

Ἀποκαλύψῃ αὐτοῖς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης

Ἑνώσῃ αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ

Σῶσον ἐλέησον ἀντιλαβοῦ καὶ διαφύλαξον αὐτούς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Οἱ κατηχούmicroενοι τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνατε Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν ὑπέρ τῶν κατηχουmicroένων

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν ὁ διὰ σωτηρίαν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξαποστείλας τὸν microονογενῆ Σου Υἱὸν καὶ Θεόν τὸν Κύριον ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους Σου τοὺς Κατηχουmicroένους τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας Σοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν αὐχένα καὶ καταξίωσον αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ τοῦ λουτροῦ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐνδύmicroατος τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἕνωσον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ συγκαταρίθmicroησον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ Σου ποίmicroνῃ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σὺν ἡmicroῖν δοξάζωσι τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά Σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

I bistiacute ibeacuter don Gadihoumeacutenon dheithoacutemen

Iacutena o Giacuterios avtouacutes eleiacutesi

Gadihiacutesi avtouacutes don loacuteyon dis alithiacuteas

Abogaliacutepsi avtiacutes do Evangeacutelion dis dhigeosiacutenis

Enoacutesi avtouacutes di ayiacutea avtouacute Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea

Soacuteson eleacuteison andilavouacute ge dhiafiacutelaxon avtouacutes o Theoacutes di si haacuteridi

I gadihouacutemeni das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenade While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer for the Catechumen

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o en ipsiliacutes gadigoacuten ge da dabinaacute eforoacuten o dhiaacute sodiriacutean do yeacuteni don anthroacutebon exabostiacutelas don monoyeniacute Sou Ioacuten ge Theoacuten don Giacuterion imoacuten Iisouacuten Hristoacuten ebiacutevlepson ebiacute dous dhouacutelous Sou dous Gadihoumeacutenous dous ibogegligoacutedas Si don eavtoacuten avheacutena ge gadaxiacuteoson avtouacutes en geroacute evtheacutedo dou loudrouacute dis balingenesiacuteas dis afeacuteseos don amardioacuten ge dou endhiacutemados dis aftharsiacuteas eacutenoson avtouacutes di ayiacutea Sou Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea ge singadariacutethmison avtouacutes di eglektiacute Sou biacutemni PRIEST

Iacutena ge avtiacute sin imiacuten dhoxaacutezosi do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes oacutenomaacute Sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede i Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede

Μή τις τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων

Ὅσοι πιστοί ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Α΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν Σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν Δυνάmicroεων τῷ καταξιώσαντι ἡmicroᾶς παραστῆναι καὶ νῦν τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ προσπεσεῖν τοῖς οἰκτιρmicroοῖς Σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Πρόσδεξαι ὁ Θεός τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν ποίησον ἡmicroᾶς ἀξίους γενέσθαι τοῦ προσφέρειν Σοι δεήσεις καὶ ἱκεσίας καὶ θυσίας ἀναιmicroάκτους ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ Σου καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς οὓς ἔθου εἰς τὴν διακονίαν Σου ταύτην ἐν τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Πνεύmicroατός Σου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀκαταγνώστως καὶ ἀπροσκόπτως ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ microαρτυρίῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡmicroῶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαί Σε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ καὶ τόπῳ ἵνα εἰσακούων ἡmicroῶν ἵλεως ἡmicroῖν εἴης ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς Σῆς ἀγαθότητος

Ὅτι πρέπει Σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Mi dis don Gadihoumeacutenon

Oacutesi bistiacute eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

FIRST PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Evharistouacutemen Si Giacuterie o Theoacutes don Dhinaacutemeon do gadaxioacutesandi imaacutes barastiacutene ge nin do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiriacuteo ge bresbesiacuten dis iktirmiacutes Sou ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Broacutesdhexe o Theoacutes din dheacuteisin imoacuten biacuteison imaacutes axiacuteous yeneacutesthe dou brosfeacuterin Si dheiacutesis ge igesiacuteas ge thisiacuteas anemaacutektous ibeacuter bandoacutes dou laouacute Sou ge igaacutenoson imaacutes ous eacutethou is din dhiagoniacutean Sou daacutevtin en di dhinaacutemi dou Bneacutevmados Sou dou Ayiacuteou agadagnoacutestos ge abroskoacuteptos en gatharoacute do mardiriacuteo dis sinidhiacuteseos imoacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se en bandiacute geroacute ge doacutebo iacutena isagouacuteon imoacuten iacuteleos imiacuten iacuteis en do bliacutethi dis Sis ayathoacutedidos

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Β΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις Σοὶ προσπίπτοmicroεν καὶ Σοῦ δεόmicroεθα ἀγαθὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπε ὅπως ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν καθαρίσῃς ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα ἀπὸ παντὸς microολυσmicroοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύmicroατος καὶ δῴης ἡmicroῖν ἀνένοχον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον τὴν παράστασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Σου θυσιαστηρίου Χάρισαι δέ ὁ Θεός καὶ τοῖς συνευχοmicroένοις ἡmicroῖν προκοπὴν βίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως πνευmicroατικῆς δὸς αὐτοῖς πάντοτε microετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης λατρεύειν Σοι ἀνενόχως καὶ ἀκατακρίτως microετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων Σου Μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σου βασιλείας ἀξιωθῆναι

Ὅπως ὑπὸ τοῦ κράτους Σου πάντοτε φυλαττόmicroενοι Σοὶ δόξαν ἀναπέmicroπωmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ψάλλει τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον ἀργῶς καὶ microετὰ microέλους εἰς τὸν κύριον ἦχον τῆς ἡmicroέρας

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Τούτου δὲ ᾀδοmicroένου ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος τήν κεφαλήν ποιεῖ εὐχήν ὑπέρ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὴν

ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ ΧΕΡΟΥΒΙΚΟΥ

Οὐδεὶς ἄξιος τῶν συνδεδεmicroένων ταῖς σαρκικαῖς ἐπιθυmicroίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς προσέρχεσθαι ἢ προσεγγίζειν

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

SECOND PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Baacutelin ge bollaacutegis Si brosbiacuteptomen ge Sou dheoacutemetha ayatheacute ge filaacutenthrobe oacutebos ebivleacutepsas ebiacute din dheacuteisin imoacuten gathariacutesis imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada aboacute bandoacutes molismouacute sargoacutes ge bneacutevmados ge dhoacuteis imiacuten aneacutenohon ge agadaacutegridon din baraacutestasin dou ayiacuteou Sou thisiastiriacuteou Haacuterise dhe o Theoacutes ge dis sinevhomeacutenis imiacuten brogobiacuten viacuteou ge biacutesteos ge sineacuteseos bnevmadigiacutes dhos avtiacutes baacutendode medaacute foacutevou ge ayaacutebis ladreacutevin Si anenoacutehos ge akadagriacutedos medeacutehin don ayiacuteon Sou Mistiriacuteon ge dis ebouraniacuteou Sou vasiliacuteas axiothiacutene

Oacutebos iboacute dou graacutedous Sou baacutendode filattoacutemeni Si dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And the choir shall sing the Cherubic Hymn slowly and solemnly in the tone of the day

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia During the singing of the Cherubicon the Priest bowing his head shall say the following prayer on behalf of himself

THE PRAYER OF THE CHERUBICON Oudhiacutes aacutexios don sindhedhomeacutenon des sargigeacutes ebithimiacutees ge idhoneacutes broseacuterhesthe i brosengiacutezin i

ἢ λειτουργεῖν Σοι Βασιλεῦ τῆς δόξης τὸ γὰρ διακονεῖν Σοι microέγα καὶ φοβερὸν καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίοις Δυνάmicroεσιν Ἀλλ ὅmicroως διὰ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀmicroέτρητόν Σου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀναλλοιώτως γέγονας ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἀρχιερεὺς ἡmicroῶν ἐχρηmicroάτισας καὶ τῆς λειτουργικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναιmicroάκτου θυσίας τὴν ἱερουργίαν παρέδωκας ἡmicroῖν ὡς Δεσπότης τῶν ἁπάντων Σὺ γὰρ microόνος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν δεσπόζεις τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου χερουβικοῦ ἐποχούmicroενος ὁ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro Κύριος καὶ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος Σὲ τοίνυν δυσωπῶ τὸν microόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐήκοον Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ ἐmicroὲ τὸν ἁmicroαρτωλὸν καὶ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλόν Σου καὶ καθάρισόν microου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ ἱκάνωσόν microε τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Ἁγίου Σου Πνεύmicroατος ἐνδεδυmicroένον τὴν τῆς Ἱερατείας χάριν παραστῆναι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ καὶ ἱερουργῆσαι τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἄχραντόν Σου Σῶmicroα καὶ τὸ τίmicroιον Αἷmicroα Σοὶ γὰρ προσέρχοmicroαι κλίνας τὸν ἑmicroαυτοῦ αὐχένα καὶ δέοmicroαί Σου Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν Σου ἀπ ἐmicroοῦ microηδὲ ἀποδοκιmicroάσῃς microε ἐκ παίδων Σου ἀλλ ἀξίωσον προσενεχθῆναί Σοι ὑπ ἐmicroοῦ τοῦ ἁmicroαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἀναξίου δούλου Σου τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ προσφέρων καὶ προσφερόmicroενος καὶ προσδεχόmicroενος καὶ διαδιδόmicroενος Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ Ἱερεύς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσι καί αὐτοί τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον (γ΄) ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Μετά λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς τὸ θυmicroιατήριον καί εὐλογεί κατά τό συνήθης τρόπο θυmicroιᾷ κύκλῳ τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν τήν Πρόθεσιν τό Εἰκονοστάσι καί τόν λαόν λέγοντας microυστικῶς τό laquoΔεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroενraquo (γ΄) καὶ εἶτα τὸν Ν ψαλmicroόν Εἰ microέν ἐστι Κυριακή λέγει τὸ laquoἈνάστασιν Χριστοῦ θεασάmicroενοιraquo καὶ τὸν Ν΄ ψαλmicroόν ἕως τόν στίχον laquoθυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦmicroα συντετριmicromicroένον καρδίαν συντετριmicromicroένην καὶ τεταπεινωmicroένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσειraquo Ἐπανερχόmicroενος εἰς τό Ἱερό θυmicroιᾷ πάλιν τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν την Ἱεράν Πρόθεσιν καί

lidouryiacuten Si Vasileacutev dis dhoacutexis do yar dhiakoniacuten Si meacuteya ge foveroacuten ge avteacutes des ebouraniacuteis Dhinaacutemesin Al oacutemos dhiaacute din aacutefadon ge ameacutedridon Sou filanthrobiacutean adreacuteptos ge anallioacutedos yeacuteyonas aacutenthrobos ge Arhiereacutevs imoacuten ehrimaacutedisas ge dis lidouryigiacutes daacutevtis ge anemaacutektou thisiacuteas din ierouryiacutean bareacutedhokas imiacuten os Dhesboacutedis don abaacutendon Si yar moacutenos Giacuterios o Theoacutes imoacuten dhesboacutezis don ebouraniacuteon ge don ebiyiacuteon o ebiacute throacutenou herouvigouacute ebohouacutemenos o don Serafiacutem Giacuterios ge Vasileacutevs dou Israiacutel o moacutenos Aacuteyios ge en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos Se diacutenin dhisoboacute don moacutenon ayathoacuten ge eviacutegoon Ebiacutevlepson eb emeacute don amardoloacuten ge ahriacuteon dhouacutelon Sou ge gathaacuterison mou din psihiacuten ge din gardhiacutean aboacute sinidhiacuteseos boniraacutes ge igaacutenosoacuten me di dhinaacutemi dou Ayiacuteou Sou Bneacutevmados endhedhimeacutenon din dis Ieradiacuteas haacuterin barastiacutene di ayiacutea Sou daacutevti drabeacutezi ge ierouryiacutese do aacuteyion ge aacutehrandoacuten Sou Soacutema ge to diacutemion Eacutema Si yar broseacuterhome gliacutenas don emavtoacuten avheacutena ge dheacuteomeacute Sou Mi abostreacutepsis do broacutesoboacuten Sou ab emouacute midheacute abodhogimaacutesis me ek beacutedhon Sou al axiacuteoson brosenehthiacutene Si ib emouacute dou amardolouacute ge anaxiacuteou dhouacutelou Sou da dhoacutera daacutevta Si yar i o brosfeacuteron ge brosferoacutemenos ge brosdhehoacutemenos ge dhiadhidhoacutemenos Hriste o Theoacutes imoacuten ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The prayer being finished the Priest and the Deacon shall say the Cherubic hymn thrice making a reverence at the end of each repetition PRIEST

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan DEACON

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia Then the Priest taking up the censer and blessing the incense in the usual way shall cense the Holy Table round about the prothesis the Iconostasis and the people saying secretly ldquoO come let us worship etcrdquo and Psalm 50 On Sundays he shall say the hymn ldquoWe have seen the resurrection of Christrdquo and then Psalm 50 up to the verse ldquoO God Thou wilt not despiserdquo On entering the sanctuary he shall again cense the Holy table the prothesis and all the sanctuary and replace the censer in its customary place Then standing before the Holy Altar the Priest and the Deacon shall make

τό Ἱερατείον καί ἀποδίδει τό θυmicroιατήριον Οἱ Ἱερουργούντες προσκυνοῦντες τρίς πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί ἀσπαζόmicroενοι τό Ἀντιmicroήνσιον καί τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζα λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς τά τροπάρια ταῦτα

Ἤmicroαρτον εἰς σὲ Σωτήρ ὡς ὁ ἄσωτος υἱός δέξαι microε Πάτερ microετανοοῦντα καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός

Κράζω σοι Χριστὲ Σωτὴρ τοῦ τελώνου τὴν φωνήν Ἱλάσθητί microοι ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός Εἶτα εἰς ἕκαστος ὑποκλινόmicroενος τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς λέγει Συγχωρήσατέ microοι ἀδελφοὶ καὶ συλλειτουργοί Καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὑποκλινόmicroενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης λέγουν

Τοῖς microισοῦσι καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός συγχώρησον Καὶ ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ λέγουν

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε Καὶ προσκυνοῦσι τρὶς τὰ τίmicroια Δῶρα ἐκ τρίτου λέγουν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ ὁ ἄναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ὁ Υἱός ὁ συνάναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἀθάνατος τὸ πανάγιον Πνεύmicroαmiddot Τριὰς Ἁγία δόξα σοι Εἶτα ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Ἔπαρον Δέσποτα Ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄρας τὸν Ἀέρα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς ὤmicroοις τοῦ Διακόνου λέγων

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑmicroῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον Καὶ δίδει τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον εἰς τὸν Διάκονον Αὐτὸς δὲ λαmicroβάνει τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἀνέβη ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἀλαλαγmicroῷ Κύριος ἐν φωνῇ σάλπιγγος Ὅταν δὲ ὁ Χορός εἴπῃ τὸ laquoὩς τὸν Βασιλέαraquo ὁ Διάκονος microετὰ τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχονται ἐκ τῆς βορείας πύλης προπορευοmicroένων θυmicroιατηρίου λαmicroπάδων καὶ εξαπτερύγων καὶ διέρχονται τὸ ἀριστερὸν κλῖτος καὶ τὸ microέσον τοῦ Ναοῦ ποιοῦντες τὴν Μεγάλην Εἴσοδον τοῦ Διακόνου ἐκφωνοῦντος microεγαλοφώνως

Πάντων ὑmicroῶν microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καί τοῦ Ἱερέως εἰσερχοmicroένου λέγει πρός αὐτόν ὁ προεισελθών Διάκονος

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ

two lowly reverences saying each to himself Iacutemardon is se Sodiacuter os o aacutesodos ioacutes dheacutexe me Baacuteder medanoouacutenda ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes

Graacutezo si Hristeacute Sodiacuter dou deloacutenou din foniacuten Ilaacutesthidiacute mi oacutesber egiacuteno ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes And kissing the antiminsion they shall again make a reverence and turn and bow to each other saying

Sinhoriacutesadeacute mi adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute And then from the Holy doors they shall bow humbly to the people saying in a low voice

Dis misouacutesi ge ayaboacutesin imaacutes o Theoacutes sinhoacuterison Then shall they proceed to the offertory table saying as they go

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me And kissing the holy gifts they shall say

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes o Badiacuter o aacutenarhos aacuteyios ishiroacutes o Ioacutes o sinaacutenarhos aacuteyios athaacutenados do banaacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutes Ayiacutea dhoacutexa si Then the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Eacutebaron Dheacutesboda And the Priest taking the aer shall first cense it and then lay it on the Deaconrsquos shoulders saying

En iriacuteni ebaacuterade das hiacuteras imoacuten is da aacuteyia ge evloyiacutede don Giacuterion Then the Priest shall give the paten and to the Deacon and himself shall take up the chalice saying

Aneacutevi o Theoacutes en alalaymoacute Giacuterios en foniacute saacutelbingos When the Choir has rdquoThat we may receive the king of allrdquo the Deacon leading and the Priest shall go out of the sanctuary by the north side and make the Great Entrance preceded by lighted candles and the six-winged fans And as they shall go round about the nave the Deacon shall say in a loud voice

Baacutendon imoacuten mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Deacon going in at the Holy Doors stands to the right and as the Priest enters he shall say to him

Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea

βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς πρός αὐτόν

Τῆς Ἱεροδιακονίας (Διακονίας) σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ο Χορός συmicroπληροῖ τὸν χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζη εἶτα αἴρει τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον ἀπό τῆς τοῦ Διακόνου κεφαλῆς καί τίθησιν αὐτόν ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῦ ἁγιου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ὁ εὐσχήmicroων Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου καθελὼν τὸ ἄχραντόν σου σῶmicroα σινδόνι καθαρᾷ εἱλήσας καὶ ἀρώmicroασιν ἐν microνήmicroατι καινῷ κηδεύσας ἀπέθετο Εἶτα αἴρει τά καλύmicromicroατα ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου καί τοῦ Ποτηρίου καί τίθησιν αὐτά ἐν τῷ ἄνω microέρει τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί λαβών τόν ἀέρα ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου ὤmicroων καί θυmicroιάσας αὐτόν σκεπάζει τά ἅγια Μετά τοῦτο λαβών τόν θυmicroιατόν καί τοῦ Διακόνου εἰπόντος το Ἀγάθυνον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιῶν τρίς τὰ Ἅγια λέγει ἅπαξ

Ἀγάθυνον Κύριε ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἰκοδοmicroηθήτω τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσαληmicro Τότε εὐδοκήσεις θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης ἀναφορὰν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώmicroατα Τότε ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου microόσχους Ἀποδοὺς δὲ τὸ θυmicroιατὸν καὶ κλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ Μνήσθητί microου ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Εἶτα ὁ διάκονος ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν κρατῶν ἅmicroα καὶ τὸ Ὀράριον λέγει

Εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐmicroοῦ δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πνεῦmicroα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναmicroις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦmicroα συλλειτουργήσει ἡmicroῖν πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν Μνήσθητί microου Δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνησθείη σου Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχεται ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ καὶ ἅmicroα τῇ λήξει τοῦ Χερουβικοῦ ὕmicroνου λέγει τὴν τά Πληρωτικά

avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Priest shall say to him

Dis Ierodhiakoniacuteas (Dhiakoniacuteas) sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon The Choir shall complete the Cherubic Hymn The Priest shall meanwhile set the holy chalice upon the Altar and taking the paten from the Deaconrsquos head he shall place it to the left of the chalice saying

O evshiacutemon Iosiacutef aboacute dou xiacutelou gatheloacuten do aacutehrandoacuten sou soacutema sindhoacuteni gatharaacute iliacutesas ge aroacutemasin en mniacutemadi kenoacute kidheacutevsas abeacutethedo And removing the veils he shall place them on the one side or the upper part of the Altar and taking from the Deaconrsquos shoulders the aer and censing it he shall cover therewith the holy gifts saying And taking up the censer the Deacon shall say Ayaacutethinon Dheacutesboda And censing the holy gifts three times the Priest shall say

Ayaacutethinon Giacuterie en di endhogiacutea sou din Sioacuten ge igodhomithiacutedo da diacutehi Ierousaliacutem Doacutede evdhogiacutesis thisiacutean dhigeosiacutenis anaforaacuten ge ologavtoacutemata Doacutede aniacutesousin ebiacute do thisiastiacuterion sou moacuteshous And giving back the censer he shall bow his head and say to the Deacon

Mniacutesthidi mou adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Deacon bowing his head shall say to the Priest

Eacutevxe ibeacuter emoacuteu dheacutesboda aacuteyie And the Priest blessing the Deacon shall say

Bneacutevma Aacuteyion ebeleacutevsede ebiacute se ge dhiacutenamis Ipsiacutestou ebiskiaacutesi si DEACON

Avtoacute do Bneacutevma sillidouryiacutesi imiacuten baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten Mniacutesthidiacute mou Dheacutesboda aacuteyie PRIEST

Mnisthiacutei sou Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten And kissing the Priestrsquos right hand he shall stand in his customary place and after the completion of the Cherubic Hymn he shall say the following litany

Τούτων δὲ λεγοmicroένων ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἀναγινώσκει microυστικῶς τὴν ἑξῆς εὐχὴν τῆς Προθέσεως microετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ ἀπόθεσιν τῶν θείων Δώρων Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος ὁ δεχόmicroενος θυσίαν αἰνέσεως παρὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουmicroένων Σε ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὴν δέησιν καὶ προσάγαγε τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ Καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς προσενεγκεῖν Σοι δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας πνευmicroατικὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς εὑρεῖν χάριν ἐνώπιόν Σου τοῦ γενέσθαι Σοι εὐπρόσδεκτον τὴν θυσίαν ἡmicroῶν καὶ ἐπισκηνῶσαι τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τῆς χάριτός Σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα δῶρα ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου

Πληρώσωmicroεν τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προτεθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καὶ τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεὸς τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Meanwhile the Priest having set the divine gifts upon the Holy Altar shall say the following prayer

THE OFFERTORY PRAYER Giacuterie o Theoacutes o bandograacutedor o moacutenos Aacuteyios o dhehoacutemenos thisiacutean eneacuteseos baraacute don ebigaloumeacutenon Se en oacuteli gardiacutea broacutesdhexe ge imoacuten don amardoloacuten din dheacuteisin ge brosaacuteyaye do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiacuterio Ge igaacutenoson imaacutes brosenengiacuten Si dhoacutera de ge thisiacuteas bnevmadigaacutes ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes evriacuten haacuterin enoacutebioacuten Sou dou yeneacutesthe Si evbroacutesdhekton din thiacutesian imoacuten ge ebiskiacutenose do Bneacutevma dis haacuteridoacutes Sou do ayathoacuten ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena dhoacutera daacutevta ge ebiacute baacutenda don laoacuten Sou

Bliroacutesomen din dheacuteisin imoacuten do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter don brodetheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou ge anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie And after each petition

Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Της παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρmicroῶν τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀγαπήσωmicroεν ἀλλήλους ἵνα ἐν ὁmicroονοίᾳ ὁmicroολογήσωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πατέρα Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦmicroα Τριάδα ὁmicroοούσιον καὶ ἀχώριστον Ὁ Ἱερεὺς προσκυνήσας τρὶς ἀσπάζεται τὰ κεκαλυmicromicroένα Ἅγια πρῶτον τόν Δίσκον εἶτα τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί τό ἔmicroπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἄκρον τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγων καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν τό

Ἀγαπήσω σε Κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς microου Κύριος στερέωmicroά microου καὶ καταφυγή microου καὶ ῥύστης microου Καί ἐν συλλειτούργῳ διδόασιν οἱ Ἱερεις τόν ἀσπασmicroόν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀσπαζόmicroενοι ἀλλήλοις ἀρχόmicroενοι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν πρός τά δεξιά καί τέλος τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου δεξιάν χεῖρα λέγοντες διαλογικῶς ὁ εἶςmiddot

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Dhiaacute don iktirmoacuten dou monogenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evlogidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Ayabiacutesomen alliacutelous iacutena en omoniacutea omoloyiacutesomen CHOIR

Badeacutera Ioacuten ge Aacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutedha omoouacutesion ge ahoacuteriston And while the choir sing ldquoThe Father and the Sonhelliprdquo the Priest shall bow himself thrice and kiss the holy gifts they still being covered first the paten then the chalice and the edge of the Holy Altar before him saying within himself Ayabiacuteso se Giacuterie i ishiacutes mou Giacuterios stereacuteomaacute mou ge kadafiyiacute mou ge riacutestis mou And if there be two priests or more they likewise shall kiss the holy things and then embrace and kiss each other with the Kiss of Peace first on the left then on the right and then each otherrsquos right hand And while they embrace the Priest first in rank shall say

Ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ microέσῳ ἡmicroῶνmiddot Kαί ὁ ἕτεροςmiddot

Καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς θύρας τὰς θύρας Ἐν σοφίᾳ πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἄρας καί κατά microικρόν ὑψῶν τὸν Ἀέρα ἀνασείει αὐτόν ἀνοικτόν ἠρέmicroως ἐπάνω τῶν τιmicroίων δώρωνmiddot εἶτα διπλώσας και ἀσπασάmicroενος ἀποτίθησι microετά τῶν ἑτέρων καλυmicromicroάτων ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πιστεύω εἰς ἕνα Θεόν Πατέρα Παντοκράτορα ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων

Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν microονογενῆ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ἐκ φωτός Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα ὁmicroοούσιον τῷ Πατρί δι οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο Τὸν δι ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡmicroέρα κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόmicroενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόmicroενον microετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος

Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τὸ Ἅγιον τὸ κύριον τὸ ζωοποιόν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόmicroενον τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συmicroπροσκυνούmicroενον καὶ συνδοξαζόmicroενον τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

Εἰς microίαν Ἁγίαν Καθολικὴν καὶ Ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Ὁmicroολογῶ ἓν βάπτισmicroα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν Προσδοκῶ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν Καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ microέλλοντος αἰῶνος Ἀmicroήν

O hristoacutes en do meacuteso imoacuten And the other shall say Ge eacutesti ge eacuteste DEACON

Das thiacuteras das thiacuteras En sofia broacuteshomen The Priest shall take up the aer and hold it over the sacred gifts and calmly shake it up and down Then he shall lift the aer from the holy gifts fold it and kiss it and lay it aside with the other veils CHOIR

Bisteacutevo is eacutena Theoacuten Badeacutera Bandograacutedora biidiacuten ouranoacuteu ge yis oradoacuten de baacutendon ge aoraacutedon

Ge is eacutena Giacuterion Iisouacuten Hristoacuten don Yioacuten dou Theouacute don monoyeniacute don ek dou Badroacutes yennitheacutenda bro baacutendon don eoacutenon fos ek fodoacutes Theoacuten alithinoacuten ek Theouacute alithinouacute yennitheacutenda ou biitheacutenda omoouacutesion do Badriacute dhi ou da baacutenda eyeacutenedo Don dhi imaacutes dous anthroacutebous ge dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean gadelthoacutenda ek don ouranoacuten ge sargotheacutenda ek Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ge Mariacuteas dis Bartheacutenou ge enanthrobiacutesanda Stavrotheacutenda de ibeacuter imoacuten ebiacute Bondiacuteou Bilaacutedou ge bathoacutenda ge dafeacutenda Ge anastaacutenda di driacutedi imeacutera gadaacute das Yrafaacutes Ge anelthoacutenda is dous ouranouacutes ge gathezoacutemenon ek dhexioacuten dou Badroacutes Ge baacutelin erhoacutemenon medaacute dhoacutexis griacutene zoacutendas ge negrouacutes ou dis vasiliacuteas ouk eacuteste deacutelos

Ge is do Bneacutevma do Aacuteyion do giacuterion do zoobioacuten do ek dou Badroacutes ekborevoacutemenon do sin Badriacute ge Yioacute sinbroskinouacutemenon ge sindhoxazoacutemenon do laliacutesan dhiaacute don brofidoacuten

Is miacutean Ayiacutean Gatholigiacuten ge Abostoligiacuten Egglisiacutean Omoloyoacute en vaacuteptisma is aacutefesin amardioacuten Brosdhogoacute anaacutestasin negroacuten Ge zoiacuten dou meacutellondos eoacutenos Amiacuten

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Στῶmicroεν καλῶς στῶmicroεν microετὰ φόβου πρόσχωmicroεν τὴν ἁγίαν Ἀναφορὰν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προσφέρειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔλεον εἰρήνης θυσίαν αἰνέσεως Ὁ Ἱερεύς ῥιπίζων τὰ Ἅγια microετά ῥιπιδίου ἤ microή ὄντος microετά τοῦ Ἀέρος καί εἶτα ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος εἴη microετὰ πάντων ὑmicroῶν Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εὐλογεῖ αὐτὸν διὰ χειρός αὐτοῦ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου Ὁ Ἱερεύς ὑψῶν ἀmicroφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας λέγει

Ἄνω σχῶmicroεν τὰς καρδίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔχοmicroεν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ἀνατολάς λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον Ὁ Ἱερεύς κλινόmicroενος ἀπάρχεται τῆς ἁγίας Ἀναφορᾶς

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον σὲ ὑmicroνεῖν σὲ εὐλογεῖν σὲ αἰνεῖν σοὶ εὐχαριστεῖν σὲ προσκυνεῖν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τῆς δεσποτείας σου Σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς ἀνέκφραστος ἀπερινόητος ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀεὶ ὤν ὡσαύτως ὤν σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Σὺ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡmicroᾶς παρήγαγες καὶ παραπεσόντας ἀνέστησας πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστης πάντα ποιῶν ἕως ἡmicroᾶς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγες καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐχαρίσω τὴν microέλλουσαν Ὑπὲρ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ τῷ microονογενεῖ σου Ὑἱῷ καὶ τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ὑπὲρ πάντων ὧν ἴσmicroεν καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσmicroεν τῶν φανερῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς ἡmicroᾶς γεγενηmicroένων

DEACON

Stoacutemen galoacutes stoacutemen medaacute foacutevou broacuteshomen din ayiacutean Anaforaacuten en iriacuteni brosfeacuterin CHOIR

Eacuteleon iriacutenis thisiacutean eneacuteseos The Priest shall fan the holy things with a small fan or the folded aer saying

I haacuteris dou Giriacuteou imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute ge i ayaacutebi dou Theouacute ge Badroacutes ge i ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados iacutei medaacute baacutendon imoacuten And turning to face the people the Priest shall bless them with his hand CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou And raising his hands he shall say

Aacuteno shoacutemen das gardhiacuteas CHOIR

Eacutehomen bros don Giacuterion And turning to face the Icon of Christ the Priest shall say

Evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo CHOIR

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon And standing before the Holy Altar the Priest shall offer this prayer

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon se imniacuten se evloyiacuten se eniacuten si evharistiacuten se broskiniacuten en bandiacute doacutebo dis dhesbodiacuteas sou Si yar i Theoacutes aneacutekfrastos aberinoacuteidos aoacuterados akadaacuteliptos aiacute on osaacutevtos on si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Si ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene imaacutes bariacuteyayes ge barabesoacutendas aneacutestisas baacutelin ge ouk abeacutestis baacutenda bioacuten eacuteos imaacutes is don ouranoacuten aniacuteyayes ge din vasiliacutean sou ehariacuteso din meacutellousan Ibeacuter douacutedon abaacutendon evharistouacutemen si ge do monoyeniacute sou Ioacute ge do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo ibeacuter baacutendon on iacutesmen ge on ouk iacutesmen don faneroacuten ge afanoacuten everyesioacuten don is imaacutes yeyenimeacutenon Evharistouacutemen si ge

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Λειτουργίας ταύτης ἣν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡmicroῶν δέξασθαι κατηξίωσας καίτοι σοι παρεστήκασι χιλιάδες ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ microυριάδες ἀγγέλων τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ τὰ Σεραφείmicro ἑξαπτέρυγα πολυόmicromicroατα microετάρσια πτερωτά

Τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕmicroνον ᾄδοντα βοῶντα κεκραγότα καὶ λέγονταmiddot Τούτου λεγοmicroένου λαβών ὁ Διάκονος τόν ἀστερίσκον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ποιεῖ σταυροῦ τύπον ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ και ἀποσπογγίσας καί ἀσπασάmicroενος αὐτόν ἀποτίθησι microετά τοῦ ἀέρος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος Κύριος Σαβαώθ πλήρης ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης σου ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Ὁ δέ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἡmicroεῖς τῶν microακαρίων δυνάmicroεων Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε βοῶmicroεν καὶ λέγοmicroεν Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος Σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὴς ἡ δόξα σου Ὃς τὸν κόσmicroον σου οὕτως ἠγάπησας ὥστε τὸν Υἱόν σου τὸν microονογενῆ δοῦναι ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν microὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ὃς ἐλθὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν οἰκονοmicroίαν πληρώσας τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδοτο microᾶλλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν παρεδίδου ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσmicroου ζωῆς λαβὼν ἄρτον ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀχράντοις καὶ ἀmicroωmicroήτοις χερσί εὐχαριστήσας καὶ εὐλογήσας ἁγιάσας κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ microαθηταῖς καὶ ἀποστόλοις εἰπὼνmiddot

Λάβετε φάγετε τοῦτό microού ἐστι τὸ σῶmicroα τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν κλώmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ἐπευχόmicroενος λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς

ibeacuter dis Lidouryiacuteas daacutevtis in ek don hiroacuten imoacuten dheacutexasthe gadaxiacuteosas geacutedi si barestiacutegasi hiliaacutedhes arhangeacutelon ge miriaacutedes angeacutelon da Herouviacutem ge da Serafiacutem exapteacuteriya bolioacutemmada medaacutersia pterodaacute

Don ebiniacutegion iacutemnon aacutedhoda vooacutenda gegrayoacuteda ge leacuteyonda While saying this the Deacon shall take the asterisk from off the paten and making the sign of the Cross over it shall kiss it and lay it aside with the Aer CHOIR

Aacuteyios aacuteyios aacuteyios Giacuterios Savaoacuteth bliacuteris o ouranoacutes ge i yi dis dhoacutexis sou osannaacute en dis ipsiacutestis Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Osannaacute o en dis ipsiacutestis The Priest shall continue

Medaacute douacutedon ge imiacutes don magariacuteon dhinaacutemeon Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe vooacutemen ge leacuteyomen Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios Si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios ge meyalobrebiacutes i dhoacutexa sou Os don goacutesmon sou ouacutedos iyaacutebisas oacuteste don Ioacuten sou don monoyeniacute dhouacutene iacutena bas o bisteacutevon is avtoacuten mi aboacutelide al eacutehi zoiacuten eoacutenion Os elthoacuten ge baacutesan din ubeacuter imoacuten igonomiacutean bliroacutesas di niktiacute i baredhiacutedhodo maacutellon dhe eavtoacuten baredhiacutedhou ibeacuter dis dou goacutesmou zoiacutes lavoacuten aacuterton en des ayiacutees avtouacute ge ahraacutendis ge amomiacutedis hersiacute evhariacutestisas ge evloyiacutesas ayiaacutesas glaacutesas eacutedhoge dis ayiiacutes avtouacute mathidaacutes ge abostoacutelis iboacuten

Laacutevede faacuteyede douacutedo mou estiacute do soacutema do ibeacuter imoacuten gloacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest continues

Ὁmicroοίως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον microετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι λέγων

Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷmicroά microου τὸ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑmicroῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεύς καί πάλιν κλινόmicroενος λέγει τήν εὐχήν

Μεmicroνηmicroένοι τοίνυν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης ἐντολῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν γεγενηmicroένων τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῦ Τάφου τῆς τριηmicroέρου Ἀναστάσεως τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς Ἀναβάσεως τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν Καθέδρας τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου πάλιν Παρουσίας

Τὰ σὰ ἐκ τῶν σῶν σοὶ προσφέροmicroεν κατὰ πάντα καὶ διὰ πάντα ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σὲ ὑmicroνοῦmicroεν σὲ εὐλογοῦmicroεν σοὶ εὐχαριστοῦmicroεν Κύριε καὶ δεόmicroεθά σου ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀναίmicroακτον λατρείαν καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν κατάπεmicroψον τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα Δῶρα ταῦτα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτον εὐλογῶν λέγει

Καὶ ποίησον τὸν microὲν Ἄρτον τοῦτον τίmicroιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ποτηρίῳ τούτῳ τίmicroιον αἷmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου

Omiacuteos ge do bodiacuterion medaacute do dhibniacutese leacuteyon

Biacuteede ex avtouacute baacutendes douacutedo estiacute do eacutema mouacute do dis Geniacutes Dhiathiacutegis do ubeacuter imoacuten ge bolloacuten ekhinoacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say

Memnimeacuteni diacutenin dis sodiriacuteas daacutevtis endoloacuten ge baacutendon don ibeacuter imoacuten yeyenimeacutenon dou Stavrouacute dou Taacutefou dis driimeacuterou Anastaacuteseos dis is ouranouacutes Anabaacuteseos dis ek dhexioacuten Gatheacutedhras dis dhevdeacuteras ge endhoacutexou baacutelin Barousiacuteas

Ta sa ek don son si brosfeacuteromen gadaacute baacutenda ge dhiaacute baacutenda CHOIR

Se imnouacutemen se evloyouacutemen si evharistouacutemen Giacuterie ge dheoacutemethaacute sou o Theoacutes imoacuten PRIEST

Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ge aneacutemakton ladriacutean ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemethaacute ge igedeacutevomen gadaacutebepson do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena Dhoacutera daacutevta DEACON

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest blessing the holy bread shall say

Ge biacuteison don men Aacuterton douacutedon diacutemion Soacutema dou Hristouacute sou DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Boacutedirion And the Priest blessing the chalice shall say

Do dhe en do Bodiriacuteo douacutedo diacutemion eacutema dou Hristouacute sou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ἀmicroφότερα τὰ ἅγια Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἅmicroα τόν τε ἅγιον Ἄρτον καί τό ἅγιον Ποτήριου λέγει

Μεταβαλὼν τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ὥστε γενέσθαι τοῖς microεταλαmicroβάνουσιν εἰς νῆψιν ψυχῆς εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου σου Πνεύmicroατος εἰς Βασιλείας οὐρανῶν πλήρωmicroα εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν πίστει ἀναπαυσαmicroένων Προπατόρων Πατέρων Πατριαρχῶν Προφητῶν Ἀποστόλων Κηρύκων Εὐαγγελιστῶν Μαρτύρων Ὁmicroολογητῶν Ἐγκρατευτῶν καὶ παντὸς πνεύmicroατος δικαίου ἐν πίστει τετελειωmicroένου Και θυmicroιῶν τρίς κατέmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγει ἐκφώνως

Ἐξαιρέτως τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς microακαρίζειν σε τὴν Θεοτόκον τὴν ἀειmicroακάριστον καὶ παναmicroώmicroητον καὶ microητέρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡmicroῶν Τὴν τιmicroιωτέραν τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν ἀσυγκρίτως τῶν Σεραφείmicro τὴν ἀδιαφθόρως Θεὸν Λόγον τεκοῦσαν τὴν ὄντως Θεοτόκον σὲ microεγαλύνοmicroεν Εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσι τό θυmicroιατήριον τῷ Διακόνῳ καί κλινόmicroενος εὔχεται

Τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἁγίου (δεῖνος) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων ὧν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός Καὶ microνήσθητι πάντων τῶν κεκοιmicroηmicroένων ἐπ ἐλπίδι ἀναστάσεως ζωῆς αἰωνίου (ἐνταῦθα microνηmicroονεύει ὀνοmicroαστὶ ὧν

DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda amfoacutedera da aacuteyia And the Priest blessing both the holy bread and the chalice shall say

Medavaloacuten do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten PRIEST

Oacuteste yeneacutesthe dis medalamvaacutenousin is niacutepsin psihiacutes is aacutefesin amardioacuten is ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou sou Bneacutevmados is Vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten bliacuteroma is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is kadaacutegrima Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter don en biacutesti anabavsameacutenon Brobadoacuteron Badeacuteron Badriarhoacuten Brofidoacuten Abostoacutelon Giriacutegon Evangelistoacuten Mardiacuteron omoloyidoacuten Engradevdoacuten ge bandoacutes bneacutevmatos dhigeacuteou en biacutesti dedeliomeacutenou And taking up the censer he shall cense three times before the Holy Altar saying aloud

Exereacutedos dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevloyimeacutenis endhoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas CHOIR

Aacutexion estiacuten os alithoacutes magariacutezin se din Theodoacutegon din aimagaacuteriston ge banamoacutemidon ge mideacutera dou Theouacute imoacuten Din dimiodeacuteran don Herouviacutem ge endhoxodeacuteran asingriacutedos don Serafiacutem din adhiafthoacuteros Theoacuten Loacuteyon degouacutesan din oacutendos Theodoacutegon se meyaliacutenomen Then giving the censer to the Deacon the Priest shall continue Dou ayiacuteou Ioaacutennou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon dou Ayiacuteou (Name) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon on des igesiacutees ebiacuteskepse imaacutes o Theoacutes Ge mniacutesthidi baacutendon don gegimimeacutenon eb elbiacutedhi anastaacuteseos zoiacutes eoniacuteou (and he

βούλεται τεθνεώτων) καὶ ἀνάπαυσον αὐτούς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὅπου ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου Ἔτι παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε Μνήσθητι Κύριε πάσης ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρθοδόξων τῶν ὀρθοτοmicroούντων τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας καὶ παντὸς ἱερατικοῦ καὶ microοναχικοῦ τάγmicroατος Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουmicroένης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας σου Καθολικῆς καὶ Ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνῇ πολιτείᾳ διαγόντων ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστοτάτων καὶ φιλοχρίστων ἡmicroῶν βασιλέων παντὸς τοῦ παλατίου καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου αὐτῶν Δὸς αὐτοῖς Κύριε εἰρηνικὸν τὸ βασίλειον ἵνα καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ αὐτῶν ἤρεmicroον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωmicroεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνότητι Εἶθ οὕτως ὑψῶν εὐλογεῖ τὸ Ἀντίδωρον λέγων

Μέγα τὸ ὄνοmicroα τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἐκφώνως

Ἐν πρώτοις microνήσθητι Κύριε τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) ὃν χάρισαι ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις ἐν εἰρήνῃ σῷον ἔντιmicroον ὑγιᾶ microακροηmicroερεύοντα καὶ ὀρθοτοmicroοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχει καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ἐν ᾗ παροικοῦmicroεν καὶ πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς Μνήσθητι Κύριε πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ microεmicroνηmicroένων τῶν πενήτων καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡmicroᾶς τὰ ἐλέη σου ἐξαπόστειλον

Καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ἑνὶ στόmicroατι καὶ microιᾷ καρδίᾳ δοξάζειν καὶ ἀνυmicroνεῖν τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

remembers such as he will of the departed pronouncing their names) ge anaacutebavson avtouacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten oacutebou ebiskobiacute do fos dou brosoacutebou sou Eacutedi baragalouacutemen se Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie baacutesis ebiskobiacutes orthodhoacutexon don orthodomouacutendon don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas bandoacutes dou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas ge bandoacutes ieradigouacute ge monahigouacute daacuteymados Eacutedi brosfeacuteromeacuten si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter dis igoumeacutenis ibeacuter dis ayiacuteas sou Gatholigiacutes ge Abostoligiacutes Egglisiacuteas ibeacuter don en ayniacutea ge semniacute bolidiacutea dhiayoacutendon ibeacuter don bistodaacutedon ge filohriacuteston imoacuten vasileacuteon bandoacutes dou baladiacuteou ge dou stradobeacutedhou avtoacuten Dhos avtiacutes Giacuterie irinigoacuten do vasiacutelion iacutena ge imiacutes en di yaliacuteni avtoacuten iacuteremon ge isiacutehion viacuteon dhiaacuteyomen en baacutesi evseviacutea ge semnoacutedidi And raising and blessing the Antidoron he shall say

Meacuteya do oacutenoma dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Then in a load voice the Priest shall say

En broacutedis mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dou badroacutes ge Arhiebiskoacutebou imoacuten (Name) on haacuterise des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees en iriacuteni soacuteon eacutendimon iyiaacute magroimereacutevonda ge orthodomouacutenda don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas DEACON

Ge on eacutegastos gadaacute dhiaacutenian eacutehi ge baacutendon ge basoacuten CHOIR

Ge baacutendon ge basoacuten PRIEST Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dis boacuteleos (moniacutes goacutemis) en i barigouacutemen ge baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees ge memnimeacutenon don beniacutedon ge ebiacute baacutendas imaacutes da eleacutei sou exaboacutestilon

Ge dhos imiacuten en eniacute stoacutemadi ge miaacute gardhiacutea dhoxaacutezin ge animniacuten do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes onomaacute sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Καί εὐλογῶν τὸν λαόν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ microεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ microετὰ πάντων ἡmicroῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πάντων τῶν ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προσκοmicroισθέντων καὶ ἁγιασθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὅπως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ προσδεξάmicroενος αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπερουράνιον καὶ νοερὸν αὐτοῦ θυσιαστήριον εἰς ὀσmicroὴν εὐωδίας πνευmicroατικῆς ἀντικαταπέmicroψῃ ἡmicroῖν τὴν θείαν χάριν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος δεηθῶmicroεν Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν

And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Ge eacuteste da eleacutei dou meyaacutelou Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute medaacute baacutendon imoacuten CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou DEACON

Baacutendon don ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Ibeacuter don broskomistheacutendon ge ayiastheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Oacutebos o filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes imoacuten o brosdhexaacutemenos avtaacute is do aacuteyion ge iberouraacutenion ge noeroacuten avtouacute thisiastiacuterion is osmiacuten evodhiacuteas bnevmadigiacutes andigadabeacutempsi imiacuten din thiacutean haacuterin ge din dhoreaacuten dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados dheithoacutemen Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie (And after each petition) DEACON Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou

ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Σοὶ παρακατιθέmicroεθα τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς microεταλαβεῖν τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ φρικτῶν microυστηρίων ταύτης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ πνευmicroατικῆς Τραπέζης microετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς συγχώρησιν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων εἰς Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου κοινωνίαν εἰς βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονοmicroίαν εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἐκφώνως

Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς Δέσποτα microετὰ παρρησίας ἀκατακρίτως τολmicroᾶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι Σὲ τὸν ἐπουράνιον Θεὸν Πατέρα καὶ λέγειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πάτερ ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνοmicroά σου ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου γενηθήτω τὸ θέληmicroά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Τὸν ἄρτον ἡmicroῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡmicroῖν σήmicroερον Καὶ ἄφες ἡmicroῖν τὰ ὀφειλήmicroατα ἡmicroῶν ὡς καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἀφίεmicroεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡmicroῶν Καὶ microὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡmicroᾶς εἰς πειρασmicroόν ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Din enoacutedida dis biacutesteos ge din ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Si baragaditheacutemetha din zoiacuten imoacuten aacutebasan ge din elbiacutedha Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemetha ge igedeacutevomen gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes medalaviacuten don ebouraniacuteon sou ge friktoacuten mistiriacuteon daacutevtis dis ieraacutes ge bnevmadigiacutes Drabeacutezis medaacute gatharouacute sinidhoacutedos is aacutefesin amardioacuten is sinhoacuterisin blimmelimaacutedon is Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ginoniacutean is vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten glironomiacutean is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is gadaacutegrima Aloud

Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes Dheacutesboda medaacute barrisiacuteas agadagriacutedos dolmaacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se don ebouraacutenion Theoacuten Badeacutera ge leacuteyin CHOIR

Baacuteder imoacuten o en dis ouraniacutes ayiasthiacutedo do oacutenoma sou eltheacutedo i vasiliacutea sou yenithiacutedo do theacutelima sou os en ouranoacute ge ebiacute dis yis Don aacuterton imoacuten don ebiouacutesion dhos imiacuten siacutemeron Ge aacutefes imiacuten da ofiliacutemada imoacuten os ge imiacutes afiacuteemen dis ofileacutedes imoacuten Ge mi iseneacutengis imaacutes is birasmoacuten allaacute riacutese imaacutes aboacute dou bonirouacute PRIEST

Oacutedi sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i dhiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Βασιλεῦ ἀόρατε ὁ τῆ ἀmicroετρήτῳ σου δυνάmicroει τὰ πάντα δηmicroιουργήσας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ ἐλέους σου ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα παραγαγών Αὐτός Δέσποτα οὐρανόθεν ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας σοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλάς οὐ γὰρ ἔκλιναν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵmicroατι ἀλλὰ σοὶ τῶ φοβερῷ Θεῷ Σὺ οὖν Δέσποτα τὰ προκείmicroενα πᾶσιν ἡmicroῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐξοmicroάλισον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἰδίαν χρείαν τοῖς πλέουσι σύmicroπλευσον τοῖς ὁδοιποροῦσι συνόδευσον τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἴασαι ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Ἐκφώνως

Χάριτι καὶ οἰκτιρmicroοῖς καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Πρόσχες Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ἐξ ἁγίου κατοικητηρίου σου καὶ ἀπὸ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὸ ἁγιάσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ ἄνω τῷ Πατρὶ συγκαθήmicroενος καὶ ὧδε ἡmicroῖν ἀοράτως συνών καὶ καταξίωσον τῇ κραταιᾷ σου χειρὶ microεταδοῦναι ἡmicroῖν τοῦ ἀχράντου Σώmicroατός σου καὶ τοῦ τιmicroίου Αἵmicroατος καὶ δι ἡmicroῶν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Εἶτα προσκυνεῖ τρίς λέγων τό

Ὁ Θεός ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ

Iriacuteni baacutesi CHOIR

Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenomen CHOIR

Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Evharistouacutemen si Vasileacutev aoacuterade o di amedriacutedo sou dhinaacutemi da baacutenda dhimiouryiacutesas ge do bliacutethi dou eleacuteous sou ex ouk oacutendon is do iacutene da baacutenda barayayoacuten Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda ouranoacutethen eacutebidhe ebiacute dous ibogegligoacutedas si das eavtoacuten gefalaacutes ou yar eacuteglinan sargiacute ge eacutemadi allaacute si do foveroacute Theoacute Si oun Dheacutesboda da brogiacutemena baacutesin imiacuten is ayathoacuten exomaacutelison gadaacute din egaacutestou idhiacutean hriacutean dis bleacuteousi siacutemblevson dis odhiborouacuteusi sinoacutedhevson dous nosouacutendas iacutease o iadroacutes don psihoacuteon ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Aloud

Haacuteridi ge iktirmiacutes ge filanthrobiacutea dou monoyenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evloyidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say also this prayer

Broacuteshes Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten ex ayiacuteou gadigidiriacuteou sou ge aboacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou ge eltheacute is do ayiaacutese imaacutes o aacuteno do Badriacute singathiacutemenos ge oacutedhe imiacuten aoraacutedos sinoacuten ge gadaxiacuteoson di gradeaacute sou hiriacute medadhouacutene imiacuten dou ahraacutendou Soacutemados sou ge dou dimiacuteou Eacutemados ge dhi imoacuten bandiacute do laoacute Then the Priest and the Deacon shall bow themselves thrice saying each to himself

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison

ἐλέησόν microε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἁψάmicroενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου ἄκροις δακτύλοις τῶν δύο χειρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτόν ποιῶν σταυροῦ τύπον ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ἐκφωνῶν

Τὰ Ἅγια τοῖς ἁγίοις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἷς Ἅγιος εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ψάλλει τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἡmicroέρας (εἰς τὸν ἦχον εἰς ὃν ἐψάλη καὶ τὸ Χερουβικόν) Τῇ microὲν Κυριακῇ τό

Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Ἀλληλούϊα Εἰ δὲ τύχοι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῆς ψάλλεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Μέλισον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Ὁ Ἱερεύς microελίζων αὐτὸν εἰς τέσσαρας λέγων

Μελίζεται καὶ διαmicroερίζεται ὁ Ἀmicroνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ microελιζόmicroενος καὶ microὴ διαιρούmicroενος ὁ πάντοτε ἐσθιόmicroενος καὶ microηδέποτε δαπανώmicroενος ἀλλὰ τοὺς microετέχοντας ἁγιάζων Καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὰς σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ δίσκῳ οὕτως

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πλήρωσον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαβὼν τὴν ἄνω κειmicroένην microερίδα τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ (ΙΣ) ποιεῖ σταυρὸν microετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου καὶ ἐmicroβάλλων ταύτην ἐν αὐτῷ λέγει

Πλήρωmicroα Ποτηρίου πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου

me DEACON

Broacuteshomen The Priest taking the Holy Bread with both hands and raising it a little and making the sign of the Cross with it shall say

Da Aacuteyia dis ayiacuteis CHOIR

Is Aacuteyios is Giacuterios Iisouacutes Hristoacutes is dhoacutexan Theouacute Badroacutes Amiacuten The choir shall then sing the Communion Anthem in the same tone as was sung the Cherubic Hymn On Sundays the following

Eniacutede don Giacuterion ek don ouranoacuten Allilouacuteia If it be one of the Great Feasts of the Lord of the Mother of God or the leavetaking thereof the Communion Hymn of the Feast is sung DEACON Meacutelison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest breaking it in four parts shall say Meliacutezede ge dhiameriacutezede o Amnoacutes dou Theouacute o melizoacutemenos ge mi dhierouacutemenos o baacutendode esthioacutemenos ge midheacutebode dhabanoacutemenos allaacute dous medeacutehondas ayiaacutezon And he shall place the four pieces on the holy paten in this way

DEACON

Bliacuteroson dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Bodiacuterion And the Priest taking from the paten the particle which lies uppermost that marked IC shall make therewith the sign of the Cross over the chalice and placing it therein shall say Bliacuteroma Bodiriacuteou biacutesteos Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ Ζέον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Ἱερέα ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ζέον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ ζέσις τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Διάκονος ἐγχέει ἐκ τοῦ Ζέοντος τὸ ἀρκοῦν σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ λέγων

Ζέσις πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος ἁγίου Ἀmicroήν Καὶ προσερχόmicroενος ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἵνα κοινωνήσῃ λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ

Ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ συγχώρησόν microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς ἱερωσύνης σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεός ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί προσκυνοῦντες τρίς λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε (γ) Καὶ πλησιάσας εἰς τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόmicroου ὁ Ἱερεὺς λαmicroβάνει ἓν microέρος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου καὶ λέγει

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ οὕτω microεταλαmicroβάνει τῆς ἐν χερσί microερίδος microετά πάσης ἀσγαλείαςmiddot καί ἀποσπογγίσας τήν δεξιάν παλάmicroην διά τῆς microούσης λέγει ἡσύχως

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί προσελθόντος τοῦ Διακόνου ὁ Ἱερεὺς microεταδίδει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ παλάmicroῃ τό ἕτερον microέρος τῆς microερίδος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου λέγων

Μεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

DEACON Amiacuten And taking the Zeon [warm water] he shall say to the Priest Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do zeacuteon The Priest blessing the warm water shall say Evloyimeacuteni i zeacutesis don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And the Deacon shall pour into the chalice crosswise so much as suffices saying Zeacutesis biacutesteos Bneacutevmados ayiacuteou Amiacuten And approaching to partake of the Holy Mysteries the Priest shall say to the Deacon Adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute sinhoacuterisoacuten mi do amardoloacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And they shall make three devout reverences saying each to himself O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me (3) And the Priest taking and dividing the particle of the Holy Bread with the XC shall place a piece in the palm of his right hand saying Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten Medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And in fear and with all precaution he shall partake of the particle in his hand And wiping his palm with the sponge he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Deacon approaching the Priest shall place a particle of the Holy Bread in the palm of the Deaconrsquos right hand saying Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος λαmicroβάνει τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον καὶ ἀπέρχεται ὄπισθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καὶ microεταλαmicroβάνει Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς διά τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρός τό ἄκρον τοῦ ἁγίου microανδηλίου θέτει τοῦτο κάτωθεν τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ καί διά τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός κρατεῖ τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζον διά τοῦ ἐν χερσί καλύmicromicroατος τά τε ἴδια χείλη καί τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον ὅπερ καὶ ἀσπάζεται λέγων

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων microου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας microου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας microου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα προσκαλεῖ τὸν Διάκονον λέγων

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) ἔτι πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διακόνου προσελθόντος ἐξ ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ microεταδίδει αὐτῷ τρίτον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου οὗτος δέ κρατῶν τόν αὐχένα τούτου διά τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ χειρός τοῦ Διακόνου microόνου ὠθοῦντος τρίς τήν βάσιν τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Μεταλαβόντος δέ τοῦ Διακόνου λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων σου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας σου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα τοῦ Ἱερέως διαmicroελίσαντος τάς microερίδας τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ λαβών ὁ Διάκονος εἰς χείρας τόν τε ἅγιον Δίσκον καί τήν microοῦσαν εἰσκοmicroίζει πρῶτον τό ἅγιον σῶmicroα καί εἶτα ἅπαντα ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ microετά προσοχῆς καί εὐλαβείας λέγων Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζει καλῶς τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον ἔνδον τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ἀπόπλυνον Κύριε τὰ ἁmicroαρτήmicroατα τῶν ἐνθάδε microνηmicroονευθέντων δούλων σου τῷ Αἵmicroατί σου τῷ ἁγίῳ πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων Ἀmicroήν

The Deacon having received the Holy Bread shall go behind the Holy Altar and partake thereof Then the Priest taking with his left hand one end of the communion veil shall place it below his lips and with his right hand holding the other end of the veil he shall take up the chalice and partake of it three times saying Eacutedi medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Then wiping his lips and the rim of the chalice with the veil and kissing the chalice he shall say

Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon mou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas mou ge das amardiacuteas mou berigathariiacute Then he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) eacutedi broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Priest shall give to the Deacon to partake of the chalice three times on this wise The Deacon taking the edge of the veil shall place it under his lips The Priest shall hold the other end with his right hand together with the stem of the chalice Only the Deacon shall make the movement of the chalice by pushing down the base of the chalice As the Deacon partakes the Priest shall say Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And when the Deacon has partaken the Priest shall say Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon sou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas sou ge das amardiacuteas sou berigathariiacute Then the Priest shall divide the two remaining portions the NI and the KA into small particles sufficient for all The Deacon shall then take up the paten and the sponge and with extreme care shall place the divided particles of the Lamb into the chalice and then all the other particles saying Aboacuteblinon Giacuterie da amardiacutemada don enthaacutedhe mnimonevtheacutendon douacutelon sou do Eacutemadi sou do ayiacuteo bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon Amiacuten

Εἰ δέ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ βουλόmicroενοι κοινωνῆσαι εἰσκοmicroίζει microόνον τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον εἰς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον Καί οὕτω σκεπάζει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον τῷ καλύmicromicroατι ἐπί δέ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου τίθησι τόν ἀστέρα καί τά καλύmicromicroατα Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπαίρει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί δίδει τοῦτο τῷ Διακόνῳ ὅστις καί δείκνυσιν αὐτό τῷ λαῷ λέγων

Μετὰ φόβου Θεοῦ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης προσέλθετε ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Θεὸς Κύριος καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἡmicroῖν Καί εἰ microέν εἰσι πιστοί microεταλαβεῖν βουλόmicroενοι αἴρει ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου χειρῶν ὁ Ἱερεύς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί microεταδίδωσιν αὐτοῖς λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Σῶmicroα καὶ Αἷmicroα Χριστοῦ ἤ

Μεταλαmicroβάνει ὁ (ἡ) δοῦλος (η) τοῦ Θεοῦ (δεῖνα) τοῦ τιmicroίου Σώmicroατος καὶ Αἵmicroατος τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ἀmicroήν Ἐν δὲ τῷ κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πιστοὺς ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει

Τοῦ δείπνου σου τοῦ microυστικοῦ σήmicroερον Υἱὲ Θεοῦ κοινωνόν microε παράλαβε οὐ microὴ γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου τὸ microυστήριον εἴπω οὐ φίληmicroά σοι δώσω καθάπερ ὁ Ἰούδας ἀλλ ὡς ὁ λῃστὴς ὁmicroολογῶ σοι Μνήσθητί microου Κύριε ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου ἤ τό

Σῶmicroα Χριστοῦ microεταλάβετε πηγῆς ἀθανάτου γεύσασθε Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Καί microετά τήν τῶν πιστῶν θείαν κοινωνίαν ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν ἐπιλέγων ἐκφώνως

Σῶσον ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἴδοmicroεν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ἐλάβοmicroεν Πνεῦmicroα ἐπουράνιον εὕροmicroεν πίστιν ἀληθῆ ἀδιαίρετον Τριάδα προσκυνοῦντες αὕτη γὰρ ἡmicroᾶς ἔσωσεν

But if there be many that desire to communicate then he shall not put in the other particles but only the Lamb Otherwise he shall cover the chalice with the veil and place on the paten the asterisk and all the other veils Then the Priest shall take up the chalice and give it to the Deacon who shall show it to the people saying

Medaacute foacutevou Theouacute biacutesteos ge ayaacutebis broseacutelthede CHOIR

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Theoacutes Giacuterios ge ebeacutefanen imiacuten The Priest shall take the chalice from the Deacon and shall communicate to each who approach to partake of the Holy Mysteries saying to each

Soacutema ge Eacutema Hristouacute Or

Medalamvaacuteni o (i) douacutelos(i) dou Theouacute [Name] dou dimiacuteou Soacutemados ge Eacutemados dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Amiacuten Throughout the communion the choir shall sing the following

Dou dhiacutebnou sou dou mistigouacute siacutemeron Ieacute Theouacute ginonoacuten me baraacutelave ou mi yar dis ehthiacutes sou do mistiacuterion iacutebo ou fiacutelima si dhoacuteso kathaacuteber o Iouacutedhas al os o listiacutes omoloyoacute si Mniacutesthidiacute mou Giacuterie en di vasiliacutea sou Or

Soacutema Hristouacute medalaacutevede biyiacutes athanaacutedou yeacutevsasthe Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia And when all have communicated the Priest shall bless the people saying

Soacuteson o Theoacutes don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou CHOIR

Iacutedhomen do fos do alithinoacuten elaacutevomen Bneacutevma ebouraacutenion eacutevromen biacutestin alithiacute adhieacuteredon Driaacutedha broskinouacutendes aacutevti yar imaacutes eacutesosen

Εἶτα εἰσελθόντες τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ὁ microέν Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ καί εὐθέως λαmicroβάνει τόν θυmicroιατόν ὁ δέ Διάκονος λέγει

Ὕψωσον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιᾷ τρὶς τα Ἅγια Δῶρα λέγων

Ὑψώθητι ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανούς ὁ Θεός καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἡ δόξα Σου (γ΄) Εἶτα τόν microέν θυmicroιατόν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Διακόνου ἐπιτίθησι δέ καί τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον microετά τῶν καλυmicromicroάτων καί τοῦ ἀστερίσκου τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ ἀποθέτει αὐτά Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαmicroβάνει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν αὐτοῦ καί λέγει ἡσύχως πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Καί ἐκφώνως πρὸς τὸν λαόν στρεφόmicroενος

Πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ἀποτίθησι τά ἅγια ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Προθέσει

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

Πληρωθήτω τὸ στόmicroα ἡmicroῶν αἰνέσεως σου Κύριε ὅπως ὑmicroνήσωmicroεν τὴν δόξαν σου ὅτι ἠξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς microετασχεῖν τῶν ἁγίων microυστηρίων σου στήρηξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ σῷ ἁγιασmicroῷ ὅλην τὴν ἡmicroέραν microελετᾶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου Ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὀρθοί Μεταλαβόντες τῶν θείων ἁγίων ἀχράντων ἀθανάτων ἐπουρανίων καὶ ζωοποιῶν φρικτῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ microυστηρίων ἀξίως εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

And returning into the Sanctuary the Priest shal l p lace the holy Chal ice on the holy Altar and receiving the censer the Deacon shal l say

Iacutepsoson Dheacutesboda And the Priest shall cense the Holy Gifts thrice saying

Ιpsoacutethidi ebiacute dous ouranouacutes o Theoacutes ge ebiacute baacutesan din yin i dhoacutexa Sou (3) And giving the censer to the Deacon he shall take up the paten with the asterisk and the veils and set it upon the Deaconrsquos head who shall proceed to the offertory table where he shall set it down The Priest shall then take up the chalice saying in secret before the Holy Altar

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten And turning to face the people he shall say aloud

Baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And he shall set down the Holy Things on the Offertory Table

CHOIR Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Blirothiacutedo do stoacutema imoacuten eneacuteseos sou Giacuterie oacutebos imniacutesomen din dhoacutexan sou oacutedi ixiacuteosas imaacutes medashiacuten don ayiacuteon mistiriacuteon sou stiacuterixon imaacutes en do so ayiasmoacute oacutelin din imeacuteran meledaacuten din dhigeosiacutenin sou Allilouacuteia allilouacuteia allilouacuteia DEACON

Orthiacute Medalavoacutendes don thiacuteon ayiacuteon ahraacutendon athanaacutedon ebouraniacuteon ge zoobioacuten friktoacuten dou Hristouacute mistiriacuteon axiacuteos evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοί Κύριε Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς διπλώσας τό ειλητόν επεύχεται τήν ευχήν microετά τό πάντας microεταλαβείν Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε εὐεργέτα τῶν ψυχῶν ἡmicroῶν ὅτι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ ἡmicroέρᾳ κατηξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ ἀθανάτων Μυστηρίων Ὀρθοτόmicroησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ὁδόν στήριξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ φόβῳ σου τοὺς πάντας φρούρησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ζωήν ἀσφάλισαι ἡmicroῶν τὰ διαβήmicroατα εὐχαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις τῆς ἐνδόξου Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων σου Ἐκφώνως

Ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἁγιασmicroὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ταύτης τῆς ἐκφωνήσεως λεγοmicroένης λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς συγχρόνως τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον ποιεῖ τό σηmicroεῖον τοῦ Σταυροῦ ἐπί τοῦ ἀντιmicroηνσίου καί ἀσπασάmicroενος ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτό ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Στραφείς δέ πρός τόν λαόν ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ προέλθωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) Πάτερ ἅγιε Εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Καί ἐξελθών τοῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων θυρῶν καί βλέπων πρός ἀνατολάς ἀναγινώσκει microεγαλοφώνως τὴν

ΟΠΙΣΘΑΜΒΩΝΟΝ ΕΥΧΗΝ

Ὁ εὐλογῶν τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς Σε Κύριε καὶ ἁγιάζων τοὺς ἐπὶ Σοὶ πεποιθότας σῶσον τὸν λαόν Σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν Σου Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου Σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ Σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ Σέ Εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ Σου δώρησαι ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις Σου τοῖς

CHOIR Si Giacuterie And the Priest folding the antiminsion shall say the following prayer

Evharistouacutemen si Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe everyeacuteda don psihoacuten imoacuten oacutedi ge di barouacutesi imeacutera gadixiacuteosas imaacutes don ebouraniacuteon sou ge athanaacutedon Mistiriacuteon Orthodoacutemison imoacuten din odoacuten stiacuterixon imaacutes en do foacutevo sou dous baacutendas frouacuterison imoacuten din zoiacuten asfaacutelise imoacuten da dhiaviacutemada evheacutes ge igesiacutees dis endhoacutexou Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon sou Aloud

Oacutedi si i o ayiasmoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And saying thus the Priest shall take uo the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross over the antiminsion and lay the Book upon it

CHOIR Amiacuten And turning to face the people he shall say

En iriacuteni broeacutelthomen CHOIR

En onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie Evloacuteyison PRIEST And going out of the Sanctuary by the Holy Doors the Priest shall stand before the Icon of Christ or below the chancel steps and say the following prayer

BEHIND THE PULPIT PRAYER

O evloyoacuten dous evloyouacutendas Se Giacuterie ge ayiaacutezon dous ebiacute Si bebithoacutedas soacuteson don laoacuten Sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean Sou Do bliacuteroma dis Egglisiacuteas Sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutendas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou Sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute Sou dhinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute Se Iriacuteni do goacutesmo Sou dhoacuterise des Egglisiacutees Sou dis Iereacutevsi

Ἱερεῦσι (τοῖς Βασιλεῦσιν ἡmicroῶν) τῷ στρατῷ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Σου Ὅτι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρηmicroα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστι καταβαῖνον ἐκ Σοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων Καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν καὶ προσκύνησιν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Εἴη τὸ ὄνοmicroα Κυρίου εὐλογηmicroένον ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος (γ΄) Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εἰσελθών διά τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἀπέρχεται ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ προθέσει καί εὔχεται τήν ἐν τῷ συστεῖλαι τά ἅγια εὐχήν ἐν τῷ σκευοφυλάκίῳ

Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τοῦ νόmicroου καὶ τῶν Προφητῶν αὐτὸς ὑπάρχων Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ πληρώσας πᾶσαν τὴν πατρικὴν οἰκονοmicroίαν πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἐπί τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἱστάmicroενος εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν λέγων

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ ὑmicroᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δόξα σοι ὁ Θεός ἡmicroῶν δόξα σοι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ) Πάτερ ἅγιε εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

(Ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν) Χριστὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς παναχράντου καὶ παναmicroώmicroου ἁγίας αὐτοῦ Μητρός δυνάmicroει τοῦ τιmicroίου καὶ ζωοποιοῦ

(dis Vasileacutevsin imoacuten) do stradoacute ge bandiacute do laoacute Sou Oacutedi baacutesa dhoacutesis ayathiacute ge ban dhoacuterima deacutelion aacutenothen estiacute gadaveacutenon ek Sou dou Badroacutes don Foacuteton Ge Si din dhoacutexan ge evharistiacutean ge broskiacutenisin anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Iacutei do oacutenoma Giriacuteou evloyimeacutenon aboacute dou nin ge eacuteos dou eoacutenos [3] The Priest shall enter the Sanctuary and going to the offertory table shall say the following prayer silently

Do bliacuteroma dou noacutemou ge don Brofidoacuten avtoacutes ibaacuterhon Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten o bliroacutesas baacutesan din badrigiacuten igonomiacutean bliacuteroson haraacutes ge evfrosiacutenis das gardhiacuteas imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison The Priest standing by the Holy Doors shall bless the people saying

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute ef imaacutes di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST Dhoacutexa si o Theoacutes imoacuten dhoacutexa si CHOIR

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie evloacuteyison PRIEST

[O anastaacutes ek negroacuten) Hristoacutes o alithinoacutes Theoacutes imoacuten des breviacutees dis banahraacutendou ge banamoacutemou ayiacuteas avtouacute Midroacutes dhinaacutemi dou dimiacuteou ge zoobiouacute Stavrouacute brostasiacutees

Σταυροῦ προστασίαις τῶν τιmicroίων ἐπουρανίων Δυνάmicroεων Ἀσωmicroάτων ἱκεσίαις τοῦ τιmicroίου ἐνδόξου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ καλλινίκων microαρτύρων τῶν ὁσίων καὶ θεοφόρων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν τοῦ ἁγίου (τοῦ Ναοῦ) τῶν ἁγίων καὶ δικαίων Θεοπατόρων Ἰωακεὶmicro καὶ Ἄννης τοῦ ἁγίου (τῆς ἡmicroέρας) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων ἐλεήσαι καὶ σώσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Στερεώσαι Κύριος ὁ Θεός την ἁγίαν και ἀmicroώmicroητον πίστιν τῶν εὐσεβῶν και ὀρθοδόξων Χριστιανῶν συν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησίᾳ πόλει καί ἐνορίᾳ (κώmicroῃ) ταύτῃ εἰς αἰώνας αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Αἰωνία ἡ microνήmicroη τῶν microακαρίων καί ἀοιδίmicroων κτητόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας ταύτης καί πάντων τῶν ὀρθοδόξων Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν τὸν λαὸν λέγει

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι πάντας ὑmicroᾶς ἤ

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι τόν λαόν Αὐτῆς ἐν εἰρήνη πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Τὸν εὐλογοῦντα καὶ ἁγιάζοντα ἡmicroᾶς Κύριε φύλαττε εἰς πολλὰ ἔτη ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δι᾿ εὐχῶν τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεός ἐλέησον καὶ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς διανέmicroει τὸ ἀντίδωρον λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ᾿ ὑmicroᾶς Εἰς δὲ τὸν τελευταίως λαβόντα ἐπιλέγει

don dimiacuteon ebouraniacuteon Dhinaacutemeon Asomaacutedon igesiacutees dou dimiacuteou endhoacutexou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute Ioaacutennou don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge galliniacutegon mardiacuteron don osiacuteon ge theofoacuteron Bareacuteron imoacuten dou ayiacuteou (Name of the saint to whom the Church is dedicated) don ayiacuteon ge dhigeacuteon Theobadoacuteron Ioakiacutem ge Aacutennis dou ayiacuteou (Name of saint of the day) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon eleiacutese ge soacutese imaacutes os ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos CHOIR

Stereoacutese Giacuterios o Theoacutes din ayiacutean ge amoacutemidon biacutestin don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon Hristianoacuten sin di ayiacutea Eggliacutesia boacuteli ge enoriacutea (goacutemi) daacutevti is eoacutenas eoacutenon Amiacuten

Eoniacutea i mniacutemi don magariacuteon ge aidhiacutemon ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas daacutevtis ge baacutendon don orthodhoacutexon The Priest blessinf the people shall say

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi baacutendas imaacutes Or

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi don laoacuten Avtiacutes en iriacuteni baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Don evloyouacutenda ge ayiaacutezonda imaacutes Giacuterie fiacutelatte is bollaacute eacutedi PRIEST

Dhi evhoacuten don ayiacuteon Baderon imoacuten Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes eleacuteison ge soacuteson imaacutes

CHOIR Amiacuten And distributing the antidoron the Priest shall say to each recipient

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute eacutelthi ef imaacutes And to the last recipient he shall also say

Τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ἐν τούτοις ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν συστέλλει τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ πάσης ἀσφαλείας καὶ ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳmiddot ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς microετὰ τὴν διανοmicroὴν τοῦ Ἀντιδώρου εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Βῆmicroα ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳ καὶ ἀναγινώσκει τὴν Εὐχαριστίαν microετὰ τὴν θείαν Μετάληψιν καὶ τέλος ἐκδυθεὶς τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν ἀπέρχεται τοῦ ἱεροῦ Ναοῦ

Di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten Meanwhile the Deacon shall consume the remainder of the Holy Things And having consumed with care all that is in the chalice he shall pour in wine and water and again consume until the chalice is clean and no part remains He shall then wipe and dry the chalice with a communion veil and covering the sacred vessels he shall wash his hands And saying the prayers of thanksgiving he shall remove his vestments

Page 2: Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ εὐκρασίας ἀέρων εὐφορίας τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς καὶ καιρῶν εἰρηνικῶν τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καί τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπέρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Α΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν οὗ τὸ κράτος ἀνείκαστον καὶ ἡ δόξα ἀκατάληπτος οὗ τὸ ἔλεος ἀmicroέτρητον καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἄφατος Αὐτὸς Δέσποτα κατὰ τὴν εὐσπλαχνίαν σου ἐπίβλεψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον οἶκον τοῦτον καὶ ποίησον microεθ ἡmicroῶν καί τῶν συνευχοmicroένων ἡmicroῖν πλούσια τὰ ἐλέη σου καί τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς σου ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Α΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Α΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς

Εὐλόγει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον καί πάντα τὰ ἐντός microου τὸ ὄνοmicroα τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter evgrasiacuteas aeacuteron evforiacuteas don garboacuten dis yis ge geroacuten irinigoacuten dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis enthoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 1st Antiphon

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten ou do graacutetos aniacutegaston ge i thoacutexa agadaacuteliptos ou do eacuteleos ameacutedridon ge i filanthrobiacutea aacutefados Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda gadaacute din evsblahniacutea sou ebiacutevlepson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute don aacuteyion iacutegon douacutedon ge biacuteison meth imoacuten ge don sinevhomeacutenon imiacuten blouacutesia da eleacutei sou ge dous iktirmouacutes sou PRIEST

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 1st ANTIPHON

And the choir shall sing the first Antiphon or the Psalm of the Typika Feasts of the Lord and the Mother of God have their own special Antiphons

Evloacuteyi i psihiacute mou don Giacuterion ge baacutenda da endoacutes mou do oacutenoma do aacuteyion avtouacute

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Εὐλόγει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον καὶ microὴ ἐπιλανθάνου πάσας τὰς ἀνταποδόσεις αὐτοῦ

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

Κύριος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἡτοίmicroασε τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ πάντων δεσπόζει

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν σῶσον τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς ἐκκλησίας σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ σέ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σὸν τὸ κράτος καί σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καί τοῦ Υἱοῦ καί τοῦ Ἁγίου

Evloacuteyi i psihiacute mou don Giacuterion ge mi ebilanthaacutenou baacutesas das andabodhoacutesis avtouacute

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Giacuterios en do ouranoacute idiacutemase don throacutenon avtouacute ge i vasiliacutea avtouacute baacutendon dhesboacutezi

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 2nd Antiphon

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten soacuteson don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou do bliacuteroma dis egglisiacuteas sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutentas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute sou thinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute se PRIEST

Oacutedi son do graacutedos ge sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i thiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is

Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Αἴνει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον αἰνέσω Κύριον ἐν τῇ ζωῇ microου ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ microου ἕως ὑπάρχω ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα

Μακάριος οὗ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακὼβ βοηθὸς αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν αὐτοῦ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Βασιλεύσει Κύριος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ Θεός σου Σιών εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ὁ Μονογενὴς Υἱὸς καὶ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀθάνατος ὑπάρχων καὶ καταδεξάmicroενος διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν σαρκωθῆναι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ἀτρέπτως ἐνανθρωπήσας σταυρωθείς τε Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός θανάτῳ θάνατον πατήσας εἷς ὤν τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος συνδοξαζόmicroενος τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

2nd ANTIPHON

Eni i psihiacute mou don Kiacuterion eneacuteso Kiacuterion en di zoi mou psaloacute do Theoacute mou eacuteos ibaacuterho ON SUNDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia

Magaacuterios ou o Theoacutes Iakoacutev voithoacutes avtouacute i elbiacutes avtouacute ebiacute Giacuterion don Theoacuten avtouacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Vasileacutevsi Giacuterios is don eoacutena o Theoacutes sou Sioacuten is yeneaacute ge yeneaacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

O Monoyeniacutes Ioacutes ge Loacuteyos dou Theouacute athaacutenados ibaacuterhon ge gadadhexaacutemenos dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean sargothiacutene ek dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas adreacutebtos enanthrobiacutesas stavrothiacutes de Hristeacute o Theoacutes thanaacutedo thaacutenadon badiacutesas is on dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos sinthoxazoacutemenos do Badriacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Ὁ τὰς κοινὰς ταύτας καὶ συmicroφώνους ἡmicroῖν χαρισάmicroενος προσευχάς ὁ καὶ δυσὶ καὶ τρισὶ συmicroφωνοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόmicroατί σου τὰς αἰτήσεις παρέχειν ἐπαγγειλάmicroενος Αὐτός καὶ νῦν τῶν δούλων σου τὰ αἰτήmicroατα πρὸς τὸ συmicroφέρον πλήρωσον χορηγῶν ἡmicroῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἐν τῷ microέλλοντι ζωὴν αἰώνιον χαριζόmicroενος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Τό Ἀπολυτίκιον τῆς ἡmicroέρας Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Γ΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς Ψαλλοmicroένου τοῦ τρίτου ἀντιφώνου γίνεται ἡ microικρὰ Εἴσοδος τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ microυστικῶς

Δέσποτα Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ καταστήσας ἐν οὐρανοῖς τάγmicroατα καὶ στρατιὰς ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων εἰς λειτουργίαν τῆς σῆς δόξης ποίησον σὺν τῇ εἰσόδῳ ἡmicroῶν εἴσοδον ἁγίων ἀγγέλων γενέσθαι συλλειτουργούντων ἡmicroῖν καὶ συνδοξολογούντων τὴν σὴν ἀγαθότητα Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἁγίαν εἴσοδον Ὁ ἱερεὺς εὐλογῶν ποιῶν διά τῆς δεξιᾶς κατά ἀνατολάς σταυρόν λέγει

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ εἴσοδος τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 3rd Antiphon

O das ginaacutes daacutevdas ge simfoacutenous imiacuten harisaacutemenos brosevhaacutes o ge dhisiacute ge drisiacute simfonouacutesin ebiacute to onoacutemadiacute sou das ediacutesis bareacutehin ebangelaacutemenos Avtoacutes ge nin don dhouacutelon sou da ediacutemada bros do simfeacuteron bliacuteroson horiyoacuten imiacuten en do baroacutendi eoacuteni din ebiacutegnosin dis sis alithiacuteas ge en do meacutellondi zoi eoacutenion harizoacutemenos PRIEST

Oacutedi ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 3rd ANTIPHON

And if it be a Great Feast of the Lord or the Mother of God the choir shall sing the third Antiphon of the feast Otherwise the choir shall sing shall sing the hymn of the day or the Beatitudes During the singing of the 3rd Antiphon the Priest and Deacon holding the Gospel Book exit the sanctuary for the Little Entrance DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen PRIEST (Silently)

Deacutesboda Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o gadastiacutesas en ouraniacutes daacuteymada ge stradiaacutes angeacutelon ge arhangeacutelon is lidouryiacutean dis sis dhoacutexis biacuteison sin di isoacutedho imoacuten iacutesodhon ayiacuteon angeacutelon yeneacutesthe sinlidouryouacutendon imiacuten ge sindhoxoloyouacutendon din sin ayathoacutedita Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutespota din ayiacutean iacutesodhon And the Priest giving the benediction with his right hand shall say

Evloyimeacuteni i iacutesodhos don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge

καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Σοφία Ὀρθοί Ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει τὸ εἰσοδικόν ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΧΟΡΟΣ Τα Ἀπολυτίκια και τὸ Κοντάκιον τῆς Ἐκκλησιαστικῆς περιόδου Ψαλλοmicroένων ὑπό τῶν χορῶν τά Ἀπολυτίκια καί τὸ Κοντάκιον ὁ Ἱερεύς λέγει τήν εὐχὴν ταῦτην

Εὐχὴν τοῦ Τρισαγίου Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος ὁ τρισαγίῳ φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro ἀνυmicroνούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro δοξολογούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ πάσης ἐπουρανίου δυνάmicroεως προσκυνούmicroενος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγὼν τὰ σύmicroπαντα ὁ κτίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα σὴν καὶ ὁmicroοίωσιν καὶ παντί σου χαρίσmicroατι κατακοσmicroήσας ὁ διδοὺς αἰτοῦντι σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ microὴ παρορῶν ἁmicroαρτάνοντα ἀλλὰ θέmicroενος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ microετάνοιαν ὁ καταξιώσας ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀναξίους δούλους σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ στῆναι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἁγίου σου θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὴν ὀφειλοmicroένην σοι προσκύνησιν καὶ δοξολογίαν προσάγειν Αὐτός Δέσποτα πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἐκ στόmicroατος ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου Συγχώρησον ἡmicroῖν πᾶν πληmicromicroέληmicroα ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἁγίασον ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ὁσιότητι λατρεύειν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν πρεσβείαις τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ αἰῶνός σοι εὐαρεστησάντων Μετά τό Κοντάκιον

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἅγιος εἶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί

aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten

Sofiacutea Orthiacute And the choir shall sing the entrance hymn ON SUNDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia The choir shall sing the hymn of the day the hymn to the saint to whom the Church is dedicated and the Kontakion of the day or feast While the choir sing the hymns the Priest shall say in a low voice

Prayer of the Thriceholy hymn O Theoacutes o aacuteyios o en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos o drisayiacuteo foniacute iboacute don Seraphiacutem animnouacutemenos ge iboacute don Herouviacutem dhoxoloyouacutemenos ge iboacute baacutesis ebouraniacuteou dhinaacutemeos broskinouacutemenos o ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene barayayoacuten da siacutembata o ktiacutesas don aacutenthrobon gad igoacutena sin ge omiacuteosin ge bandiacute sou hariacutesmati gadagosmiacutesas o dhidhouacutes edouacutendi sofiacutean ge siacutenesin ge mi baroroacuten amardaacutenonda allaacute theacutemenos ebiacute sodiriacutea medaacutenian o gadaxioacutesas imaacutes dous dabinouacutes ge anaxiacuteous dhouacutelous sou ge en di oacutera daacutevti stiacutene gadenoacutebion dis dhoacutexis dou ayiacuteou sou thisiastiriacuteou ge din ofilomeacutenin si broskiacutenisin ge dhoxoloyiacutean brosaacuteyin Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda broacutesdexe ge ek stoacutemados imoacuten don amardoloacuten don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon ge ebiacuteskepse imaacutes en di hristodidiacute sou Sinhoacuterison imiacuten ban blimmeacutelima egouacutesion de ge agouacutesion ayiacuteason imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada ge dhos imiacuten en osioacutedidi ladreacutevin si baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten bresviacutees dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon don ayiacuteon don ab eoacutenos si evarestisaacutendon After the Kontakion DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison PRIEST

Oacutedi aacuteyios i o Theoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς (γ΄)

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Δύναmicroις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσιν ἐναλλὰξ τὸν Τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον ποιοῦντες ὁmicroοῦ τρία προσκυνήmicroατα microετὰ σταυρῶν ἔmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Εἰ ἐστι συλλείτουργον τό Τρισάγιον Ὕmicroνον ψάλλεται ὡς ἐξής Τό πρῶτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό δεύτερον ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν τό τρίτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος τό τέταρτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό πέmicroπτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος Δόξα ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν Καί νῦν ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν καί τό Δύναmicroις ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ψαλλοmicroένου τό Δύναmicroις τοῦ Τρισαγίου παρά τῶν ψαλτῶν ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Κέλευσον Δέσποτα Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν τοῦ Ἱερέως λέγοντος

Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Και Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν καθέδραν λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ κατά ανατολάς λέγων

Εὐλογηmicroένος εἶ ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου ὁ καθήmicroενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβείmicro πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὅταν συmicroπληρωθεῖ τό Τρισάγιον ὓmicroνον ὁ Διάκονος ἔρχεται ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τό Προκείmicroενον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

DEACON Ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes (3)

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes

DEACON Dhiacutenamis CHOIR Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes While the choir sing the thriceholy hymn the Priest and the Deacon repeat the thriceholy secretly and together bow themselves thrice before the Holy Altar [If the Liturgy is celebrated by two or more priests then the thriceholy is sung five times before the ldquoGloryhellip and nowhelliprdquo on this wise First by the right choir second by the left third by the clergy fourth by the right fifth by the clergy Glory by the left now by the right Holy and Immortal by the left and the Power by the right] During the singing of the Power (Dhinamis) the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Gelevson Dhesboda And they shall proceed toward the throne the Priest saying as he goes

Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda din aacuteno gatheacutedhran PRIEST

Evloyimeacutenos i o ebiacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou o gathiacutemenos ebiacute don Herouviacutem baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And after the conclusion of the thriceholy the Deacon shall come before the Holy Doors and when the reader has read the first line of the prokhimenon of the Apostle reading he shall say

Πρόσχωmicroεν Καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τόν Στίχον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Σοφία Καί ὅταν ἐκφωνήσει τήν ἐπιγραφήν τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς περικοπῆς λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Πρόσχωmicroεν Πληρωθέντος δέ τοῦ Αποστόλου ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀλληλούϊα (γ΄) Μετά τῶν στίχων Ψαλλοmicroένων τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων και τῶν στίχων ὁ Διάκονος λέγει τῷ Ιερεί

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τό θυmicroίαmicroα Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ ὡς συνήθως λέγων

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὁ Διάκονος θυmicroιᾷ κατά τόν συνήθη τρόπον Ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει χαmicroηλοφώνως τήν εὐχήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου

Ἔλλαmicroψον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡmicroῶν φιλάνθρωπε Δέσποτα τὸ τῆς Σῆς θεογνωσίας ἀκήρατον φῶς καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν διάνοιξον ὀφθαλmicroοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν Σου κηρυγmicroάτων κατανόησιν Ἔνθες ἡmicroῖν καὶ τὸν τῶν microακαρίων Σου ἐντολῶν φόβον ἵνα τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυmicroίας πάσας καταπατήσαντες πνευmicroατικὴν πολιτείαν microετέλθωmicroεν πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν τὴν Σὴν καὶ φρονοῦντες καὶ πράττοντες Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ φωτισmicroὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος microετὰ τὸ θυmicroίαmicroα ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ Ἱερεῖ καὶ λέγει

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (Ματθαίου ἢ Μάρκου ἢ Λουκᾶ ἢ Ἰωάννου) Ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς σφραγίζων αὐτόν λέγει

Ὁ Θεός διὰ πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (δεῖνος) δῴη σοι ῥῆmicroα τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ δυνάmicroει πολλῇ εἰς ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Υἱοῦ Αὐτοῦ Κυρίου δὲ ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Γένοιτό microοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆmicroά σου

Broacuteshome And when the reader has read the second line

Sofiacutea And when he has announced which Apostolic reading is to be read

Broacuteshome And on completion of the Apostolic reading the Priest shall bless the reader saying

Iriacuteni si

CHOIR Allilouacuteia (3) With verses During the singing of the Alleluia the Deacon shall take up the censer with the incense and approaching the Priest shall say

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda do thimiacuteama PRIEST

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And whilst the Deacon censes in the customary way the Priest standing before the Holy Altar shall say in a low voice

Eacutelampson en des gardhiacutees imoacuten filaacutenthrobe Dheacutesboda do dis Sis theognosiacuteas agiacuteradon fos ge dous dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten dhiaacutenixon ofthalmouacutes is din don evangeligoacuten Sou giriymaacutedon gadanoacuteisin Eacutenthes imiacuten ge don don magariacuteon Sou endoloacuten foacutevon iacutena das sargigaacutes ebithimiacuteas baacutesas kadapadiacutesandes bnevmadigiacuten bolidiacutean medeacutelthomen baacutenda da bros evareacutestisin din Sin ge fronouacutendes ge braacutettondes Si yar i o fodismoacutes don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Hristeacute o Theoacutes ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The Deacon having put aside the censer shall come to the Priest and bowing his head shall say Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda don evaggelistiacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (Mattheacuteou Maacutergou Lougaacute or Ioaacutennou) The Priest signing him with the sign of the Cross shall say O Theoacutes dhiaacute bresvioacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (name) dhoacutei si riacutema do evangelizomeacuteno dhinaacutemi bolliacute is ekbliacuterosin dou Evangeliacuteou dou ayabidouacute Iouacute Avtouacute Giriacuteou dhe imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Yeacutenidoacute mi gadaacute do riacutema sou

Εἶτα λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Ἱερέως τὸ ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον καὶ προσκυνήσας microετ᾿ εὐλαβείας αἴρει αὐτὸ καί προπορευοmicroένων λαmicroπάδων ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν Ἄmicroβωνα ἐνῷ ὁ Ἱερεύς microετὰ τὴν συmicroπλήρωσιν τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκφωνεῖ

Σοφία Ὀρθοί ἀκούσωmicroεν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Εἰρήνη πᾶσι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ (δεῖνα) ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσmicroα

ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πρόσχωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Καὶ ἀναγινώσκει ὁ Διάκονος τὴν τεταγmicroένην περικοπὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι (τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ)

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Τούτου ψαλλοmicroένου κατέρχεται ὁ Διάκονος τοῦ Ἄmicroβωνος κρατῶν ὑψηλά τό Εὐαγγέλιον Ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας πύλης ἀποδίδει αὐτό τῷ Ἱερεί καί ἀσπάζεται τήν χείρα αὐτοῦ Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἀσπαζόmicroενος τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον χαράζει microετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τύπον σταυροῦ πρός τόν λαόν καί εἰσέρχεται ἐν τῷ Ἱερῷ καί ἀποθέτει αὐτό ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Ὁ Διάκονος σταθεῖς ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ λέγει τήν Ἐκτενήν

Εἴπωmicroεν πάντες ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν εἴπωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Κύριε Παντοκράτορ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡmicroῶν δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός κατὰ τὸ microέγα ἔλεός Σου δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ Ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ

And he shall give the Book to the Deacon who shall say Amen and kiss the Gospel Book and the Priestrsquos right hand and shall then step forth through the Holy Doors preceded by lighted candles and go to the customary place Then the Priest standing before the Holy Altar facing toward the west shall say

Sofiacutea Orthiacute agouacutesomen dou ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou

DEACON Ek dou gadaacute (name) ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou do anaacuteynosma

PRIEST Broacuteshomen

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si And after the reading of the Gospel the Priest shall bless the Deacon saying

Iriacuteni si (do evangelizomeacuteno)

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si Then the Deacon comes down from the Ambon holding high the Gospel Book At the Holy Doors he shall deliver the Book to the Priest and kiss his hand The Priest shall kiss the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross blessing the people before entering the Sanctuary and placing it upon the Holy Altar Then the Deacon standing in his accustomed place shall say the following petitions

Iacutebomen baacutendes ex oacutelis dis psihiacutes ge ex oacutelis dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten iacutebomen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (3) (and after each petition) DEACON

Giacuterie Bandograacutedor o Theoacutes don badeacuteron imoacuten dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eleacuteison imaacutes o Theoacutes gadaacute do meacuteya eacuteleos Sou dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge

Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος)

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἱερέων ἱεροmicroονάχων ἱεροδιακόνων καὶ microοναχῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἡmicroῶν ἀδελφότητος

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ ἐλέους ζωῆς εἰρήνης ὑγείας σωτηρίας ἐπισκέψεως συγχωρήσεως καὶ ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τῶν κατοικούντων καὶ παρεπιδηmicroούντων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐνορίᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων συνδροmicroητῶν καὶ ἀφιερωτῶν του ἁγίου ναοῦ τούτου

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν microακαρίων καὶ ἀειmicroνήστων κτιτόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας (ἢ Μονῆς) ταύτης καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν προαναπαυσαmicroένων πατέρων καὶ ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶς κειmicroένων καὶ ἀπανταχοῦ ὀρθοδόξων

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ τούτῳ κοπιώντων ψαλλόντων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιεστῶτος λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπεκδεχοmicroένου τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν τῆς ἐκτενοῦς ἱκεσίας

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν τὴν ἐκτενῆ ταύτην ἱκεσίαν πρόσδεξαι παρὰ τῶν Σῶν δούλων καὶ ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους Σου καὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς Σου κατάπεmicroψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου τὸν ἀπεκδεχόmicroενον τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἐλεήmicroων καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὔξασθε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι τῷ Κυρίῳ

arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name)

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don adhelfoacuten imoacuten don iereacuteon ieromonaacutehon ierodhiagoacutenon ge monahoacuten ge basis dis en Hristoacute imoacuten adhelfoacutedidos

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter eleacuteous zoiacutes iriacutenis iyiacuteas sodiriacuteas ebiskeacutepseos sinhoriacuteseos ge afeacuteseos don amardioacuten don dhouacutelon dou Theouacute baacutendon don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten don gadigouacutendon ge barabidhimouacutendon en di boacuteli ge enoriacutea daacutevdin don ebidroacutebon sinthromidoacuten ge afierodoacuten dou ayiacuteou naouacute doudouacute

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don magariacuteon ge aimniacuteston ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas (Moniacutes) daacutevtis ge ibeacuter baacutendon don broanabavsameacutenon baacutederon ge adhelfoacuten imoacuten don endhaacutethe evsevoacutes gimeacutenon ge abandahouacute orthodhoacutexon

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en do ayiacuteo ge banseacutepto naoacute douacutedon gobioacutendon psalloacutendon ge ibeacuter dou beriestoacutedos laouacute dou abekdhehomeacutenou do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten din ekteniacute daacutevtin igesiacutean broacutesdhexe baraacute don Son dhouacutelon ge eleacuteison imaacutes gadaacute do bliacutethos dou eleacuteous Sou ge dous iktirmouacutes Sou gadaacutebempson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute baacutendon don laoacuten Sou don abekdhehoacutemenon do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos PRIEST

Oacutedi eleiacutemon ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge Si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutevxasthe i Gadihouacutemeni do Giriacuteo

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Οἱ πιστοί ὑπὲρ τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἵνα ὁ Κύριος αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσῃ

Κατηχήσῃ αὺτοὺς τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας

Ἀποκαλύψῃ αὐτοῖς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης

Ἑνώσῃ αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ

Σῶσον ἐλέησον ἀντιλαβοῦ καὶ διαφύλαξον αὐτούς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Οἱ κατηχούmicroενοι τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνατε Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν ὑπέρ τῶν κατηχουmicroένων

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν ὁ διὰ σωτηρίαν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξαποστείλας τὸν microονογενῆ Σου Υἱὸν καὶ Θεόν τὸν Κύριον ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους Σου τοὺς Κατηχουmicroένους τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας Σοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν αὐχένα καὶ καταξίωσον αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ τοῦ λουτροῦ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐνδύmicroατος τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἕνωσον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ συγκαταρίθmicroησον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ Σου ποίmicroνῃ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σὺν ἡmicroῖν δοξάζωσι τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά Σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

I bistiacute ibeacuter don Gadihoumeacutenon dheithoacutemen

Iacutena o Giacuterios avtouacutes eleiacutesi

Gadihiacutesi avtouacutes don loacuteyon dis alithiacuteas

Abogaliacutepsi avtiacutes do Evangeacutelion dis dhigeosiacutenis

Enoacutesi avtouacutes di ayiacutea avtouacute Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea

Soacuteson eleacuteison andilavouacute ge dhiafiacutelaxon avtouacutes o Theoacutes di si haacuteridi

I gadihouacutemeni das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenade While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer for the Catechumen

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o en ipsiliacutes gadigoacuten ge da dabinaacute eforoacuten o dhiaacute sodiriacutean do yeacuteni don anthroacutebon exabostiacutelas don monoyeniacute Sou Ioacuten ge Theoacuten don Giacuterion imoacuten Iisouacuten Hristoacuten ebiacutevlepson ebiacute dous dhouacutelous Sou dous Gadihoumeacutenous dous ibogegligoacutedas Si don eavtoacuten avheacutena ge gadaxiacuteoson avtouacutes en geroacute evtheacutedo dou loudrouacute dis balingenesiacuteas dis afeacuteseos don amardioacuten ge dou endhiacutemados dis aftharsiacuteas eacutenoson avtouacutes di ayiacutea Sou Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea ge singadariacutethmison avtouacutes di eglektiacute Sou biacutemni PRIEST

Iacutena ge avtiacute sin imiacuten dhoxaacutezosi do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes oacutenomaacute Sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede i Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede

Μή τις τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων

Ὅσοι πιστοί ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Α΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν Σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν Δυνάmicroεων τῷ καταξιώσαντι ἡmicroᾶς παραστῆναι καὶ νῦν τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ προσπεσεῖν τοῖς οἰκτιρmicroοῖς Σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Πρόσδεξαι ὁ Θεός τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν ποίησον ἡmicroᾶς ἀξίους γενέσθαι τοῦ προσφέρειν Σοι δεήσεις καὶ ἱκεσίας καὶ θυσίας ἀναιmicroάκτους ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ Σου καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς οὓς ἔθου εἰς τὴν διακονίαν Σου ταύτην ἐν τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Πνεύmicroατός Σου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀκαταγνώστως καὶ ἀπροσκόπτως ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ microαρτυρίῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡmicroῶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαί Σε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ καὶ τόπῳ ἵνα εἰσακούων ἡmicroῶν ἵλεως ἡmicroῖν εἴης ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς Σῆς ἀγαθότητος

Ὅτι πρέπει Σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Mi dis don Gadihoumeacutenon

Oacutesi bistiacute eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

FIRST PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Evharistouacutemen Si Giacuterie o Theoacutes don Dhinaacutemeon do gadaxioacutesandi imaacutes barastiacutene ge nin do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiriacuteo ge bresbesiacuten dis iktirmiacutes Sou ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Broacutesdhexe o Theoacutes din dheacuteisin imoacuten biacuteison imaacutes axiacuteous yeneacutesthe dou brosfeacuterin Si dheiacutesis ge igesiacuteas ge thisiacuteas anemaacutektous ibeacuter bandoacutes dou laouacute Sou ge igaacutenoson imaacutes ous eacutethou is din dhiagoniacutean Sou daacutevtin en di dhinaacutemi dou Bneacutevmados Sou dou Ayiacuteou agadagnoacutestos ge abroskoacuteptos en gatharoacute do mardiriacuteo dis sinidhiacuteseos imoacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se en bandiacute geroacute ge doacutebo iacutena isagouacuteon imoacuten iacuteleos imiacuten iacuteis en do bliacutethi dis Sis ayathoacutedidos

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Β΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις Σοὶ προσπίπτοmicroεν καὶ Σοῦ δεόmicroεθα ἀγαθὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπε ὅπως ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν καθαρίσῃς ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα ἀπὸ παντὸς microολυσmicroοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύmicroατος καὶ δῴης ἡmicroῖν ἀνένοχον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον τὴν παράστασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Σου θυσιαστηρίου Χάρισαι δέ ὁ Θεός καὶ τοῖς συνευχοmicroένοις ἡmicroῖν προκοπὴν βίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως πνευmicroατικῆς δὸς αὐτοῖς πάντοτε microετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης λατρεύειν Σοι ἀνενόχως καὶ ἀκατακρίτως microετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων Σου Μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σου βασιλείας ἀξιωθῆναι

Ὅπως ὑπὸ τοῦ κράτους Σου πάντοτε φυλαττόmicroενοι Σοὶ δόξαν ἀναπέmicroπωmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ψάλλει τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον ἀργῶς καὶ microετὰ microέλους εἰς τὸν κύριον ἦχον τῆς ἡmicroέρας

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Τούτου δὲ ᾀδοmicroένου ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος τήν κεφαλήν ποιεῖ εὐχήν ὑπέρ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὴν

ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ ΧΕΡΟΥΒΙΚΟΥ

Οὐδεὶς ἄξιος τῶν συνδεδεmicroένων ταῖς σαρκικαῖς ἐπιθυmicroίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς προσέρχεσθαι ἢ προσεγγίζειν

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

SECOND PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Baacutelin ge bollaacutegis Si brosbiacuteptomen ge Sou dheoacutemetha ayatheacute ge filaacutenthrobe oacutebos ebivleacutepsas ebiacute din dheacuteisin imoacuten gathariacutesis imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada aboacute bandoacutes molismouacute sargoacutes ge bneacutevmados ge dhoacuteis imiacuten aneacutenohon ge agadaacutegridon din baraacutestasin dou ayiacuteou Sou thisiastiriacuteou Haacuterise dhe o Theoacutes ge dis sinevhomeacutenis imiacuten brogobiacuten viacuteou ge biacutesteos ge sineacuteseos bnevmadigiacutes dhos avtiacutes baacutendode medaacute foacutevou ge ayaacutebis ladreacutevin Si anenoacutehos ge akadagriacutedos medeacutehin don ayiacuteon Sou Mistiriacuteon ge dis ebouraniacuteou Sou vasiliacuteas axiothiacutene

Oacutebos iboacute dou graacutedous Sou baacutendode filattoacutemeni Si dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And the choir shall sing the Cherubic Hymn slowly and solemnly in the tone of the day

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia During the singing of the Cherubicon the Priest bowing his head shall say the following prayer on behalf of himself

THE PRAYER OF THE CHERUBICON Oudhiacutes aacutexios don sindhedhomeacutenon des sargigeacutes ebithimiacutees ge idhoneacutes broseacuterhesthe i brosengiacutezin i

ἢ λειτουργεῖν Σοι Βασιλεῦ τῆς δόξης τὸ γὰρ διακονεῖν Σοι microέγα καὶ φοβερὸν καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίοις Δυνάmicroεσιν Ἀλλ ὅmicroως διὰ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀmicroέτρητόν Σου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀναλλοιώτως γέγονας ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἀρχιερεὺς ἡmicroῶν ἐχρηmicroάτισας καὶ τῆς λειτουργικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναιmicroάκτου θυσίας τὴν ἱερουργίαν παρέδωκας ἡmicroῖν ὡς Δεσπότης τῶν ἁπάντων Σὺ γὰρ microόνος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν δεσπόζεις τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου χερουβικοῦ ἐποχούmicroενος ὁ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro Κύριος καὶ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος Σὲ τοίνυν δυσωπῶ τὸν microόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐήκοον Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ ἐmicroὲ τὸν ἁmicroαρτωλὸν καὶ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλόν Σου καὶ καθάρισόν microου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ ἱκάνωσόν microε τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Ἁγίου Σου Πνεύmicroατος ἐνδεδυmicroένον τὴν τῆς Ἱερατείας χάριν παραστῆναι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ καὶ ἱερουργῆσαι τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἄχραντόν Σου Σῶmicroα καὶ τὸ τίmicroιον Αἷmicroα Σοὶ γὰρ προσέρχοmicroαι κλίνας τὸν ἑmicroαυτοῦ αὐχένα καὶ δέοmicroαί Σου Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν Σου ἀπ ἐmicroοῦ microηδὲ ἀποδοκιmicroάσῃς microε ἐκ παίδων Σου ἀλλ ἀξίωσον προσενεχθῆναί Σοι ὑπ ἐmicroοῦ τοῦ ἁmicroαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἀναξίου δούλου Σου τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ προσφέρων καὶ προσφερόmicroενος καὶ προσδεχόmicroενος καὶ διαδιδόmicroενος Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ Ἱερεύς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσι καί αὐτοί τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον (γ΄) ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Μετά λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς τὸ θυmicroιατήριον καί εὐλογεί κατά τό συνήθης τρόπο θυmicroιᾷ κύκλῳ τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν τήν Πρόθεσιν τό Εἰκονοστάσι καί τόν λαόν λέγοντας microυστικῶς τό laquoΔεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroενraquo (γ΄) καὶ εἶτα τὸν Ν ψαλmicroόν Εἰ microέν ἐστι Κυριακή λέγει τὸ laquoἈνάστασιν Χριστοῦ θεασάmicroενοιraquo καὶ τὸν Ν΄ ψαλmicroόν ἕως τόν στίχον laquoθυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦmicroα συντετριmicromicroένον καρδίαν συντετριmicromicroένην καὶ τεταπεινωmicroένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσειraquo Ἐπανερχόmicroενος εἰς τό Ἱερό θυmicroιᾷ πάλιν τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν την Ἱεράν Πρόθεσιν καί

lidouryiacuten Si Vasileacutev dis dhoacutexis do yar dhiakoniacuten Si meacuteya ge foveroacuten ge avteacutes des ebouraniacuteis Dhinaacutemesin Al oacutemos dhiaacute din aacutefadon ge ameacutedridon Sou filanthrobiacutean adreacuteptos ge anallioacutedos yeacuteyonas aacutenthrobos ge Arhiereacutevs imoacuten ehrimaacutedisas ge dis lidouryigiacutes daacutevtis ge anemaacutektou thisiacuteas din ierouryiacutean bareacutedhokas imiacuten os Dhesboacutedis don abaacutendon Si yar moacutenos Giacuterios o Theoacutes imoacuten dhesboacutezis don ebouraniacuteon ge don ebiyiacuteon o ebiacute throacutenou herouvigouacute ebohouacutemenos o don Serafiacutem Giacuterios ge Vasileacutevs dou Israiacutel o moacutenos Aacuteyios ge en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos Se diacutenin dhisoboacute don moacutenon ayathoacuten ge eviacutegoon Ebiacutevlepson eb emeacute don amardoloacuten ge ahriacuteon dhouacutelon Sou ge gathaacuterison mou din psihiacuten ge din gardhiacutean aboacute sinidhiacuteseos boniraacutes ge igaacutenosoacuten me di dhinaacutemi dou Ayiacuteou Sou Bneacutevmados endhedhimeacutenon din dis Ieradiacuteas haacuterin barastiacutene di ayiacutea Sou daacutevti drabeacutezi ge ierouryiacutese do aacuteyion ge aacutehrandoacuten Sou Soacutema ge to diacutemion Eacutema Si yar broseacuterhome gliacutenas don emavtoacuten avheacutena ge dheacuteomeacute Sou Mi abostreacutepsis do broacutesoboacuten Sou ab emouacute midheacute abodhogimaacutesis me ek beacutedhon Sou al axiacuteoson brosenehthiacutene Si ib emouacute dou amardolouacute ge anaxiacuteou dhouacutelou Sou da dhoacutera daacutevta Si yar i o brosfeacuteron ge brosferoacutemenos ge brosdhehoacutemenos ge dhiadhidhoacutemenos Hriste o Theoacutes imoacuten ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The prayer being finished the Priest and the Deacon shall say the Cherubic hymn thrice making a reverence at the end of each repetition PRIEST

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan DEACON

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia Then the Priest taking up the censer and blessing the incense in the usual way shall cense the Holy Table round about the prothesis the Iconostasis and the people saying secretly ldquoO come let us worship etcrdquo and Psalm 50 On Sundays he shall say the hymn ldquoWe have seen the resurrection of Christrdquo and then Psalm 50 up to the verse ldquoO God Thou wilt not despiserdquo On entering the sanctuary he shall again cense the Holy table the prothesis and all the sanctuary and replace the censer in its customary place Then standing before the Holy Altar the Priest and the Deacon shall make

τό Ἱερατείον καί ἀποδίδει τό θυmicroιατήριον Οἱ Ἱερουργούντες προσκυνοῦντες τρίς πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί ἀσπαζόmicroενοι τό Ἀντιmicroήνσιον καί τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζα λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς τά τροπάρια ταῦτα

Ἤmicroαρτον εἰς σὲ Σωτήρ ὡς ὁ ἄσωτος υἱός δέξαι microε Πάτερ microετανοοῦντα καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός

Κράζω σοι Χριστὲ Σωτὴρ τοῦ τελώνου τὴν φωνήν Ἱλάσθητί microοι ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός Εἶτα εἰς ἕκαστος ὑποκλινόmicroενος τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς λέγει Συγχωρήσατέ microοι ἀδελφοὶ καὶ συλλειτουργοί Καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὑποκλινόmicroενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης λέγουν

Τοῖς microισοῦσι καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός συγχώρησον Καὶ ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ λέγουν

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε Καὶ προσκυνοῦσι τρὶς τὰ τίmicroια Δῶρα ἐκ τρίτου λέγουν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ ὁ ἄναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ὁ Υἱός ὁ συνάναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἀθάνατος τὸ πανάγιον Πνεύmicroαmiddot Τριὰς Ἁγία δόξα σοι Εἶτα ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Ἔπαρον Δέσποτα Ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄρας τὸν Ἀέρα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς ὤmicroοις τοῦ Διακόνου λέγων

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑmicroῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον Καὶ δίδει τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον εἰς τὸν Διάκονον Αὐτὸς δὲ λαmicroβάνει τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἀνέβη ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἀλαλαγmicroῷ Κύριος ἐν φωνῇ σάλπιγγος Ὅταν δὲ ὁ Χορός εἴπῃ τὸ laquoὩς τὸν Βασιλέαraquo ὁ Διάκονος microετὰ τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχονται ἐκ τῆς βορείας πύλης προπορευοmicroένων θυmicroιατηρίου λαmicroπάδων καὶ εξαπτερύγων καὶ διέρχονται τὸ ἀριστερὸν κλῖτος καὶ τὸ microέσον τοῦ Ναοῦ ποιοῦντες τὴν Μεγάλην Εἴσοδον τοῦ Διακόνου ἐκφωνοῦντος microεγαλοφώνως

Πάντων ὑmicroῶν microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καί τοῦ Ἱερέως εἰσερχοmicroένου λέγει πρός αὐτόν ὁ προεισελθών Διάκονος

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ

two lowly reverences saying each to himself Iacutemardon is se Sodiacuter os o aacutesodos ioacutes dheacutexe me Baacuteder medanoouacutenda ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes

Graacutezo si Hristeacute Sodiacuter dou deloacutenou din foniacuten Ilaacutesthidiacute mi oacutesber egiacuteno ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes And kissing the antiminsion they shall again make a reverence and turn and bow to each other saying

Sinhoriacutesadeacute mi adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute And then from the Holy doors they shall bow humbly to the people saying in a low voice

Dis misouacutesi ge ayaboacutesin imaacutes o Theoacutes sinhoacuterison Then shall they proceed to the offertory table saying as they go

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me And kissing the holy gifts they shall say

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes o Badiacuter o aacutenarhos aacuteyios ishiroacutes o Ioacutes o sinaacutenarhos aacuteyios athaacutenados do banaacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutes Ayiacutea dhoacutexa si Then the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Eacutebaron Dheacutesboda And the Priest taking the aer shall first cense it and then lay it on the Deaconrsquos shoulders saying

En iriacuteni ebaacuterade das hiacuteras imoacuten is da aacuteyia ge evloyiacutede don Giacuterion Then the Priest shall give the paten and to the Deacon and himself shall take up the chalice saying

Aneacutevi o Theoacutes en alalaymoacute Giacuterios en foniacute saacutelbingos When the Choir has rdquoThat we may receive the king of allrdquo the Deacon leading and the Priest shall go out of the sanctuary by the north side and make the Great Entrance preceded by lighted candles and the six-winged fans And as they shall go round about the nave the Deacon shall say in a loud voice

Baacutendon imoacuten mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Deacon going in at the Holy Doors stands to the right and as the Priest enters he shall say to him

Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea

βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς πρός αὐτόν

Τῆς Ἱεροδιακονίας (Διακονίας) σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ο Χορός συmicroπληροῖ τὸν χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζη εἶτα αἴρει τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον ἀπό τῆς τοῦ Διακόνου κεφαλῆς καί τίθησιν αὐτόν ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῦ ἁγιου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ὁ εὐσχήmicroων Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου καθελὼν τὸ ἄχραντόν σου σῶmicroα σινδόνι καθαρᾷ εἱλήσας καὶ ἀρώmicroασιν ἐν microνήmicroατι καινῷ κηδεύσας ἀπέθετο Εἶτα αἴρει τά καλύmicromicroατα ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου καί τοῦ Ποτηρίου καί τίθησιν αὐτά ἐν τῷ ἄνω microέρει τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί λαβών τόν ἀέρα ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου ὤmicroων καί θυmicroιάσας αὐτόν σκεπάζει τά ἅγια Μετά τοῦτο λαβών τόν θυmicroιατόν καί τοῦ Διακόνου εἰπόντος το Ἀγάθυνον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιῶν τρίς τὰ Ἅγια λέγει ἅπαξ

Ἀγάθυνον Κύριε ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἰκοδοmicroηθήτω τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσαληmicro Τότε εὐδοκήσεις θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης ἀναφορὰν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώmicroατα Τότε ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου microόσχους Ἀποδοὺς δὲ τὸ θυmicroιατὸν καὶ κλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ Μνήσθητί microου ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Εἶτα ὁ διάκονος ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν κρατῶν ἅmicroα καὶ τὸ Ὀράριον λέγει

Εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐmicroοῦ δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πνεῦmicroα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναmicroις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦmicroα συλλειτουργήσει ἡmicroῖν πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν Μνήσθητί microου Δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνησθείη σου Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχεται ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ καὶ ἅmicroα τῇ λήξει τοῦ Χερουβικοῦ ὕmicroνου λέγει τὴν τά Πληρωτικά

avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Priest shall say to him

Dis Ierodhiakoniacuteas (Dhiakoniacuteas) sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon The Choir shall complete the Cherubic Hymn The Priest shall meanwhile set the holy chalice upon the Altar and taking the paten from the Deaconrsquos head he shall place it to the left of the chalice saying

O evshiacutemon Iosiacutef aboacute dou xiacutelou gatheloacuten do aacutehrandoacuten sou soacutema sindhoacuteni gatharaacute iliacutesas ge aroacutemasin en mniacutemadi kenoacute kidheacutevsas abeacutethedo And removing the veils he shall place them on the one side or the upper part of the Altar and taking from the Deaconrsquos shoulders the aer and censing it he shall cover therewith the holy gifts saying And taking up the censer the Deacon shall say Ayaacutethinon Dheacutesboda And censing the holy gifts three times the Priest shall say

Ayaacutethinon Giacuterie en di endhogiacutea sou din Sioacuten ge igodhomithiacutedo da diacutehi Ierousaliacutem Doacutede evdhogiacutesis thisiacutean dhigeosiacutenis anaforaacuten ge ologavtoacutemata Doacutede aniacutesousin ebiacute do thisiastiacuterion sou moacuteshous And giving back the censer he shall bow his head and say to the Deacon

Mniacutesthidi mou adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Deacon bowing his head shall say to the Priest

Eacutevxe ibeacuter emoacuteu dheacutesboda aacuteyie And the Priest blessing the Deacon shall say

Bneacutevma Aacuteyion ebeleacutevsede ebiacute se ge dhiacutenamis Ipsiacutestou ebiskiaacutesi si DEACON

Avtoacute do Bneacutevma sillidouryiacutesi imiacuten baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten Mniacutesthidiacute mou Dheacutesboda aacuteyie PRIEST

Mnisthiacutei sou Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten And kissing the Priestrsquos right hand he shall stand in his customary place and after the completion of the Cherubic Hymn he shall say the following litany

Τούτων δὲ λεγοmicroένων ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἀναγινώσκει microυστικῶς τὴν ἑξῆς εὐχὴν τῆς Προθέσεως microετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ ἀπόθεσιν τῶν θείων Δώρων Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος ὁ δεχόmicroενος θυσίαν αἰνέσεως παρὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουmicroένων Σε ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὴν δέησιν καὶ προσάγαγε τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ Καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς προσενεγκεῖν Σοι δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας πνευmicroατικὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς εὑρεῖν χάριν ἐνώπιόν Σου τοῦ γενέσθαι Σοι εὐπρόσδεκτον τὴν θυσίαν ἡmicroῶν καὶ ἐπισκηνῶσαι τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τῆς χάριτός Σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα δῶρα ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου

Πληρώσωmicroεν τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προτεθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καὶ τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεὸς τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Meanwhile the Priest having set the divine gifts upon the Holy Altar shall say the following prayer

THE OFFERTORY PRAYER Giacuterie o Theoacutes o bandograacutedor o moacutenos Aacuteyios o dhehoacutemenos thisiacutean eneacuteseos baraacute don ebigaloumeacutenon Se en oacuteli gardiacutea broacutesdhexe ge imoacuten don amardoloacuten din dheacuteisin ge brosaacuteyaye do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiacuterio Ge igaacutenoson imaacutes brosenengiacuten Si dhoacutera de ge thisiacuteas bnevmadigaacutes ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes evriacuten haacuterin enoacutebioacuten Sou dou yeneacutesthe Si evbroacutesdhekton din thiacutesian imoacuten ge ebiskiacutenose do Bneacutevma dis haacuteridoacutes Sou do ayathoacuten ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena dhoacutera daacutevta ge ebiacute baacutenda don laoacuten Sou

Bliroacutesomen din dheacuteisin imoacuten do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter don brodetheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou ge anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie And after each petition

Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Της παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρmicroῶν τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀγαπήσωmicroεν ἀλλήλους ἵνα ἐν ὁmicroονοίᾳ ὁmicroολογήσωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πατέρα Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦmicroα Τριάδα ὁmicroοούσιον καὶ ἀχώριστον Ὁ Ἱερεὺς προσκυνήσας τρὶς ἀσπάζεται τὰ κεκαλυmicromicroένα Ἅγια πρῶτον τόν Δίσκον εἶτα τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί τό ἔmicroπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἄκρον τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγων καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν τό

Ἀγαπήσω σε Κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς microου Κύριος στερέωmicroά microου καὶ καταφυγή microου καὶ ῥύστης microου Καί ἐν συλλειτούργῳ διδόασιν οἱ Ἱερεις τόν ἀσπασmicroόν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀσπαζόmicroενοι ἀλλήλοις ἀρχόmicroενοι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν πρός τά δεξιά καί τέλος τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου δεξιάν χεῖρα λέγοντες διαλογικῶς ὁ εἶςmiddot

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Dhiaacute don iktirmoacuten dou monogenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evlogidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Ayabiacutesomen alliacutelous iacutena en omoniacutea omoloyiacutesomen CHOIR

Badeacutera Ioacuten ge Aacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutedha omoouacutesion ge ahoacuteriston And while the choir sing ldquoThe Father and the Sonhelliprdquo the Priest shall bow himself thrice and kiss the holy gifts they still being covered first the paten then the chalice and the edge of the Holy Altar before him saying within himself Ayabiacuteso se Giacuterie i ishiacutes mou Giacuterios stereacuteomaacute mou ge kadafiyiacute mou ge riacutestis mou And if there be two priests or more they likewise shall kiss the holy things and then embrace and kiss each other with the Kiss of Peace first on the left then on the right and then each otherrsquos right hand And while they embrace the Priest first in rank shall say

Ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ microέσῳ ἡmicroῶνmiddot Kαί ὁ ἕτεροςmiddot

Καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς θύρας τὰς θύρας Ἐν σοφίᾳ πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἄρας καί κατά microικρόν ὑψῶν τὸν Ἀέρα ἀνασείει αὐτόν ἀνοικτόν ἠρέmicroως ἐπάνω τῶν τιmicroίων δώρωνmiddot εἶτα διπλώσας και ἀσπασάmicroενος ἀποτίθησι microετά τῶν ἑτέρων καλυmicromicroάτων ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πιστεύω εἰς ἕνα Θεόν Πατέρα Παντοκράτορα ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων

Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν microονογενῆ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ἐκ φωτός Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα ὁmicroοούσιον τῷ Πατρί δι οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο Τὸν δι ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡmicroέρα κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόmicroενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόmicroενον microετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος

Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τὸ Ἅγιον τὸ κύριον τὸ ζωοποιόν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόmicroενον τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συmicroπροσκυνούmicroενον καὶ συνδοξαζόmicroενον τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

Εἰς microίαν Ἁγίαν Καθολικὴν καὶ Ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Ὁmicroολογῶ ἓν βάπτισmicroα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν Προσδοκῶ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν Καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ microέλλοντος αἰῶνος Ἀmicroήν

O hristoacutes en do meacuteso imoacuten And the other shall say Ge eacutesti ge eacuteste DEACON

Das thiacuteras das thiacuteras En sofia broacuteshomen The Priest shall take up the aer and hold it over the sacred gifts and calmly shake it up and down Then he shall lift the aer from the holy gifts fold it and kiss it and lay it aside with the other veils CHOIR

Bisteacutevo is eacutena Theoacuten Badeacutera Bandograacutedora biidiacuten ouranoacuteu ge yis oradoacuten de baacutendon ge aoraacutedon

Ge is eacutena Giacuterion Iisouacuten Hristoacuten don Yioacuten dou Theouacute don monoyeniacute don ek dou Badroacutes yennitheacutenda bro baacutendon don eoacutenon fos ek fodoacutes Theoacuten alithinoacuten ek Theouacute alithinouacute yennitheacutenda ou biitheacutenda omoouacutesion do Badriacute dhi ou da baacutenda eyeacutenedo Don dhi imaacutes dous anthroacutebous ge dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean gadelthoacutenda ek don ouranoacuten ge sargotheacutenda ek Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ge Mariacuteas dis Bartheacutenou ge enanthrobiacutesanda Stavrotheacutenda de ibeacuter imoacuten ebiacute Bondiacuteou Bilaacutedou ge bathoacutenda ge dafeacutenda Ge anastaacutenda di driacutedi imeacutera gadaacute das Yrafaacutes Ge anelthoacutenda is dous ouranouacutes ge gathezoacutemenon ek dhexioacuten dou Badroacutes Ge baacutelin erhoacutemenon medaacute dhoacutexis griacutene zoacutendas ge negrouacutes ou dis vasiliacuteas ouk eacuteste deacutelos

Ge is do Bneacutevma do Aacuteyion do giacuterion do zoobioacuten do ek dou Badroacutes ekborevoacutemenon do sin Badriacute ge Yioacute sinbroskinouacutemenon ge sindhoxazoacutemenon do laliacutesan dhiaacute don brofidoacuten

Is miacutean Ayiacutean Gatholigiacuten ge Abostoligiacuten Egglisiacutean Omoloyoacute en vaacuteptisma is aacutefesin amardioacuten Brosdhogoacute anaacutestasin negroacuten Ge zoiacuten dou meacutellondos eoacutenos Amiacuten

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Στῶmicroεν καλῶς στῶmicroεν microετὰ φόβου πρόσχωmicroεν τὴν ἁγίαν Ἀναφορὰν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προσφέρειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔλεον εἰρήνης θυσίαν αἰνέσεως Ὁ Ἱερεύς ῥιπίζων τὰ Ἅγια microετά ῥιπιδίου ἤ microή ὄντος microετά τοῦ Ἀέρος καί εἶτα ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος εἴη microετὰ πάντων ὑmicroῶν Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εὐλογεῖ αὐτὸν διὰ χειρός αὐτοῦ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου Ὁ Ἱερεύς ὑψῶν ἀmicroφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας λέγει

Ἄνω σχῶmicroεν τὰς καρδίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔχοmicroεν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ἀνατολάς λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον Ὁ Ἱερεύς κλινόmicroενος ἀπάρχεται τῆς ἁγίας Ἀναφορᾶς

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον σὲ ὑmicroνεῖν σὲ εὐλογεῖν σὲ αἰνεῖν σοὶ εὐχαριστεῖν σὲ προσκυνεῖν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τῆς δεσποτείας σου Σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς ἀνέκφραστος ἀπερινόητος ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀεὶ ὤν ὡσαύτως ὤν σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Σὺ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡmicroᾶς παρήγαγες καὶ παραπεσόντας ἀνέστησας πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστης πάντα ποιῶν ἕως ἡmicroᾶς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγες καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐχαρίσω τὴν microέλλουσαν Ὑπὲρ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ τῷ microονογενεῖ σου Ὑἱῷ καὶ τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ὑπὲρ πάντων ὧν ἴσmicroεν καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσmicroεν τῶν φανερῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς ἡmicroᾶς γεγενηmicroένων

DEACON

Stoacutemen galoacutes stoacutemen medaacute foacutevou broacuteshomen din ayiacutean Anaforaacuten en iriacuteni brosfeacuterin CHOIR

Eacuteleon iriacutenis thisiacutean eneacuteseos The Priest shall fan the holy things with a small fan or the folded aer saying

I haacuteris dou Giriacuteou imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute ge i ayaacutebi dou Theouacute ge Badroacutes ge i ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados iacutei medaacute baacutendon imoacuten And turning to face the people the Priest shall bless them with his hand CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou And raising his hands he shall say

Aacuteno shoacutemen das gardhiacuteas CHOIR

Eacutehomen bros don Giacuterion And turning to face the Icon of Christ the Priest shall say

Evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo CHOIR

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon And standing before the Holy Altar the Priest shall offer this prayer

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon se imniacuten se evloyiacuten se eniacuten si evharistiacuten se broskiniacuten en bandiacute doacutebo dis dhesbodiacuteas sou Si yar i Theoacutes aneacutekfrastos aberinoacuteidos aoacuterados akadaacuteliptos aiacute on osaacutevtos on si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Si ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene imaacutes bariacuteyayes ge barabesoacutendas aneacutestisas baacutelin ge ouk abeacutestis baacutenda bioacuten eacuteos imaacutes is don ouranoacuten aniacuteyayes ge din vasiliacutean sou ehariacuteso din meacutellousan Ibeacuter douacutedon abaacutendon evharistouacutemen si ge do monoyeniacute sou Ioacute ge do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo ibeacuter baacutendon on iacutesmen ge on ouk iacutesmen don faneroacuten ge afanoacuten everyesioacuten don is imaacutes yeyenimeacutenon Evharistouacutemen si ge

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Λειτουργίας ταύτης ἣν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡmicroῶν δέξασθαι κατηξίωσας καίτοι σοι παρεστήκασι χιλιάδες ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ microυριάδες ἀγγέλων τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ τὰ Σεραφείmicro ἑξαπτέρυγα πολυόmicromicroατα microετάρσια πτερωτά

Τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕmicroνον ᾄδοντα βοῶντα κεκραγότα καὶ λέγονταmiddot Τούτου λεγοmicroένου λαβών ὁ Διάκονος τόν ἀστερίσκον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ποιεῖ σταυροῦ τύπον ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ και ἀποσπογγίσας καί ἀσπασάmicroενος αὐτόν ἀποτίθησι microετά τοῦ ἀέρος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος Κύριος Σαβαώθ πλήρης ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης σου ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Ὁ δέ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἡmicroεῖς τῶν microακαρίων δυνάmicroεων Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε βοῶmicroεν καὶ λέγοmicroεν Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος Σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὴς ἡ δόξα σου Ὃς τὸν κόσmicroον σου οὕτως ἠγάπησας ὥστε τὸν Υἱόν σου τὸν microονογενῆ δοῦναι ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν microὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ὃς ἐλθὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν οἰκονοmicroίαν πληρώσας τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδοτο microᾶλλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν παρεδίδου ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσmicroου ζωῆς λαβὼν ἄρτον ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀχράντοις καὶ ἀmicroωmicroήτοις χερσί εὐχαριστήσας καὶ εὐλογήσας ἁγιάσας κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ microαθηταῖς καὶ ἀποστόλοις εἰπὼνmiddot

Λάβετε φάγετε τοῦτό microού ἐστι τὸ σῶmicroα τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν κλώmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ἐπευχόmicroενος λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς

ibeacuter dis Lidouryiacuteas daacutevtis in ek don hiroacuten imoacuten dheacutexasthe gadaxiacuteosas geacutedi si barestiacutegasi hiliaacutedhes arhangeacutelon ge miriaacutedes angeacutelon da Herouviacutem ge da Serafiacutem exapteacuteriya bolioacutemmada medaacutersia pterodaacute

Don ebiniacutegion iacutemnon aacutedhoda vooacutenda gegrayoacuteda ge leacuteyonda While saying this the Deacon shall take the asterisk from off the paten and making the sign of the Cross over it shall kiss it and lay it aside with the Aer CHOIR

Aacuteyios aacuteyios aacuteyios Giacuterios Savaoacuteth bliacuteris o ouranoacutes ge i yi dis dhoacutexis sou osannaacute en dis ipsiacutestis Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Osannaacute o en dis ipsiacutestis The Priest shall continue

Medaacute douacutedon ge imiacutes don magariacuteon dhinaacutemeon Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe vooacutemen ge leacuteyomen Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios Si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios ge meyalobrebiacutes i dhoacutexa sou Os don goacutesmon sou ouacutedos iyaacutebisas oacuteste don Ioacuten sou don monoyeniacute dhouacutene iacutena bas o bisteacutevon is avtoacuten mi aboacutelide al eacutehi zoiacuten eoacutenion Os elthoacuten ge baacutesan din ubeacuter imoacuten igonomiacutean bliroacutesas di niktiacute i baredhiacutedhodo maacutellon dhe eavtoacuten baredhiacutedhou ibeacuter dis dou goacutesmou zoiacutes lavoacuten aacuterton en des ayiacutees avtouacute ge ahraacutendis ge amomiacutedis hersiacute evhariacutestisas ge evloyiacutesas ayiaacutesas glaacutesas eacutedhoge dis ayiiacutes avtouacute mathidaacutes ge abostoacutelis iboacuten

Laacutevede faacuteyede douacutedo mou estiacute do soacutema do ibeacuter imoacuten gloacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest continues

Ὁmicroοίως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον microετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι λέγων

Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷmicroά microου τὸ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑmicroῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεύς καί πάλιν κλινόmicroενος λέγει τήν εὐχήν

Μεmicroνηmicroένοι τοίνυν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης ἐντολῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν γεγενηmicroένων τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῦ Τάφου τῆς τριηmicroέρου Ἀναστάσεως τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς Ἀναβάσεως τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν Καθέδρας τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου πάλιν Παρουσίας

Τὰ σὰ ἐκ τῶν σῶν σοὶ προσφέροmicroεν κατὰ πάντα καὶ διὰ πάντα ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σὲ ὑmicroνοῦmicroεν σὲ εὐλογοῦmicroεν σοὶ εὐχαριστοῦmicroεν Κύριε καὶ δεόmicroεθά σου ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀναίmicroακτον λατρείαν καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν κατάπεmicroψον τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα Δῶρα ταῦτα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτον εὐλογῶν λέγει

Καὶ ποίησον τὸν microὲν Ἄρτον τοῦτον τίmicroιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ποτηρίῳ τούτῳ τίmicroιον αἷmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου

Omiacuteos ge do bodiacuterion medaacute do dhibniacutese leacuteyon

Biacuteede ex avtouacute baacutendes douacutedo estiacute do eacutema mouacute do dis Geniacutes Dhiathiacutegis do ubeacuter imoacuten ge bolloacuten ekhinoacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say

Memnimeacuteni diacutenin dis sodiriacuteas daacutevtis endoloacuten ge baacutendon don ibeacuter imoacuten yeyenimeacutenon dou Stavrouacute dou Taacutefou dis driimeacuterou Anastaacuteseos dis is ouranouacutes Anabaacuteseos dis ek dhexioacuten Gatheacutedhras dis dhevdeacuteras ge endhoacutexou baacutelin Barousiacuteas

Ta sa ek don son si brosfeacuteromen gadaacute baacutenda ge dhiaacute baacutenda CHOIR

Se imnouacutemen se evloyouacutemen si evharistouacutemen Giacuterie ge dheoacutemethaacute sou o Theoacutes imoacuten PRIEST

Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ge aneacutemakton ladriacutean ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemethaacute ge igedeacutevomen gadaacutebepson do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena Dhoacutera daacutevta DEACON

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest blessing the holy bread shall say

Ge biacuteison don men Aacuterton douacutedon diacutemion Soacutema dou Hristouacute sou DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Boacutedirion And the Priest blessing the chalice shall say

Do dhe en do Bodiriacuteo douacutedo diacutemion eacutema dou Hristouacute sou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ἀmicroφότερα τὰ ἅγια Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἅmicroα τόν τε ἅγιον Ἄρτον καί τό ἅγιον Ποτήριου λέγει

Μεταβαλὼν τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ὥστε γενέσθαι τοῖς microεταλαmicroβάνουσιν εἰς νῆψιν ψυχῆς εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου σου Πνεύmicroατος εἰς Βασιλείας οὐρανῶν πλήρωmicroα εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν πίστει ἀναπαυσαmicroένων Προπατόρων Πατέρων Πατριαρχῶν Προφητῶν Ἀποστόλων Κηρύκων Εὐαγγελιστῶν Μαρτύρων Ὁmicroολογητῶν Ἐγκρατευτῶν καὶ παντὸς πνεύmicroατος δικαίου ἐν πίστει τετελειωmicroένου Και θυmicroιῶν τρίς κατέmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγει ἐκφώνως

Ἐξαιρέτως τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς microακαρίζειν σε τὴν Θεοτόκον τὴν ἀειmicroακάριστον καὶ παναmicroώmicroητον καὶ microητέρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡmicroῶν Τὴν τιmicroιωτέραν τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν ἀσυγκρίτως τῶν Σεραφείmicro τὴν ἀδιαφθόρως Θεὸν Λόγον τεκοῦσαν τὴν ὄντως Θεοτόκον σὲ microεγαλύνοmicroεν Εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσι τό θυmicroιατήριον τῷ Διακόνῳ καί κλινόmicroενος εὔχεται

Τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἁγίου (δεῖνος) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων ὧν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός Καὶ microνήσθητι πάντων τῶν κεκοιmicroηmicroένων ἐπ ἐλπίδι ἀναστάσεως ζωῆς αἰωνίου (ἐνταῦθα microνηmicroονεύει ὀνοmicroαστὶ ὧν

DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda amfoacutedera da aacuteyia And the Priest blessing both the holy bread and the chalice shall say

Medavaloacuten do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten PRIEST

Oacuteste yeneacutesthe dis medalamvaacutenousin is niacutepsin psihiacutes is aacutefesin amardioacuten is ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou sou Bneacutevmados is Vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten bliacuteroma is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is kadaacutegrima Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter don en biacutesti anabavsameacutenon Brobadoacuteron Badeacuteron Badriarhoacuten Brofidoacuten Abostoacutelon Giriacutegon Evangelistoacuten Mardiacuteron omoloyidoacuten Engradevdoacuten ge bandoacutes bneacutevmatos dhigeacuteou en biacutesti dedeliomeacutenou And taking up the censer he shall cense three times before the Holy Altar saying aloud

Exereacutedos dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevloyimeacutenis endhoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas CHOIR

Aacutexion estiacuten os alithoacutes magariacutezin se din Theodoacutegon din aimagaacuteriston ge banamoacutemidon ge mideacutera dou Theouacute imoacuten Din dimiodeacuteran don Herouviacutem ge endhoxodeacuteran asingriacutedos don Serafiacutem din adhiafthoacuteros Theoacuten Loacuteyon degouacutesan din oacutendos Theodoacutegon se meyaliacutenomen Then giving the censer to the Deacon the Priest shall continue Dou ayiacuteou Ioaacutennou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon dou Ayiacuteou (Name) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon on des igesiacutees ebiacuteskepse imaacutes o Theoacutes Ge mniacutesthidi baacutendon don gegimimeacutenon eb elbiacutedhi anastaacuteseos zoiacutes eoniacuteou (and he

βούλεται τεθνεώτων) καὶ ἀνάπαυσον αὐτούς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὅπου ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου Ἔτι παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε Μνήσθητι Κύριε πάσης ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρθοδόξων τῶν ὀρθοτοmicroούντων τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας καὶ παντὸς ἱερατικοῦ καὶ microοναχικοῦ τάγmicroατος Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουmicroένης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας σου Καθολικῆς καὶ Ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνῇ πολιτείᾳ διαγόντων ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστοτάτων καὶ φιλοχρίστων ἡmicroῶν βασιλέων παντὸς τοῦ παλατίου καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου αὐτῶν Δὸς αὐτοῖς Κύριε εἰρηνικὸν τὸ βασίλειον ἵνα καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ αὐτῶν ἤρεmicroον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωmicroεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνότητι Εἶθ οὕτως ὑψῶν εὐλογεῖ τὸ Ἀντίδωρον λέγων

Μέγα τὸ ὄνοmicroα τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἐκφώνως

Ἐν πρώτοις microνήσθητι Κύριε τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) ὃν χάρισαι ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις ἐν εἰρήνῃ σῷον ἔντιmicroον ὑγιᾶ microακροηmicroερεύοντα καὶ ὀρθοτοmicroοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχει καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ἐν ᾗ παροικοῦmicroεν καὶ πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς Μνήσθητι Κύριε πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ microεmicroνηmicroένων τῶν πενήτων καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡmicroᾶς τὰ ἐλέη σου ἐξαπόστειλον

Καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ἑνὶ στόmicroατι καὶ microιᾷ καρδίᾳ δοξάζειν καὶ ἀνυmicroνεῖν τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

remembers such as he will of the departed pronouncing their names) ge anaacutebavson avtouacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten oacutebou ebiskobiacute do fos dou brosoacutebou sou Eacutedi baragalouacutemen se Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie baacutesis ebiskobiacutes orthodhoacutexon don orthodomouacutendon don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas bandoacutes dou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas ge bandoacutes ieradigouacute ge monahigouacute daacuteymados Eacutedi brosfeacuteromeacuten si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter dis igoumeacutenis ibeacuter dis ayiacuteas sou Gatholigiacutes ge Abostoligiacutes Egglisiacuteas ibeacuter don en ayniacutea ge semniacute bolidiacutea dhiayoacutendon ibeacuter don bistodaacutedon ge filohriacuteston imoacuten vasileacuteon bandoacutes dou baladiacuteou ge dou stradobeacutedhou avtoacuten Dhos avtiacutes Giacuterie irinigoacuten do vasiacutelion iacutena ge imiacutes en di yaliacuteni avtoacuten iacuteremon ge isiacutehion viacuteon dhiaacuteyomen en baacutesi evseviacutea ge semnoacutedidi And raising and blessing the Antidoron he shall say

Meacuteya do oacutenoma dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Then in a load voice the Priest shall say

En broacutedis mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dou badroacutes ge Arhiebiskoacutebou imoacuten (Name) on haacuterise des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees en iriacuteni soacuteon eacutendimon iyiaacute magroimereacutevonda ge orthodomouacutenda don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas DEACON

Ge on eacutegastos gadaacute dhiaacutenian eacutehi ge baacutendon ge basoacuten CHOIR

Ge baacutendon ge basoacuten PRIEST Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dis boacuteleos (moniacutes goacutemis) en i barigouacutemen ge baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees ge memnimeacutenon don beniacutedon ge ebiacute baacutendas imaacutes da eleacutei sou exaboacutestilon

Ge dhos imiacuten en eniacute stoacutemadi ge miaacute gardhiacutea dhoxaacutezin ge animniacuten do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes onomaacute sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Καί εὐλογῶν τὸν λαόν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ microεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ microετὰ πάντων ἡmicroῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πάντων τῶν ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προσκοmicroισθέντων καὶ ἁγιασθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὅπως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ προσδεξάmicroενος αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπερουράνιον καὶ νοερὸν αὐτοῦ θυσιαστήριον εἰς ὀσmicroὴν εὐωδίας πνευmicroατικῆς ἀντικαταπέmicroψῃ ἡmicroῖν τὴν θείαν χάριν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος δεηθῶmicroεν Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν

And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Ge eacuteste da eleacutei dou meyaacutelou Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute medaacute baacutendon imoacuten CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou DEACON

Baacutendon don ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Ibeacuter don broskomistheacutendon ge ayiastheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Oacutebos o filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes imoacuten o brosdhexaacutemenos avtaacute is do aacuteyion ge iberouraacutenion ge noeroacuten avtouacute thisiastiacuterion is osmiacuten evodhiacuteas bnevmadigiacutes andigadabeacutempsi imiacuten din thiacutean haacuterin ge din dhoreaacuten dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados dheithoacutemen Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie (And after each petition) DEACON Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou

ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Σοὶ παρακατιθέmicroεθα τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς microεταλαβεῖν τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ φρικτῶν microυστηρίων ταύτης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ πνευmicroατικῆς Τραπέζης microετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς συγχώρησιν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων εἰς Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου κοινωνίαν εἰς βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονοmicroίαν εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἐκφώνως

Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς Δέσποτα microετὰ παρρησίας ἀκατακρίτως τολmicroᾶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι Σὲ τὸν ἐπουράνιον Θεὸν Πατέρα καὶ λέγειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πάτερ ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνοmicroά σου ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου γενηθήτω τὸ θέληmicroά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Τὸν ἄρτον ἡmicroῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡmicroῖν σήmicroερον Καὶ ἄφες ἡmicroῖν τὰ ὀφειλήmicroατα ἡmicroῶν ὡς καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἀφίεmicroεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡmicroῶν Καὶ microὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡmicroᾶς εἰς πειρασmicroόν ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Din enoacutedida dis biacutesteos ge din ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Si baragaditheacutemetha din zoiacuten imoacuten aacutebasan ge din elbiacutedha Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemetha ge igedeacutevomen gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes medalaviacuten don ebouraniacuteon sou ge friktoacuten mistiriacuteon daacutevtis dis ieraacutes ge bnevmadigiacutes Drabeacutezis medaacute gatharouacute sinidhoacutedos is aacutefesin amardioacuten is sinhoacuterisin blimmelimaacutedon is Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ginoniacutean is vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten glironomiacutean is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is gadaacutegrima Aloud

Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes Dheacutesboda medaacute barrisiacuteas agadagriacutedos dolmaacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se don ebouraacutenion Theoacuten Badeacutera ge leacuteyin CHOIR

Baacuteder imoacuten o en dis ouraniacutes ayiasthiacutedo do oacutenoma sou eltheacutedo i vasiliacutea sou yenithiacutedo do theacutelima sou os en ouranoacute ge ebiacute dis yis Don aacuterton imoacuten don ebiouacutesion dhos imiacuten siacutemeron Ge aacutefes imiacuten da ofiliacutemada imoacuten os ge imiacutes afiacuteemen dis ofileacutedes imoacuten Ge mi iseneacutengis imaacutes is birasmoacuten allaacute riacutese imaacutes aboacute dou bonirouacute PRIEST

Oacutedi sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i dhiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Βασιλεῦ ἀόρατε ὁ τῆ ἀmicroετρήτῳ σου δυνάmicroει τὰ πάντα δηmicroιουργήσας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ ἐλέους σου ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα παραγαγών Αὐτός Δέσποτα οὐρανόθεν ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας σοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλάς οὐ γὰρ ἔκλιναν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵmicroατι ἀλλὰ σοὶ τῶ φοβερῷ Θεῷ Σὺ οὖν Δέσποτα τὰ προκείmicroενα πᾶσιν ἡmicroῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐξοmicroάλισον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἰδίαν χρείαν τοῖς πλέουσι σύmicroπλευσον τοῖς ὁδοιποροῦσι συνόδευσον τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἴασαι ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Ἐκφώνως

Χάριτι καὶ οἰκτιρmicroοῖς καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Πρόσχες Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ἐξ ἁγίου κατοικητηρίου σου καὶ ἀπὸ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὸ ἁγιάσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ ἄνω τῷ Πατρὶ συγκαθήmicroενος καὶ ὧδε ἡmicroῖν ἀοράτως συνών καὶ καταξίωσον τῇ κραταιᾷ σου χειρὶ microεταδοῦναι ἡmicroῖν τοῦ ἀχράντου Σώmicroατός σου καὶ τοῦ τιmicroίου Αἵmicroατος καὶ δι ἡmicroῶν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Εἶτα προσκυνεῖ τρίς λέγων τό

Ὁ Θεός ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ

Iriacuteni baacutesi CHOIR

Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenomen CHOIR

Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Evharistouacutemen si Vasileacutev aoacuterade o di amedriacutedo sou dhinaacutemi da baacutenda dhimiouryiacutesas ge do bliacutethi dou eleacuteous sou ex ouk oacutendon is do iacutene da baacutenda barayayoacuten Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda ouranoacutethen eacutebidhe ebiacute dous ibogegligoacutedas si das eavtoacuten gefalaacutes ou yar eacuteglinan sargiacute ge eacutemadi allaacute si do foveroacute Theoacute Si oun Dheacutesboda da brogiacutemena baacutesin imiacuten is ayathoacuten exomaacutelison gadaacute din egaacutestou idhiacutean hriacutean dis bleacuteousi siacutemblevson dis odhiborouacuteusi sinoacutedhevson dous nosouacutendas iacutease o iadroacutes don psihoacuteon ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Aloud

Haacuteridi ge iktirmiacutes ge filanthrobiacutea dou monoyenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evloyidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say also this prayer

Broacuteshes Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten ex ayiacuteou gadigidiriacuteou sou ge aboacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou ge eltheacute is do ayiaacutese imaacutes o aacuteno do Badriacute singathiacutemenos ge oacutedhe imiacuten aoraacutedos sinoacuten ge gadaxiacuteoson di gradeaacute sou hiriacute medadhouacutene imiacuten dou ahraacutendou Soacutemados sou ge dou dimiacuteou Eacutemados ge dhi imoacuten bandiacute do laoacute Then the Priest and the Deacon shall bow themselves thrice saying each to himself

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison

ἐλέησόν microε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἁψάmicroενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου ἄκροις δακτύλοις τῶν δύο χειρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτόν ποιῶν σταυροῦ τύπον ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ἐκφωνῶν

Τὰ Ἅγια τοῖς ἁγίοις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἷς Ἅγιος εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ψάλλει τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἡmicroέρας (εἰς τὸν ἦχον εἰς ὃν ἐψάλη καὶ τὸ Χερουβικόν) Τῇ microὲν Κυριακῇ τό

Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Ἀλληλούϊα Εἰ δὲ τύχοι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῆς ψάλλεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Μέλισον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Ὁ Ἱερεύς microελίζων αὐτὸν εἰς τέσσαρας λέγων

Μελίζεται καὶ διαmicroερίζεται ὁ Ἀmicroνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ microελιζόmicroενος καὶ microὴ διαιρούmicroενος ὁ πάντοτε ἐσθιόmicroενος καὶ microηδέποτε δαπανώmicroενος ἀλλὰ τοὺς microετέχοντας ἁγιάζων Καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὰς σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ δίσκῳ οὕτως

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πλήρωσον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαβὼν τὴν ἄνω κειmicroένην microερίδα τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ (ΙΣ) ποιεῖ σταυρὸν microετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου καὶ ἐmicroβάλλων ταύτην ἐν αὐτῷ λέγει

Πλήρωmicroα Ποτηρίου πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου

me DEACON

Broacuteshomen The Priest taking the Holy Bread with both hands and raising it a little and making the sign of the Cross with it shall say

Da Aacuteyia dis ayiacuteis CHOIR

Is Aacuteyios is Giacuterios Iisouacutes Hristoacutes is dhoacutexan Theouacute Badroacutes Amiacuten The choir shall then sing the Communion Anthem in the same tone as was sung the Cherubic Hymn On Sundays the following

Eniacutede don Giacuterion ek don ouranoacuten Allilouacuteia If it be one of the Great Feasts of the Lord of the Mother of God or the leavetaking thereof the Communion Hymn of the Feast is sung DEACON Meacutelison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest breaking it in four parts shall say Meliacutezede ge dhiameriacutezede o Amnoacutes dou Theouacute o melizoacutemenos ge mi dhierouacutemenos o baacutendode esthioacutemenos ge midheacutebode dhabanoacutemenos allaacute dous medeacutehondas ayiaacutezon And he shall place the four pieces on the holy paten in this way

DEACON

Bliacuteroson dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Bodiacuterion And the Priest taking from the paten the particle which lies uppermost that marked IC shall make therewith the sign of the Cross over the chalice and placing it therein shall say Bliacuteroma Bodiriacuteou biacutesteos Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ Ζέον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Ἱερέα ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ζέον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ ζέσις τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Διάκονος ἐγχέει ἐκ τοῦ Ζέοντος τὸ ἀρκοῦν σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ λέγων

Ζέσις πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος ἁγίου Ἀmicroήν Καὶ προσερχόmicroενος ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἵνα κοινωνήσῃ λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ

Ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ συγχώρησόν microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς ἱερωσύνης σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεός ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί προσκυνοῦντες τρίς λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε (γ) Καὶ πλησιάσας εἰς τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόmicroου ὁ Ἱερεὺς λαmicroβάνει ἓν microέρος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου καὶ λέγει

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ οὕτω microεταλαmicroβάνει τῆς ἐν χερσί microερίδος microετά πάσης ἀσγαλείαςmiddot καί ἀποσπογγίσας τήν δεξιάν παλάmicroην διά τῆς microούσης λέγει ἡσύχως

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί προσελθόντος τοῦ Διακόνου ὁ Ἱερεὺς microεταδίδει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ παλάmicroῃ τό ἕτερον microέρος τῆς microερίδος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου λέγων

Μεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

DEACON Amiacuten And taking the Zeon [warm water] he shall say to the Priest Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do zeacuteon The Priest blessing the warm water shall say Evloyimeacuteni i zeacutesis don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And the Deacon shall pour into the chalice crosswise so much as suffices saying Zeacutesis biacutesteos Bneacutevmados ayiacuteou Amiacuten And approaching to partake of the Holy Mysteries the Priest shall say to the Deacon Adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute sinhoacuterisoacuten mi do amardoloacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And they shall make three devout reverences saying each to himself O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me (3) And the Priest taking and dividing the particle of the Holy Bread with the XC shall place a piece in the palm of his right hand saying Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten Medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And in fear and with all precaution he shall partake of the particle in his hand And wiping his palm with the sponge he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Deacon approaching the Priest shall place a particle of the Holy Bread in the palm of the Deaconrsquos right hand saying Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος λαmicroβάνει τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον καὶ ἀπέρχεται ὄπισθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καὶ microεταλαmicroβάνει Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς διά τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρός τό ἄκρον τοῦ ἁγίου microανδηλίου θέτει τοῦτο κάτωθεν τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ καί διά τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός κρατεῖ τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζον διά τοῦ ἐν χερσί καλύmicromicroατος τά τε ἴδια χείλη καί τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον ὅπερ καὶ ἀσπάζεται λέγων

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων microου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας microου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας microου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα προσκαλεῖ τὸν Διάκονον λέγων

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) ἔτι πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διακόνου προσελθόντος ἐξ ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ microεταδίδει αὐτῷ τρίτον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου οὗτος δέ κρατῶν τόν αὐχένα τούτου διά τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ χειρός τοῦ Διακόνου microόνου ὠθοῦντος τρίς τήν βάσιν τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Μεταλαβόντος δέ τοῦ Διακόνου λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων σου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας σου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα τοῦ Ἱερέως διαmicroελίσαντος τάς microερίδας τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ λαβών ὁ Διάκονος εἰς χείρας τόν τε ἅγιον Δίσκον καί τήν microοῦσαν εἰσκοmicroίζει πρῶτον τό ἅγιον σῶmicroα καί εἶτα ἅπαντα ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ microετά προσοχῆς καί εὐλαβείας λέγων Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζει καλῶς τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον ἔνδον τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ἀπόπλυνον Κύριε τὰ ἁmicroαρτήmicroατα τῶν ἐνθάδε microνηmicroονευθέντων δούλων σου τῷ Αἵmicroατί σου τῷ ἁγίῳ πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων Ἀmicroήν

The Deacon having received the Holy Bread shall go behind the Holy Altar and partake thereof Then the Priest taking with his left hand one end of the communion veil shall place it below his lips and with his right hand holding the other end of the veil he shall take up the chalice and partake of it three times saying Eacutedi medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Then wiping his lips and the rim of the chalice with the veil and kissing the chalice he shall say

Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon mou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas mou ge das amardiacuteas mou berigathariiacute Then he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) eacutedi broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Priest shall give to the Deacon to partake of the chalice three times on this wise The Deacon taking the edge of the veil shall place it under his lips The Priest shall hold the other end with his right hand together with the stem of the chalice Only the Deacon shall make the movement of the chalice by pushing down the base of the chalice As the Deacon partakes the Priest shall say Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And when the Deacon has partaken the Priest shall say Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon sou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas sou ge das amardiacuteas sou berigathariiacute Then the Priest shall divide the two remaining portions the NI and the KA into small particles sufficient for all The Deacon shall then take up the paten and the sponge and with extreme care shall place the divided particles of the Lamb into the chalice and then all the other particles saying Aboacuteblinon Giacuterie da amardiacutemada don enthaacutedhe mnimonevtheacutendon douacutelon sou do Eacutemadi sou do ayiacuteo bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon Amiacuten

Εἰ δέ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ βουλόmicroενοι κοινωνῆσαι εἰσκοmicroίζει microόνον τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον εἰς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον Καί οὕτω σκεπάζει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον τῷ καλύmicromicroατι ἐπί δέ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου τίθησι τόν ἀστέρα καί τά καλύmicromicroατα Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπαίρει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί δίδει τοῦτο τῷ Διακόνῳ ὅστις καί δείκνυσιν αὐτό τῷ λαῷ λέγων

Μετὰ φόβου Θεοῦ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης προσέλθετε ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Θεὸς Κύριος καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἡmicroῖν Καί εἰ microέν εἰσι πιστοί microεταλαβεῖν βουλόmicroενοι αἴρει ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου χειρῶν ὁ Ἱερεύς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί microεταδίδωσιν αὐτοῖς λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Σῶmicroα καὶ Αἷmicroα Χριστοῦ ἤ

Μεταλαmicroβάνει ὁ (ἡ) δοῦλος (η) τοῦ Θεοῦ (δεῖνα) τοῦ τιmicroίου Σώmicroατος καὶ Αἵmicroατος τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ἀmicroήν Ἐν δὲ τῷ κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πιστοὺς ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει

Τοῦ δείπνου σου τοῦ microυστικοῦ σήmicroερον Υἱὲ Θεοῦ κοινωνόν microε παράλαβε οὐ microὴ γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου τὸ microυστήριον εἴπω οὐ φίληmicroά σοι δώσω καθάπερ ὁ Ἰούδας ἀλλ ὡς ὁ λῃστὴς ὁmicroολογῶ σοι Μνήσθητί microου Κύριε ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου ἤ τό

Σῶmicroα Χριστοῦ microεταλάβετε πηγῆς ἀθανάτου γεύσασθε Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Καί microετά τήν τῶν πιστῶν θείαν κοινωνίαν ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν ἐπιλέγων ἐκφώνως

Σῶσον ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἴδοmicroεν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ἐλάβοmicroεν Πνεῦmicroα ἐπουράνιον εὕροmicroεν πίστιν ἀληθῆ ἀδιαίρετον Τριάδα προσκυνοῦντες αὕτη γὰρ ἡmicroᾶς ἔσωσεν

But if there be many that desire to communicate then he shall not put in the other particles but only the Lamb Otherwise he shall cover the chalice with the veil and place on the paten the asterisk and all the other veils Then the Priest shall take up the chalice and give it to the Deacon who shall show it to the people saying

Medaacute foacutevou Theouacute biacutesteos ge ayaacutebis broseacutelthede CHOIR

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Theoacutes Giacuterios ge ebeacutefanen imiacuten The Priest shall take the chalice from the Deacon and shall communicate to each who approach to partake of the Holy Mysteries saying to each

Soacutema ge Eacutema Hristouacute Or

Medalamvaacuteni o (i) douacutelos(i) dou Theouacute [Name] dou dimiacuteou Soacutemados ge Eacutemados dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Amiacuten Throughout the communion the choir shall sing the following

Dou dhiacutebnou sou dou mistigouacute siacutemeron Ieacute Theouacute ginonoacuten me baraacutelave ou mi yar dis ehthiacutes sou do mistiacuterion iacutebo ou fiacutelima si dhoacuteso kathaacuteber o Iouacutedhas al os o listiacutes omoloyoacute si Mniacutesthidiacute mou Giacuterie en di vasiliacutea sou Or

Soacutema Hristouacute medalaacutevede biyiacutes athanaacutedou yeacutevsasthe Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia And when all have communicated the Priest shall bless the people saying

Soacuteson o Theoacutes don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou CHOIR

Iacutedhomen do fos do alithinoacuten elaacutevomen Bneacutevma ebouraacutenion eacutevromen biacutestin alithiacute adhieacuteredon Driaacutedha broskinouacutendes aacutevti yar imaacutes eacutesosen

Εἶτα εἰσελθόντες τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ὁ microέν Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ καί εὐθέως λαmicroβάνει τόν θυmicroιατόν ὁ δέ Διάκονος λέγει

Ὕψωσον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιᾷ τρὶς τα Ἅγια Δῶρα λέγων

Ὑψώθητι ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανούς ὁ Θεός καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἡ δόξα Σου (γ΄) Εἶτα τόν microέν θυmicroιατόν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Διακόνου ἐπιτίθησι δέ καί τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον microετά τῶν καλυmicromicroάτων καί τοῦ ἀστερίσκου τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ ἀποθέτει αὐτά Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαmicroβάνει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν αὐτοῦ καί λέγει ἡσύχως πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Καί ἐκφώνως πρὸς τὸν λαόν στρεφόmicroενος

Πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ἀποτίθησι τά ἅγια ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Προθέσει

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

Πληρωθήτω τὸ στόmicroα ἡmicroῶν αἰνέσεως σου Κύριε ὅπως ὑmicroνήσωmicroεν τὴν δόξαν σου ὅτι ἠξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς microετασχεῖν τῶν ἁγίων microυστηρίων σου στήρηξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ σῷ ἁγιασmicroῷ ὅλην τὴν ἡmicroέραν microελετᾶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου Ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὀρθοί Μεταλαβόντες τῶν θείων ἁγίων ἀχράντων ἀθανάτων ἐπουρανίων καὶ ζωοποιῶν φρικτῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ microυστηρίων ἀξίως εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

And returning into the Sanctuary the Priest shal l p lace the holy Chal ice on the holy Altar and receiving the censer the Deacon shal l say

Iacutepsoson Dheacutesboda And the Priest shall cense the Holy Gifts thrice saying

Ιpsoacutethidi ebiacute dous ouranouacutes o Theoacutes ge ebiacute baacutesan din yin i dhoacutexa Sou (3) And giving the censer to the Deacon he shall take up the paten with the asterisk and the veils and set it upon the Deaconrsquos head who shall proceed to the offertory table where he shall set it down The Priest shall then take up the chalice saying in secret before the Holy Altar

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten And turning to face the people he shall say aloud

Baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And he shall set down the Holy Things on the Offertory Table

CHOIR Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Blirothiacutedo do stoacutema imoacuten eneacuteseos sou Giacuterie oacutebos imniacutesomen din dhoacutexan sou oacutedi ixiacuteosas imaacutes medashiacuten don ayiacuteon mistiriacuteon sou stiacuterixon imaacutes en do so ayiasmoacute oacutelin din imeacuteran meledaacuten din dhigeosiacutenin sou Allilouacuteia allilouacuteia allilouacuteia DEACON

Orthiacute Medalavoacutendes don thiacuteon ayiacuteon ahraacutendon athanaacutedon ebouraniacuteon ge zoobioacuten friktoacuten dou Hristouacute mistiriacuteon axiacuteos evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοί Κύριε Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς διπλώσας τό ειλητόν επεύχεται τήν ευχήν microετά τό πάντας microεταλαβείν Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε εὐεργέτα τῶν ψυχῶν ἡmicroῶν ὅτι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ ἡmicroέρᾳ κατηξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ ἀθανάτων Μυστηρίων Ὀρθοτόmicroησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ὁδόν στήριξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ φόβῳ σου τοὺς πάντας φρούρησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ζωήν ἀσφάλισαι ἡmicroῶν τὰ διαβήmicroατα εὐχαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις τῆς ἐνδόξου Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων σου Ἐκφώνως

Ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἁγιασmicroὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ταύτης τῆς ἐκφωνήσεως λεγοmicroένης λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς συγχρόνως τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον ποιεῖ τό σηmicroεῖον τοῦ Σταυροῦ ἐπί τοῦ ἀντιmicroηνσίου καί ἀσπασάmicroενος ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτό ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Στραφείς δέ πρός τόν λαόν ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ προέλθωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) Πάτερ ἅγιε Εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Καί ἐξελθών τοῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων θυρῶν καί βλέπων πρός ἀνατολάς ἀναγινώσκει microεγαλοφώνως τὴν

ΟΠΙΣΘΑΜΒΩΝΟΝ ΕΥΧΗΝ

Ὁ εὐλογῶν τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς Σε Κύριε καὶ ἁγιάζων τοὺς ἐπὶ Σοὶ πεποιθότας σῶσον τὸν λαόν Σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν Σου Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου Σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ Σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ Σέ Εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ Σου δώρησαι ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις Σου τοῖς

CHOIR Si Giacuterie And the Priest folding the antiminsion shall say the following prayer

Evharistouacutemen si Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe everyeacuteda don psihoacuten imoacuten oacutedi ge di barouacutesi imeacutera gadixiacuteosas imaacutes don ebouraniacuteon sou ge athanaacutedon Mistiriacuteon Orthodoacutemison imoacuten din odoacuten stiacuterixon imaacutes en do foacutevo sou dous baacutendas frouacuterison imoacuten din zoiacuten asfaacutelise imoacuten da dhiaviacutemada evheacutes ge igesiacutees dis endhoacutexou Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon sou Aloud

Oacutedi si i o ayiasmoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And saying thus the Priest shall take uo the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross over the antiminsion and lay the Book upon it

CHOIR Amiacuten And turning to face the people he shall say

En iriacuteni broeacutelthomen CHOIR

En onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie Evloacuteyison PRIEST And going out of the Sanctuary by the Holy Doors the Priest shall stand before the Icon of Christ or below the chancel steps and say the following prayer

BEHIND THE PULPIT PRAYER

O evloyoacuten dous evloyouacutendas Se Giacuterie ge ayiaacutezon dous ebiacute Si bebithoacutedas soacuteson don laoacuten Sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean Sou Do bliacuteroma dis Egglisiacuteas Sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutendas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou Sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute Sou dhinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute Se Iriacuteni do goacutesmo Sou dhoacuterise des Egglisiacutees Sou dis Iereacutevsi

Ἱερεῦσι (τοῖς Βασιλεῦσιν ἡmicroῶν) τῷ στρατῷ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Σου Ὅτι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρηmicroα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστι καταβαῖνον ἐκ Σοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων Καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν καὶ προσκύνησιν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Εἴη τὸ ὄνοmicroα Κυρίου εὐλογηmicroένον ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος (γ΄) Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εἰσελθών διά τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἀπέρχεται ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ προθέσει καί εὔχεται τήν ἐν τῷ συστεῖλαι τά ἅγια εὐχήν ἐν τῷ σκευοφυλάκίῳ

Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τοῦ νόmicroου καὶ τῶν Προφητῶν αὐτὸς ὑπάρχων Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ πληρώσας πᾶσαν τὴν πατρικὴν οἰκονοmicroίαν πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἐπί τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἱστάmicroενος εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν λέγων

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ ὑmicroᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δόξα σοι ὁ Θεός ἡmicroῶν δόξα σοι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ) Πάτερ ἅγιε εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

(Ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν) Χριστὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς παναχράντου καὶ παναmicroώmicroου ἁγίας αὐτοῦ Μητρός δυνάmicroει τοῦ τιmicroίου καὶ ζωοποιοῦ

(dis Vasileacutevsin imoacuten) do stradoacute ge bandiacute do laoacute Sou Oacutedi baacutesa dhoacutesis ayathiacute ge ban dhoacuterima deacutelion aacutenothen estiacute gadaveacutenon ek Sou dou Badroacutes don Foacuteton Ge Si din dhoacutexan ge evharistiacutean ge broskiacutenisin anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Iacutei do oacutenoma Giriacuteou evloyimeacutenon aboacute dou nin ge eacuteos dou eoacutenos [3] The Priest shall enter the Sanctuary and going to the offertory table shall say the following prayer silently

Do bliacuteroma dou noacutemou ge don Brofidoacuten avtoacutes ibaacuterhon Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten o bliroacutesas baacutesan din badrigiacuten igonomiacutean bliacuteroson haraacutes ge evfrosiacutenis das gardhiacuteas imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison The Priest standing by the Holy Doors shall bless the people saying

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute ef imaacutes di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST Dhoacutexa si o Theoacutes imoacuten dhoacutexa si CHOIR

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie evloacuteyison PRIEST

[O anastaacutes ek negroacuten) Hristoacutes o alithinoacutes Theoacutes imoacuten des breviacutees dis banahraacutendou ge banamoacutemou ayiacuteas avtouacute Midroacutes dhinaacutemi dou dimiacuteou ge zoobiouacute Stavrouacute brostasiacutees

Σταυροῦ προστασίαις τῶν τιmicroίων ἐπουρανίων Δυνάmicroεων Ἀσωmicroάτων ἱκεσίαις τοῦ τιmicroίου ἐνδόξου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ καλλινίκων microαρτύρων τῶν ὁσίων καὶ θεοφόρων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν τοῦ ἁγίου (τοῦ Ναοῦ) τῶν ἁγίων καὶ δικαίων Θεοπατόρων Ἰωακεὶmicro καὶ Ἄννης τοῦ ἁγίου (τῆς ἡmicroέρας) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων ἐλεήσαι καὶ σώσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Στερεώσαι Κύριος ὁ Θεός την ἁγίαν και ἀmicroώmicroητον πίστιν τῶν εὐσεβῶν και ὀρθοδόξων Χριστιανῶν συν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησίᾳ πόλει καί ἐνορίᾳ (κώmicroῃ) ταύτῃ εἰς αἰώνας αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Αἰωνία ἡ microνήmicroη τῶν microακαρίων καί ἀοιδίmicroων κτητόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας ταύτης καί πάντων τῶν ὀρθοδόξων Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν τὸν λαὸν λέγει

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι πάντας ὑmicroᾶς ἤ

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι τόν λαόν Αὐτῆς ἐν εἰρήνη πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Τὸν εὐλογοῦντα καὶ ἁγιάζοντα ἡmicroᾶς Κύριε φύλαττε εἰς πολλὰ ἔτη ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δι᾿ εὐχῶν τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεός ἐλέησον καὶ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς διανέmicroει τὸ ἀντίδωρον λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ᾿ ὑmicroᾶς Εἰς δὲ τὸν τελευταίως λαβόντα ἐπιλέγει

don dimiacuteon ebouraniacuteon Dhinaacutemeon Asomaacutedon igesiacutees dou dimiacuteou endhoacutexou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute Ioaacutennou don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge galliniacutegon mardiacuteron don osiacuteon ge theofoacuteron Bareacuteron imoacuten dou ayiacuteou (Name of the saint to whom the Church is dedicated) don ayiacuteon ge dhigeacuteon Theobadoacuteron Ioakiacutem ge Aacutennis dou ayiacuteou (Name of saint of the day) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon eleiacutese ge soacutese imaacutes os ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos CHOIR

Stereoacutese Giacuterios o Theoacutes din ayiacutean ge amoacutemidon biacutestin don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon Hristianoacuten sin di ayiacutea Eggliacutesia boacuteli ge enoriacutea (goacutemi) daacutevti is eoacutenas eoacutenon Amiacuten

Eoniacutea i mniacutemi don magariacuteon ge aidhiacutemon ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas daacutevtis ge baacutendon don orthodhoacutexon The Priest blessinf the people shall say

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi baacutendas imaacutes Or

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi don laoacuten Avtiacutes en iriacuteni baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Don evloyouacutenda ge ayiaacutezonda imaacutes Giacuterie fiacutelatte is bollaacute eacutedi PRIEST

Dhi evhoacuten don ayiacuteon Baderon imoacuten Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes eleacuteison ge soacuteson imaacutes

CHOIR Amiacuten And distributing the antidoron the Priest shall say to each recipient

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute eacutelthi ef imaacutes And to the last recipient he shall also say

Τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ἐν τούτοις ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν συστέλλει τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ πάσης ἀσφαλείας καὶ ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳmiddot ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς microετὰ τὴν διανοmicroὴν τοῦ Ἀντιδώρου εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Βῆmicroα ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳ καὶ ἀναγινώσκει τὴν Εὐχαριστίαν microετὰ τὴν θείαν Μετάληψιν καὶ τέλος ἐκδυθεὶς τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν ἀπέρχεται τοῦ ἱεροῦ Ναοῦ

Di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten Meanwhile the Deacon shall consume the remainder of the Holy Things And having consumed with care all that is in the chalice he shall pour in wine and water and again consume until the chalice is clean and no part remains He shall then wipe and dry the chalice with a communion veil and covering the sacred vessels he shall wash his hands And saying the prayers of thanksgiving he shall remove his vestments

Page 3: Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον καὶ microὴ ἐπιλανθάνου πάσας τὰς ἀνταποδόσεις αὐτοῦ

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

Κύριος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἡτοίmicroασε τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ πάντων δεσπόζει

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου Σῶτερ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν σῶσον τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς ἐκκλησίας σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ σέ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σὸν τὸ κράτος καί σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καί τοῦ Υἱοῦ καί τοῦ Ἁγίου

Evloacuteyi i psihiacute mou don Giacuterion ge mi ebilanthaacutenou baacutesas das andabodhoacutesis avtouacute

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Giacuterios en do ouranoacute idiacutemase don throacutenon avtouacute ge i vasiliacutea avtouacute baacutendon dhesboacutezi

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Des bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou Soacuteter soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 2nd Antiphon

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten soacuteson don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou do bliacuteroma dis egglisiacuteas sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutentas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute sou thinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute se PRIEST

Oacutedi son do graacutedos ge sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i thiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is

Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Αἴνει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον αἰνέσω Κύριον ἐν τῇ ζωῇ microου ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ microου ἕως ὑπάρχω ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα

Μακάριος οὗ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακὼβ βοηθὸς αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν αὐτοῦ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Βασιλεύσει Κύριος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ Θεός σου Σιών εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ὁ Μονογενὴς Υἱὸς καὶ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀθάνατος ὑπάρχων καὶ καταδεξάmicroενος διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν σαρκωθῆναι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ἀτρέπτως ἐνανθρωπήσας σταυρωθείς τε Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός θανάτῳ θάνατον πατήσας εἷς ὤν τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος συνδοξαζόmicroενος τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

2nd ANTIPHON

Eni i psihiacute mou don Kiacuterion eneacuteso Kiacuterion en di zoi mou psaloacute do Theoacute mou eacuteos ibaacuterho ON SUNDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia

Magaacuterios ou o Theoacutes Iakoacutev voithoacutes avtouacute i elbiacutes avtouacute ebiacute Giacuterion don Theoacuten avtouacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Vasileacutevsi Giacuterios is don eoacutena o Theoacutes sou Sioacuten is yeneaacute ge yeneaacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

O Monoyeniacutes Ioacutes ge Loacuteyos dou Theouacute athaacutenados ibaacuterhon ge gadadhexaacutemenos dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean sargothiacutene ek dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas adreacutebtos enanthrobiacutesas stavrothiacutes de Hristeacute o Theoacutes thanaacutedo thaacutenadon badiacutesas is on dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos sinthoxazoacutemenos do Badriacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Ὁ τὰς κοινὰς ταύτας καὶ συmicroφώνους ἡmicroῖν χαρισάmicroενος προσευχάς ὁ καὶ δυσὶ καὶ τρισὶ συmicroφωνοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόmicroατί σου τὰς αἰτήσεις παρέχειν ἐπαγγειλάmicroενος Αὐτός καὶ νῦν τῶν δούλων σου τὰ αἰτήmicroατα πρὸς τὸ συmicroφέρον πλήρωσον χορηγῶν ἡmicroῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἐν τῷ microέλλοντι ζωὴν αἰώνιον χαριζόmicroενος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Τό Ἀπολυτίκιον τῆς ἡmicroέρας Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Γ΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς Ψαλλοmicroένου τοῦ τρίτου ἀντιφώνου γίνεται ἡ microικρὰ Εἴσοδος τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ microυστικῶς

Δέσποτα Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ καταστήσας ἐν οὐρανοῖς τάγmicroατα καὶ στρατιὰς ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων εἰς λειτουργίαν τῆς σῆς δόξης ποίησον σὺν τῇ εἰσόδῳ ἡmicroῶν εἴσοδον ἁγίων ἀγγέλων γενέσθαι συλλειτουργούντων ἡmicroῖν καὶ συνδοξολογούντων τὴν σὴν ἀγαθότητα Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἁγίαν εἴσοδον Ὁ ἱερεὺς εὐλογῶν ποιῶν διά τῆς δεξιᾶς κατά ἀνατολάς σταυρόν λέγει

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ εἴσοδος τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 3rd Antiphon

O das ginaacutes daacutevdas ge simfoacutenous imiacuten harisaacutemenos brosevhaacutes o ge dhisiacute ge drisiacute simfonouacutesin ebiacute to onoacutemadiacute sou das ediacutesis bareacutehin ebangelaacutemenos Avtoacutes ge nin don dhouacutelon sou da ediacutemada bros do simfeacuteron bliacuteroson horiyoacuten imiacuten en do baroacutendi eoacuteni din ebiacutegnosin dis sis alithiacuteas ge en do meacutellondi zoi eoacutenion harizoacutemenos PRIEST

Oacutedi ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 3rd ANTIPHON

And if it be a Great Feast of the Lord or the Mother of God the choir shall sing the third Antiphon of the feast Otherwise the choir shall sing shall sing the hymn of the day or the Beatitudes During the singing of the 3rd Antiphon the Priest and Deacon holding the Gospel Book exit the sanctuary for the Little Entrance DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen PRIEST (Silently)

Deacutesboda Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o gadastiacutesas en ouraniacutes daacuteymada ge stradiaacutes angeacutelon ge arhangeacutelon is lidouryiacutean dis sis dhoacutexis biacuteison sin di isoacutedho imoacuten iacutesodhon ayiacuteon angeacutelon yeneacutesthe sinlidouryouacutendon imiacuten ge sindhoxoloyouacutendon din sin ayathoacutedita Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutespota din ayiacutean iacutesodhon And the Priest giving the benediction with his right hand shall say

Evloyimeacuteni i iacutesodhos don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge

καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Σοφία Ὀρθοί Ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει τὸ εἰσοδικόν ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΧΟΡΟΣ Τα Ἀπολυτίκια και τὸ Κοντάκιον τῆς Ἐκκλησιαστικῆς περιόδου Ψαλλοmicroένων ὑπό τῶν χορῶν τά Ἀπολυτίκια καί τὸ Κοντάκιον ὁ Ἱερεύς λέγει τήν εὐχὴν ταῦτην

Εὐχὴν τοῦ Τρισαγίου Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος ὁ τρισαγίῳ φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro ἀνυmicroνούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro δοξολογούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ πάσης ἐπουρανίου δυνάmicroεως προσκυνούmicroενος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγὼν τὰ σύmicroπαντα ὁ κτίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα σὴν καὶ ὁmicroοίωσιν καὶ παντί σου χαρίσmicroατι κατακοσmicroήσας ὁ διδοὺς αἰτοῦντι σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ microὴ παρορῶν ἁmicroαρτάνοντα ἀλλὰ θέmicroενος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ microετάνοιαν ὁ καταξιώσας ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀναξίους δούλους σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ στῆναι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἁγίου σου θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὴν ὀφειλοmicroένην σοι προσκύνησιν καὶ δοξολογίαν προσάγειν Αὐτός Δέσποτα πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἐκ στόmicroατος ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου Συγχώρησον ἡmicroῖν πᾶν πληmicromicroέληmicroα ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἁγίασον ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ὁσιότητι λατρεύειν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν πρεσβείαις τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ αἰῶνός σοι εὐαρεστησάντων Μετά τό Κοντάκιον

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἅγιος εἶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί

aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten

Sofiacutea Orthiacute And the choir shall sing the entrance hymn ON SUNDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia The choir shall sing the hymn of the day the hymn to the saint to whom the Church is dedicated and the Kontakion of the day or feast While the choir sing the hymns the Priest shall say in a low voice

Prayer of the Thriceholy hymn O Theoacutes o aacuteyios o en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos o drisayiacuteo foniacute iboacute don Seraphiacutem animnouacutemenos ge iboacute don Herouviacutem dhoxoloyouacutemenos ge iboacute baacutesis ebouraniacuteou dhinaacutemeos broskinouacutemenos o ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene barayayoacuten da siacutembata o ktiacutesas don aacutenthrobon gad igoacutena sin ge omiacuteosin ge bandiacute sou hariacutesmati gadagosmiacutesas o dhidhouacutes edouacutendi sofiacutean ge siacutenesin ge mi baroroacuten amardaacutenonda allaacute theacutemenos ebiacute sodiriacutea medaacutenian o gadaxioacutesas imaacutes dous dabinouacutes ge anaxiacuteous dhouacutelous sou ge en di oacutera daacutevti stiacutene gadenoacutebion dis dhoacutexis dou ayiacuteou sou thisiastiriacuteou ge din ofilomeacutenin si broskiacutenisin ge dhoxoloyiacutean brosaacuteyin Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda broacutesdexe ge ek stoacutemados imoacuten don amardoloacuten don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon ge ebiacuteskepse imaacutes en di hristodidiacute sou Sinhoacuterison imiacuten ban blimmeacutelima egouacutesion de ge agouacutesion ayiacuteason imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada ge dhos imiacuten en osioacutedidi ladreacutevin si baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten bresviacutees dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon don ayiacuteon don ab eoacutenos si evarestisaacutendon After the Kontakion DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison PRIEST

Oacutedi aacuteyios i o Theoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς (γ΄)

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Δύναmicroις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσιν ἐναλλὰξ τὸν Τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον ποιοῦντες ὁmicroοῦ τρία προσκυνήmicroατα microετὰ σταυρῶν ἔmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Εἰ ἐστι συλλείτουργον τό Τρισάγιον Ὕmicroνον ψάλλεται ὡς ἐξής Τό πρῶτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό δεύτερον ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν τό τρίτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος τό τέταρτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό πέmicroπτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος Δόξα ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν Καί νῦν ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν καί τό Δύναmicroις ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ψαλλοmicroένου τό Δύναmicroις τοῦ Τρισαγίου παρά τῶν ψαλτῶν ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Κέλευσον Δέσποτα Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν τοῦ Ἱερέως λέγοντος

Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Και Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν καθέδραν λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ κατά ανατολάς λέγων

Εὐλογηmicroένος εἶ ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου ὁ καθήmicroενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβείmicro πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὅταν συmicroπληρωθεῖ τό Τρισάγιον ὓmicroνον ὁ Διάκονος ἔρχεται ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τό Προκείmicroενον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

DEACON Ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes (3)

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes

DEACON Dhiacutenamis CHOIR Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes While the choir sing the thriceholy hymn the Priest and the Deacon repeat the thriceholy secretly and together bow themselves thrice before the Holy Altar [If the Liturgy is celebrated by two or more priests then the thriceholy is sung five times before the ldquoGloryhellip and nowhelliprdquo on this wise First by the right choir second by the left third by the clergy fourth by the right fifth by the clergy Glory by the left now by the right Holy and Immortal by the left and the Power by the right] During the singing of the Power (Dhinamis) the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Gelevson Dhesboda And they shall proceed toward the throne the Priest saying as he goes

Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda din aacuteno gatheacutedhran PRIEST

Evloyimeacutenos i o ebiacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou o gathiacutemenos ebiacute don Herouviacutem baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And after the conclusion of the thriceholy the Deacon shall come before the Holy Doors and when the reader has read the first line of the prokhimenon of the Apostle reading he shall say

Πρόσχωmicroεν Καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τόν Στίχον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Σοφία Καί ὅταν ἐκφωνήσει τήν ἐπιγραφήν τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς περικοπῆς λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Πρόσχωmicroεν Πληρωθέντος δέ τοῦ Αποστόλου ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀλληλούϊα (γ΄) Μετά τῶν στίχων Ψαλλοmicroένων τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων και τῶν στίχων ὁ Διάκονος λέγει τῷ Ιερεί

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τό θυmicroίαmicroα Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ ὡς συνήθως λέγων

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὁ Διάκονος θυmicroιᾷ κατά τόν συνήθη τρόπον Ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει χαmicroηλοφώνως τήν εὐχήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου

Ἔλλαmicroψον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡmicroῶν φιλάνθρωπε Δέσποτα τὸ τῆς Σῆς θεογνωσίας ἀκήρατον φῶς καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν διάνοιξον ὀφθαλmicroοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν Σου κηρυγmicroάτων κατανόησιν Ἔνθες ἡmicroῖν καὶ τὸν τῶν microακαρίων Σου ἐντολῶν φόβον ἵνα τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυmicroίας πάσας καταπατήσαντες πνευmicroατικὴν πολιτείαν microετέλθωmicroεν πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν τὴν Σὴν καὶ φρονοῦντες καὶ πράττοντες Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ φωτισmicroὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος microετὰ τὸ θυmicroίαmicroα ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ Ἱερεῖ καὶ λέγει

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (Ματθαίου ἢ Μάρκου ἢ Λουκᾶ ἢ Ἰωάννου) Ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς σφραγίζων αὐτόν λέγει

Ὁ Θεός διὰ πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (δεῖνος) δῴη σοι ῥῆmicroα τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ δυνάmicroει πολλῇ εἰς ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Υἱοῦ Αὐτοῦ Κυρίου δὲ ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Γένοιτό microοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆmicroά σου

Broacuteshome And when the reader has read the second line

Sofiacutea And when he has announced which Apostolic reading is to be read

Broacuteshome And on completion of the Apostolic reading the Priest shall bless the reader saying

Iriacuteni si

CHOIR Allilouacuteia (3) With verses During the singing of the Alleluia the Deacon shall take up the censer with the incense and approaching the Priest shall say

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda do thimiacuteama PRIEST

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And whilst the Deacon censes in the customary way the Priest standing before the Holy Altar shall say in a low voice

Eacutelampson en des gardhiacutees imoacuten filaacutenthrobe Dheacutesboda do dis Sis theognosiacuteas agiacuteradon fos ge dous dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten dhiaacutenixon ofthalmouacutes is din don evangeligoacuten Sou giriymaacutedon gadanoacuteisin Eacutenthes imiacuten ge don don magariacuteon Sou endoloacuten foacutevon iacutena das sargigaacutes ebithimiacuteas baacutesas kadapadiacutesandes bnevmadigiacuten bolidiacutean medeacutelthomen baacutenda da bros evareacutestisin din Sin ge fronouacutendes ge braacutettondes Si yar i o fodismoacutes don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Hristeacute o Theoacutes ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The Deacon having put aside the censer shall come to the Priest and bowing his head shall say Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda don evaggelistiacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (Mattheacuteou Maacutergou Lougaacute or Ioaacutennou) The Priest signing him with the sign of the Cross shall say O Theoacutes dhiaacute bresvioacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (name) dhoacutei si riacutema do evangelizomeacuteno dhinaacutemi bolliacute is ekbliacuterosin dou Evangeliacuteou dou ayabidouacute Iouacute Avtouacute Giriacuteou dhe imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Yeacutenidoacute mi gadaacute do riacutema sou

Εἶτα λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Ἱερέως τὸ ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον καὶ προσκυνήσας microετ᾿ εὐλαβείας αἴρει αὐτὸ καί προπορευοmicroένων λαmicroπάδων ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν Ἄmicroβωνα ἐνῷ ὁ Ἱερεύς microετὰ τὴν συmicroπλήρωσιν τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκφωνεῖ

Σοφία Ὀρθοί ἀκούσωmicroεν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Εἰρήνη πᾶσι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ (δεῖνα) ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσmicroα

ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πρόσχωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Καὶ ἀναγινώσκει ὁ Διάκονος τὴν τεταγmicroένην περικοπὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι (τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ)

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Τούτου ψαλλοmicroένου κατέρχεται ὁ Διάκονος τοῦ Ἄmicroβωνος κρατῶν ὑψηλά τό Εὐαγγέλιον Ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας πύλης ἀποδίδει αὐτό τῷ Ἱερεί καί ἀσπάζεται τήν χείρα αὐτοῦ Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἀσπαζόmicroενος τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον χαράζει microετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τύπον σταυροῦ πρός τόν λαόν καί εἰσέρχεται ἐν τῷ Ἱερῷ καί ἀποθέτει αὐτό ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Ὁ Διάκονος σταθεῖς ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ λέγει τήν Ἐκτενήν

Εἴπωmicroεν πάντες ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν εἴπωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Κύριε Παντοκράτορ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡmicroῶν δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός κατὰ τὸ microέγα ἔλεός Σου δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ Ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ

And he shall give the Book to the Deacon who shall say Amen and kiss the Gospel Book and the Priestrsquos right hand and shall then step forth through the Holy Doors preceded by lighted candles and go to the customary place Then the Priest standing before the Holy Altar facing toward the west shall say

Sofiacutea Orthiacute agouacutesomen dou ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou

DEACON Ek dou gadaacute (name) ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou do anaacuteynosma

PRIEST Broacuteshomen

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si And after the reading of the Gospel the Priest shall bless the Deacon saying

Iriacuteni si (do evangelizomeacuteno)

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si Then the Deacon comes down from the Ambon holding high the Gospel Book At the Holy Doors he shall deliver the Book to the Priest and kiss his hand The Priest shall kiss the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross blessing the people before entering the Sanctuary and placing it upon the Holy Altar Then the Deacon standing in his accustomed place shall say the following petitions

Iacutebomen baacutendes ex oacutelis dis psihiacutes ge ex oacutelis dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten iacutebomen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (3) (and after each petition) DEACON

Giacuterie Bandograacutedor o Theoacutes don badeacuteron imoacuten dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eleacuteison imaacutes o Theoacutes gadaacute do meacuteya eacuteleos Sou dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge

Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος)

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἱερέων ἱεροmicroονάχων ἱεροδιακόνων καὶ microοναχῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἡmicroῶν ἀδελφότητος

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ ἐλέους ζωῆς εἰρήνης ὑγείας σωτηρίας ἐπισκέψεως συγχωρήσεως καὶ ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τῶν κατοικούντων καὶ παρεπιδηmicroούντων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐνορίᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων συνδροmicroητῶν καὶ ἀφιερωτῶν του ἁγίου ναοῦ τούτου

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν microακαρίων καὶ ἀειmicroνήστων κτιτόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας (ἢ Μονῆς) ταύτης καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν προαναπαυσαmicroένων πατέρων καὶ ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶς κειmicroένων καὶ ἀπανταχοῦ ὀρθοδόξων

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ τούτῳ κοπιώντων ψαλλόντων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιεστῶτος λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπεκδεχοmicroένου τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν τῆς ἐκτενοῦς ἱκεσίας

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν τὴν ἐκτενῆ ταύτην ἱκεσίαν πρόσδεξαι παρὰ τῶν Σῶν δούλων καὶ ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους Σου καὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς Σου κατάπεmicroψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου τὸν ἀπεκδεχόmicroενον τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἐλεήmicroων καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὔξασθε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι τῷ Κυρίῳ

arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name)

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don adhelfoacuten imoacuten don iereacuteon ieromonaacutehon ierodhiagoacutenon ge monahoacuten ge basis dis en Hristoacute imoacuten adhelfoacutedidos

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter eleacuteous zoiacutes iriacutenis iyiacuteas sodiriacuteas ebiskeacutepseos sinhoriacuteseos ge afeacuteseos don amardioacuten don dhouacutelon dou Theouacute baacutendon don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten don gadigouacutendon ge barabidhimouacutendon en di boacuteli ge enoriacutea daacutevdin don ebidroacutebon sinthromidoacuten ge afierodoacuten dou ayiacuteou naouacute doudouacute

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don magariacuteon ge aimniacuteston ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas (Moniacutes) daacutevtis ge ibeacuter baacutendon don broanabavsameacutenon baacutederon ge adhelfoacuten imoacuten don endhaacutethe evsevoacutes gimeacutenon ge abandahouacute orthodhoacutexon

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en do ayiacuteo ge banseacutepto naoacute douacutedon gobioacutendon psalloacutendon ge ibeacuter dou beriestoacutedos laouacute dou abekdhehomeacutenou do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten din ekteniacute daacutevtin igesiacutean broacutesdhexe baraacute don Son dhouacutelon ge eleacuteison imaacutes gadaacute do bliacutethos dou eleacuteous Sou ge dous iktirmouacutes Sou gadaacutebempson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute baacutendon don laoacuten Sou don abekdhehoacutemenon do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos PRIEST

Oacutedi eleiacutemon ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge Si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutevxasthe i Gadihouacutemeni do Giriacuteo

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Οἱ πιστοί ὑπὲρ τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἵνα ὁ Κύριος αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσῃ

Κατηχήσῃ αὺτοὺς τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας

Ἀποκαλύψῃ αὐτοῖς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης

Ἑνώσῃ αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ

Σῶσον ἐλέησον ἀντιλαβοῦ καὶ διαφύλαξον αὐτούς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Οἱ κατηχούmicroενοι τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνατε Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν ὑπέρ τῶν κατηχουmicroένων

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν ὁ διὰ σωτηρίαν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξαποστείλας τὸν microονογενῆ Σου Υἱὸν καὶ Θεόν τὸν Κύριον ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους Σου τοὺς Κατηχουmicroένους τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας Σοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν αὐχένα καὶ καταξίωσον αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ τοῦ λουτροῦ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐνδύmicroατος τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἕνωσον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ συγκαταρίθmicroησον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ Σου ποίmicroνῃ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σὺν ἡmicroῖν δοξάζωσι τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά Σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

I bistiacute ibeacuter don Gadihoumeacutenon dheithoacutemen

Iacutena o Giacuterios avtouacutes eleiacutesi

Gadihiacutesi avtouacutes don loacuteyon dis alithiacuteas

Abogaliacutepsi avtiacutes do Evangeacutelion dis dhigeosiacutenis

Enoacutesi avtouacutes di ayiacutea avtouacute Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea

Soacuteson eleacuteison andilavouacute ge dhiafiacutelaxon avtouacutes o Theoacutes di si haacuteridi

I gadihouacutemeni das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenade While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer for the Catechumen

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o en ipsiliacutes gadigoacuten ge da dabinaacute eforoacuten o dhiaacute sodiriacutean do yeacuteni don anthroacutebon exabostiacutelas don monoyeniacute Sou Ioacuten ge Theoacuten don Giacuterion imoacuten Iisouacuten Hristoacuten ebiacutevlepson ebiacute dous dhouacutelous Sou dous Gadihoumeacutenous dous ibogegligoacutedas Si don eavtoacuten avheacutena ge gadaxiacuteoson avtouacutes en geroacute evtheacutedo dou loudrouacute dis balingenesiacuteas dis afeacuteseos don amardioacuten ge dou endhiacutemados dis aftharsiacuteas eacutenoson avtouacutes di ayiacutea Sou Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea ge singadariacutethmison avtouacutes di eglektiacute Sou biacutemni PRIEST

Iacutena ge avtiacute sin imiacuten dhoxaacutezosi do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes oacutenomaacute Sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede i Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede

Μή τις τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων

Ὅσοι πιστοί ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Α΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν Σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν Δυνάmicroεων τῷ καταξιώσαντι ἡmicroᾶς παραστῆναι καὶ νῦν τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ προσπεσεῖν τοῖς οἰκτιρmicroοῖς Σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Πρόσδεξαι ὁ Θεός τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν ποίησον ἡmicroᾶς ἀξίους γενέσθαι τοῦ προσφέρειν Σοι δεήσεις καὶ ἱκεσίας καὶ θυσίας ἀναιmicroάκτους ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ Σου καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς οὓς ἔθου εἰς τὴν διακονίαν Σου ταύτην ἐν τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Πνεύmicroατός Σου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀκαταγνώστως καὶ ἀπροσκόπτως ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ microαρτυρίῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡmicroῶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαί Σε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ καὶ τόπῳ ἵνα εἰσακούων ἡmicroῶν ἵλεως ἡmicroῖν εἴης ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς Σῆς ἀγαθότητος

Ὅτι πρέπει Σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Mi dis don Gadihoumeacutenon

Oacutesi bistiacute eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

FIRST PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Evharistouacutemen Si Giacuterie o Theoacutes don Dhinaacutemeon do gadaxioacutesandi imaacutes barastiacutene ge nin do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiriacuteo ge bresbesiacuten dis iktirmiacutes Sou ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Broacutesdhexe o Theoacutes din dheacuteisin imoacuten biacuteison imaacutes axiacuteous yeneacutesthe dou brosfeacuterin Si dheiacutesis ge igesiacuteas ge thisiacuteas anemaacutektous ibeacuter bandoacutes dou laouacute Sou ge igaacutenoson imaacutes ous eacutethou is din dhiagoniacutean Sou daacutevtin en di dhinaacutemi dou Bneacutevmados Sou dou Ayiacuteou agadagnoacutestos ge abroskoacuteptos en gatharoacute do mardiriacuteo dis sinidhiacuteseos imoacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se en bandiacute geroacute ge doacutebo iacutena isagouacuteon imoacuten iacuteleos imiacuten iacuteis en do bliacutethi dis Sis ayathoacutedidos

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Β΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις Σοὶ προσπίπτοmicroεν καὶ Σοῦ δεόmicroεθα ἀγαθὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπε ὅπως ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν καθαρίσῃς ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα ἀπὸ παντὸς microολυσmicroοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύmicroατος καὶ δῴης ἡmicroῖν ἀνένοχον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον τὴν παράστασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Σου θυσιαστηρίου Χάρισαι δέ ὁ Θεός καὶ τοῖς συνευχοmicroένοις ἡmicroῖν προκοπὴν βίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως πνευmicroατικῆς δὸς αὐτοῖς πάντοτε microετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης λατρεύειν Σοι ἀνενόχως καὶ ἀκατακρίτως microετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων Σου Μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σου βασιλείας ἀξιωθῆναι

Ὅπως ὑπὸ τοῦ κράτους Σου πάντοτε φυλαττόmicroενοι Σοὶ δόξαν ἀναπέmicroπωmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ψάλλει τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον ἀργῶς καὶ microετὰ microέλους εἰς τὸν κύριον ἦχον τῆς ἡmicroέρας

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Τούτου δὲ ᾀδοmicroένου ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος τήν κεφαλήν ποιεῖ εὐχήν ὑπέρ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὴν

ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ ΧΕΡΟΥΒΙΚΟΥ

Οὐδεὶς ἄξιος τῶν συνδεδεmicroένων ταῖς σαρκικαῖς ἐπιθυmicroίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς προσέρχεσθαι ἢ προσεγγίζειν

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

SECOND PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Baacutelin ge bollaacutegis Si brosbiacuteptomen ge Sou dheoacutemetha ayatheacute ge filaacutenthrobe oacutebos ebivleacutepsas ebiacute din dheacuteisin imoacuten gathariacutesis imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada aboacute bandoacutes molismouacute sargoacutes ge bneacutevmados ge dhoacuteis imiacuten aneacutenohon ge agadaacutegridon din baraacutestasin dou ayiacuteou Sou thisiastiriacuteou Haacuterise dhe o Theoacutes ge dis sinevhomeacutenis imiacuten brogobiacuten viacuteou ge biacutesteos ge sineacuteseos bnevmadigiacutes dhos avtiacutes baacutendode medaacute foacutevou ge ayaacutebis ladreacutevin Si anenoacutehos ge akadagriacutedos medeacutehin don ayiacuteon Sou Mistiriacuteon ge dis ebouraniacuteou Sou vasiliacuteas axiothiacutene

Oacutebos iboacute dou graacutedous Sou baacutendode filattoacutemeni Si dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And the choir shall sing the Cherubic Hymn slowly and solemnly in the tone of the day

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia During the singing of the Cherubicon the Priest bowing his head shall say the following prayer on behalf of himself

THE PRAYER OF THE CHERUBICON Oudhiacutes aacutexios don sindhedhomeacutenon des sargigeacutes ebithimiacutees ge idhoneacutes broseacuterhesthe i brosengiacutezin i

ἢ λειτουργεῖν Σοι Βασιλεῦ τῆς δόξης τὸ γὰρ διακονεῖν Σοι microέγα καὶ φοβερὸν καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίοις Δυνάmicroεσιν Ἀλλ ὅmicroως διὰ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀmicroέτρητόν Σου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀναλλοιώτως γέγονας ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἀρχιερεὺς ἡmicroῶν ἐχρηmicroάτισας καὶ τῆς λειτουργικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναιmicroάκτου θυσίας τὴν ἱερουργίαν παρέδωκας ἡmicroῖν ὡς Δεσπότης τῶν ἁπάντων Σὺ γὰρ microόνος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν δεσπόζεις τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου χερουβικοῦ ἐποχούmicroενος ὁ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro Κύριος καὶ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος Σὲ τοίνυν δυσωπῶ τὸν microόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐήκοον Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ ἐmicroὲ τὸν ἁmicroαρτωλὸν καὶ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλόν Σου καὶ καθάρισόν microου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ ἱκάνωσόν microε τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Ἁγίου Σου Πνεύmicroατος ἐνδεδυmicroένον τὴν τῆς Ἱερατείας χάριν παραστῆναι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ καὶ ἱερουργῆσαι τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἄχραντόν Σου Σῶmicroα καὶ τὸ τίmicroιον Αἷmicroα Σοὶ γὰρ προσέρχοmicroαι κλίνας τὸν ἑmicroαυτοῦ αὐχένα καὶ δέοmicroαί Σου Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν Σου ἀπ ἐmicroοῦ microηδὲ ἀποδοκιmicroάσῃς microε ἐκ παίδων Σου ἀλλ ἀξίωσον προσενεχθῆναί Σοι ὑπ ἐmicroοῦ τοῦ ἁmicroαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἀναξίου δούλου Σου τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ προσφέρων καὶ προσφερόmicroενος καὶ προσδεχόmicroενος καὶ διαδιδόmicroενος Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ Ἱερεύς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσι καί αὐτοί τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον (γ΄) ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Μετά λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς τὸ θυmicroιατήριον καί εὐλογεί κατά τό συνήθης τρόπο θυmicroιᾷ κύκλῳ τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν τήν Πρόθεσιν τό Εἰκονοστάσι καί τόν λαόν λέγοντας microυστικῶς τό laquoΔεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroενraquo (γ΄) καὶ εἶτα τὸν Ν ψαλmicroόν Εἰ microέν ἐστι Κυριακή λέγει τὸ laquoἈνάστασιν Χριστοῦ θεασάmicroενοιraquo καὶ τὸν Ν΄ ψαλmicroόν ἕως τόν στίχον laquoθυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦmicroα συντετριmicromicroένον καρδίαν συντετριmicromicroένην καὶ τεταπεινωmicroένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσειraquo Ἐπανερχόmicroενος εἰς τό Ἱερό θυmicroιᾷ πάλιν τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν την Ἱεράν Πρόθεσιν καί

lidouryiacuten Si Vasileacutev dis dhoacutexis do yar dhiakoniacuten Si meacuteya ge foveroacuten ge avteacutes des ebouraniacuteis Dhinaacutemesin Al oacutemos dhiaacute din aacutefadon ge ameacutedridon Sou filanthrobiacutean adreacuteptos ge anallioacutedos yeacuteyonas aacutenthrobos ge Arhiereacutevs imoacuten ehrimaacutedisas ge dis lidouryigiacutes daacutevtis ge anemaacutektou thisiacuteas din ierouryiacutean bareacutedhokas imiacuten os Dhesboacutedis don abaacutendon Si yar moacutenos Giacuterios o Theoacutes imoacuten dhesboacutezis don ebouraniacuteon ge don ebiyiacuteon o ebiacute throacutenou herouvigouacute ebohouacutemenos o don Serafiacutem Giacuterios ge Vasileacutevs dou Israiacutel o moacutenos Aacuteyios ge en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos Se diacutenin dhisoboacute don moacutenon ayathoacuten ge eviacutegoon Ebiacutevlepson eb emeacute don amardoloacuten ge ahriacuteon dhouacutelon Sou ge gathaacuterison mou din psihiacuten ge din gardhiacutean aboacute sinidhiacuteseos boniraacutes ge igaacutenosoacuten me di dhinaacutemi dou Ayiacuteou Sou Bneacutevmados endhedhimeacutenon din dis Ieradiacuteas haacuterin barastiacutene di ayiacutea Sou daacutevti drabeacutezi ge ierouryiacutese do aacuteyion ge aacutehrandoacuten Sou Soacutema ge to diacutemion Eacutema Si yar broseacuterhome gliacutenas don emavtoacuten avheacutena ge dheacuteomeacute Sou Mi abostreacutepsis do broacutesoboacuten Sou ab emouacute midheacute abodhogimaacutesis me ek beacutedhon Sou al axiacuteoson brosenehthiacutene Si ib emouacute dou amardolouacute ge anaxiacuteou dhouacutelou Sou da dhoacutera daacutevta Si yar i o brosfeacuteron ge brosferoacutemenos ge brosdhehoacutemenos ge dhiadhidhoacutemenos Hriste o Theoacutes imoacuten ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The prayer being finished the Priest and the Deacon shall say the Cherubic hymn thrice making a reverence at the end of each repetition PRIEST

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan DEACON

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia Then the Priest taking up the censer and blessing the incense in the usual way shall cense the Holy Table round about the prothesis the Iconostasis and the people saying secretly ldquoO come let us worship etcrdquo and Psalm 50 On Sundays he shall say the hymn ldquoWe have seen the resurrection of Christrdquo and then Psalm 50 up to the verse ldquoO God Thou wilt not despiserdquo On entering the sanctuary he shall again cense the Holy table the prothesis and all the sanctuary and replace the censer in its customary place Then standing before the Holy Altar the Priest and the Deacon shall make

τό Ἱερατείον καί ἀποδίδει τό θυmicroιατήριον Οἱ Ἱερουργούντες προσκυνοῦντες τρίς πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί ἀσπαζόmicroενοι τό Ἀντιmicroήνσιον καί τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζα λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς τά τροπάρια ταῦτα

Ἤmicroαρτον εἰς σὲ Σωτήρ ὡς ὁ ἄσωτος υἱός δέξαι microε Πάτερ microετανοοῦντα καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός

Κράζω σοι Χριστὲ Σωτὴρ τοῦ τελώνου τὴν φωνήν Ἱλάσθητί microοι ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός Εἶτα εἰς ἕκαστος ὑποκλινόmicroενος τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς λέγει Συγχωρήσατέ microοι ἀδελφοὶ καὶ συλλειτουργοί Καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὑποκλινόmicroενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης λέγουν

Τοῖς microισοῦσι καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός συγχώρησον Καὶ ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ λέγουν

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε Καὶ προσκυνοῦσι τρὶς τὰ τίmicroια Δῶρα ἐκ τρίτου λέγουν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ ὁ ἄναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ὁ Υἱός ὁ συνάναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἀθάνατος τὸ πανάγιον Πνεύmicroαmiddot Τριὰς Ἁγία δόξα σοι Εἶτα ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Ἔπαρον Δέσποτα Ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄρας τὸν Ἀέρα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς ὤmicroοις τοῦ Διακόνου λέγων

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑmicroῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον Καὶ δίδει τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον εἰς τὸν Διάκονον Αὐτὸς δὲ λαmicroβάνει τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἀνέβη ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἀλαλαγmicroῷ Κύριος ἐν φωνῇ σάλπιγγος Ὅταν δὲ ὁ Χορός εἴπῃ τὸ laquoὩς τὸν Βασιλέαraquo ὁ Διάκονος microετὰ τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχονται ἐκ τῆς βορείας πύλης προπορευοmicroένων θυmicroιατηρίου λαmicroπάδων καὶ εξαπτερύγων καὶ διέρχονται τὸ ἀριστερὸν κλῖτος καὶ τὸ microέσον τοῦ Ναοῦ ποιοῦντες τὴν Μεγάλην Εἴσοδον τοῦ Διακόνου ἐκφωνοῦντος microεγαλοφώνως

Πάντων ὑmicroῶν microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καί τοῦ Ἱερέως εἰσερχοmicroένου λέγει πρός αὐτόν ὁ προεισελθών Διάκονος

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ

two lowly reverences saying each to himself Iacutemardon is se Sodiacuter os o aacutesodos ioacutes dheacutexe me Baacuteder medanoouacutenda ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes

Graacutezo si Hristeacute Sodiacuter dou deloacutenou din foniacuten Ilaacutesthidiacute mi oacutesber egiacuteno ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes And kissing the antiminsion they shall again make a reverence and turn and bow to each other saying

Sinhoriacutesadeacute mi adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute And then from the Holy doors they shall bow humbly to the people saying in a low voice

Dis misouacutesi ge ayaboacutesin imaacutes o Theoacutes sinhoacuterison Then shall they proceed to the offertory table saying as they go

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me And kissing the holy gifts they shall say

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes o Badiacuter o aacutenarhos aacuteyios ishiroacutes o Ioacutes o sinaacutenarhos aacuteyios athaacutenados do banaacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutes Ayiacutea dhoacutexa si Then the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Eacutebaron Dheacutesboda And the Priest taking the aer shall first cense it and then lay it on the Deaconrsquos shoulders saying

En iriacuteni ebaacuterade das hiacuteras imoacuten is da aacuteyia ge evloyiacutede don Giacuterion Then the Priest shall give the paten and to the Deacon and himself shall take up the chalice saying

Aneacutevi o Theoacutes en alalaymoacute Giacuterios en foniacute saacutelbingos When the Choir has rdquoThat we may receive the king of allrdquo the Deacon leading and the Priest shall go out of the sanctuary by the north side and make the Great Entrance preceded by lighted candles and the six-winged fans And as they shall go round about the nave the Deacon shall say in a loud voice

Baacutendon imoacuten mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Deacon going in at the Holy Doors stands to the right and as the Priest enters he shall say to him

Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea

βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς πρός αὐτόν

Τῆς Ἱεροδιακονίας (Διακονίας) σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ο Χορός συmicroπληροῖ τὸν χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζη εἶτα αἴρει τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον ἀπό τῆς τοῦ Διακόνου κεφαλῆς καί τίθησιν αὐτόν ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῦ ἁγιου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ὁ εὐσχήmicroων Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου καθελὼν τὸ ἄχραντόν σου σῶmicroα σινδόνι καθαρᾷ εἱλήσας καὶ ἀρώmicroασιν ἐν microνήmicroατι καινῷ κηδεύσας ἀπέθετο Εἶτα αἴρει τά καλύmicromicroατα ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου καί τοῦ Ποτηρίου καί τίθησιν αὐτά ἐν τῷ ἄνω microέρει τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί λαβών τόν ἀέρα ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου ὤmicroων καί θυmicroιάσας αὐτόν σκεπάζει τά ἅγια Μετά τοῦτο λαβών τόν θυmicroιατόν καί τοῦ Διακόνου εἰπόντος το Ἀγάθυνον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιῶν τρίς τὰ Ἅγια λέγει ἅπαξ

Ἀγάθυνον Κύριε ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἰκοδοmicroηθήτω τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσαληmicro Τότε εὐδοκήσεις θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης ἀναφορὰν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώmicroατα Τότε ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου microόσχους Ἀποδοὺς δὲ τὸ θυmicroιατὸν καὶ κλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ Μνήσθητί microου ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Εἶτα ὁ διάκονος ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν κρατῶν ἅmicroα καὶ τὸ Ὀράριον λέγει

Εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐmicroοῦ δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πνεῦmicroα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναmicroις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦmicroα συλλειτουργήσει ἡmicroῖν πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν Μνήσθητί microου Δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνησθείη σου Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχεται ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ καὶ ἅmicroα τῇ λήξει τοῦ Χερουβικοῦ ὕmicroνου λέγει τὴν τά Πληρωτικά

avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Priest shall say to him

Dis Ierodhiakoniacuteas (Dhiakoniacuteas) sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon The Choir shall complete the Cherubic Hymn The Priest shall meanwhile set the holy chalice upon the Altar and taking the paten from the Deaconrsquos head he shall place it to the left of the chalice saying

O evshiacutemon Iosiacutef aboacute dou xiacutelou gatheloacuten do aacutehrandoacuten sou soacutema sindhoacuteni gatharaacute iliacutesas ge aroacutemasin en mniacutemadi kenoacute kidheacutevsas abeacutethedo And removing the veils he shall place them on the one side or the upper part of the Altar and taking from the Deaconrsquos shoulders the aer and censing it he shall cover therewith the holy gifts saying And taking up the censer the Deacon shall say Ayaacutethinon Dheacutesboda And censing the holy gifts three times the Priest shall say

Ayaacutethinon Giacuterie en di endhogiacutea sou din Sioacuten ge igodhomithiacutedo da diacutehi Ierousaliacutem Doacutede evdhogiacutesis thisiacutean dhigeosiacutenis anaforaacuten ge ologavtoacutemata Doacutede aniacutesousin ebiacute do thisiastiacuterion sou moacuteshous And giving back the censer he shall bow his head and say to the Deacon

Mniacutesthidi mou adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Deacon bowing his head shall say to the Priest

Eacutevxe ibeacuter emoacuteu dheacutesboda aacuteyie And the Priest blessing the Deacon shall say

Bneacutevma Aacuteyion ebeleacutevsede ebiacute se ge dhiacutenamis Ipsiacutestou ebiskiaacutesi si DEACON

Avtoacute do Bneacutevma sillidouryiacutesi imiacuten baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten Mniacutesthidiacute mou Dheacutesboda aacuteyie PRIEST

Mnisthiacutei sou Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten And kissing the Priestrsquos right hand he shall stand in his customary place and after the completion of the Cherubic Hymn he shall say the following litany

Τούτων δὲ λεγοmicroένων ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἀναγινώσκει microυστικῶς τὴν ἑξῆς εὐχὴν τῆς Προθέσεως microετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ ἀπόθεσιν τῶν θείων Δώρων Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος ὁ δεχόmicroενος θυσίαν αἰνέσεως παρὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουmicroένων Σε ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὴν δέησιν καὶ προσάγαγε τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ Καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς προσενεγκεῖν Σοι δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας πνευmicroατικὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς εὑρεῖν χάριν ἐνώπιόν Σου τοῦ γενέσθαι Σοι εὐπρόσδεκτον τὴν θυσίαν ἡmicroῶν καὶ ἐπισκηνῶσαι τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τῆς χάριτός Σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα δῶρα ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου

Πληρώσωmicroεν τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προτεθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καὶ τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεὸς τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Meanwhile the Priest having set the divine gifts upon the Holy Altar shall say the following prayer

THE OFFERTORY PRAYER Giacuterie o Theoacutes o bandograacutedor o moacutenos Aacuteyios o dhehoacutemenos thisiacutean eneacuteseos baraacute don ebigaloumeacutenon Se en oacuteli gardiacutea broacutesdhexe ge imoacuten don amardoloacuten din dheacuteisin ge brosaacuteyaye do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiacuterio Ge igaacutenoson imaacutes brosenengiacuten Si dhoacutera de ge thisiacuteas bnevmadigaacutes ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes evriacuten haacuterin enoacutebioacuten Sou dou yeneacutesthe Si evbroacutesdhekton din thiacutesian imoacuten ge ebiskiacutenose do Bneacutevma dis haacuteridoacutes Sou do ayathoacuten ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena dhoacutera daacutevta ge ebiacute baacutenda don laoacuten Sou

Bliroacutesomen din dheacuteisin imoacuten do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter don brodetheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou ge anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie And after each petition

Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Της παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρmicroῶν τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀγαπήσωmicroεν ἀλλήλους ἵνα ἐν ὁmicroονοίᾳ ὁmicroολογήσωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πατέρα Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦmicroα Τριάδα ὁmicroοούσιον καὶ ἀχώριστον Ὁ Ἱερεὺς προσκυνήσας τρὶς ἀσπάζεται τὰ κεκαλυmicromicroένα Ἅγια πρῶτον τόν Δίσκον εἶτα τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί τό ἔmicroπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἄκρον τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγων καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν τό

Ἀγαπήσω σε Κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς microου Κύριος στερέωmicroά microου καὶ καταφυγή microου καὶ ῥύστης microου Καί ἐν συλλειτούργῳ διδόασιν οἱ Ἱερεις τόν ἀσπασmicroόν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀσπαζόmicroενοι ἀλλήλοις ἀρχόmicroενοι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν πρός τά δεξιά καί τέλος τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου δεξιάν χεῖρα λέγοντες διαλογικῶς ὁ εἶςmiddot

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Dhiaacute don iktirmoacuten dou monogenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evlogidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Ayabiacutesomen alliacutelous iacutena en omoniacutea omoloyiacutesomen CHOIR

Badeacutera Ioacuten ge Aacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutedha omoouacutesion ge ahoacuteriston And while the choir sing ldquoThe Father and the Sonhelliprdquo the Priest shall bow himself thrice and kiss the holy gifts they still being covered first the paten then the chalice and the edge of the Holy Altar before him saying within himself Ayabiacuteso se Giacuterie i ishiacutes mou Giacuterios stereacuteomaacute mou ge kadafiyiacute mou ge riacutestis mou And if there be two priests or more they likewise shall kiss the holy things and then embrace and kiss each other with the Kiss of Peace first on the left then on the right and then each otherrsquos right hand And while they embrace the Priest first in rank shall say

Ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ microέσῳ ἡmicroῶνmiddot Kαί ὁ ἕτεροςmiddot

Καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς θύρας τὰς θύρας Ἐν σοφίᾳ πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἄρας καί κατά microικρόν ὑψῶν τὸν Ἀέρα ἀνασείει αὐτόν ἀνοικτόν ἠρέmicroως ἐπάνω τῶν τιmicroίων δώρωνmiddot εἶτα διπλώσας και ἀσπασάmicroενος ἀποτίθησι microετά τῶν ἑτέρων καλυmicromicroάτων ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πιστεύω εἰς ἕνα Θεόν Πατέρα Παντοκράτορα ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων

Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν microονογενῆ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ἐκ φωτός Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα ὁmicroοούσιον τῷ Πατρί δι οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο Τὸν δι ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡmicroέρα κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόmicroενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόmicroενον microετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος

Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τὸ Ἅγιον τὸ κύριον τὸ ζωοποιόν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόmicroενον τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συmicroπροσκυνούmicroενον καὶ συνδοξαζόmicroενον τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

Εἰς microίαν Ἁγίαν Καθολικὴν καὶ Ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Ὁmicroολογῶ ἓν βάπτισmicroα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν Προσδοκῶ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν Καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ microέλλοντος αἰῶνος Ἀmicroήν

O hristoacutes en do meacuteso imoacuten And the other shall say Ge eacutesti ge eacuteste DEACON

Das thiacuteras das thiacuteras En sofia broacuteshomen The Priest shall take up the aer and hold it over the sacred gifts and calmly shake it up and down Then he shall lift the aer from the holy gifts fold it and kiss it and lay it aside with the other veils CHOIR

Bisteacutevo is eacutena Theoacuten Badeacutera Bandograacutedora biidiacuten ouranoacuteu ge yis oradoacuten de baacutendon ge aoraacutedon

Ge is eacutena Giacuterion Iisouacuten Hristoacuten don Yioacuten dou Theouacute don monoyeniacute don ek dou Badroacutes yennitheacutenda bro baacutendon don eoacutenon fos ek fodoacutes Theoacuten alithinoacuten ek Theouacute alithinouacute yennitheacutenda ou biitheacutenda omoouacutesion do Badriacute dhi ou da baacutenda eyeacutenedo Don dhi imaacutes dous anthroacutebous ge dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean gadelthoacutenda ek don ouranoacuten ge sargotheacutenda ek Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ge Mariacuteas dis Bartheacutenou ge enanthrobiacutesanda Stavrotheacutenda de ibeacuter imoacuten ebiacute Bondiacuteou Bilaacutedou ge bathoacutenda ge dafeacutenda Ge anastaacutenda di driacutedi imeacutera gadaacute das Yrafaacutes Ge anelthoacutenda is dous ouranouacutes ge gathezoacutemenon ek dhexioacuten dou Badroacutes Ge baacutelin erhoacutemenon medaacute dhoacutexis griacutene zoacutendas ge negrouacutes ou dis vasiliacuteas ouk eacuteste deacutelos

Ge is do Bneacutevma do Aacuteyion do giacuterion do zoobioacuten do ek dou Badroacutes ekborevoacutemenon do sin Badriacute ge Yioacute sinbroskinouacutemenon ge sindhoxazoacutemenon do laliacutesan dhiaacute don brofidoacuten

Is miacutean Ayiacutean Gatholigiacuten ge Abostoligiacuten Egglisiacutean Omoloyoacute en vaacuteptisma is aacutefesin amardioacuten Brosdhogoacute anaacutestasin negroacuten Ge zoiacuten dou meacutellondos eoacutenos Amiacuten

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Στῶmicroεν καλῶς στῶmicroεν microετὰ φόβου πρόσχωmicroεν τὴν ἁγίαν Ἀναφορὰν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προσφέρειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔλεον εἰρήνης θυσίαν αἰνέσεως Ὁ Ἱερεύς ῥιπίζων τὰ Ἅγια microετά ῥιπιδίου ἤ microή ὄντος microετά τοῦ Ἀέρος καί εἶτα ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος εἴη microετὰ πάντων ὑmicroῶν Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εὐλογεῖ αὐτὸν διὰ χειρός αὐτοῦ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου Ὁ Ἱερεύς ὑψῶν ἀmicroφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας λέγει

Ἄνω σχῶmicroεν τὰς καρδίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔχοmicroεν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ἀνατολάς λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον Ὁ Ἱερεύς κλινόmicroενος ἀπάρχεται τῆς ἁγίας Ἀναφορᾶς

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον σὲ ὑmicroνεῖν σὲ εὐλογεῖν σὲ αἰνεῖν σοὶ εὐχαριστεῖν σὲ προσκυνεῖν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τῆς δεσποτείας σου Σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς ἀνέκφραστος ἀπερινόητος ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀεὶ ὤν ὡσαύτως ὤν σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Σὺ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡmicroᾶς παρήγαγες καὶ παραπεσόντας ἀνέστησας πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστης πάντα ποιῶν ἕως ἡmicroᾶς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγες καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐχαρίσω τὴν microέλλουσαν Ὑπὲρ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ τῷ microονογενεῖ σου Ὑἱῷ καὶ τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ὑπὲρ πάντων ὧν ἴσmicroεν καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσmicroεν τῶν φανερῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς ἡmicroᾶς γεγενηmicroένων

DEACON

Stoacutemen galoacutes stoacutemen medaacute foacutevou broacuteshomen din ayiacutean Anaforaacuten en iriacuteni brosfeacuterin CHOIR

Eacuteleon iriacutenis thisiacutean eneacuteseos The Priest shall fan the holy things with a small fan or the folded aer saying

I haacuteris dou Giriacuteou imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute ge i ayaacutebi dou Theouacute ge Badroacutes ge i ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados iacutei medaacute baacutendon imoacuten And turning to face the people the Priest shall bless them with his hand CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou And raising his hands he shall say

Aacuteno shoacutemen das gardhiacuteas CHOIR

Eacutehomen bros don Giacuterion And turning to face the Icon of Christ the Priest shall say

Evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo CHOIR

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon And standing before the Holy Altar the Priest shall offer this prayer

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon se imniacuten se evloyiacuten se eniacuten si evharistiacuten se broskiniacuten en bandiacute doacutebo dis dhesbodiacuteas sou Si yar i Theoacutes aneacutekfrastos aberinoacuteidos aoacuterados akadaacuteliptos aiacute on osaacutevtos on si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Si ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene imaacutes bariacuteyayes ge barabesoacutendas aneacutestisas baacutelin ge ouk abeacutestis baacutenda bioacuten eacuteos imaacutes is don ouranoacuten aniacuteyayes ge din vasiliacutean sou ehariacuteso din meacutellousan Ibeacuter douacutedon abaacutendon evharistouacutemen si ge do monoyeniacute sou Ioacute ge do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo ibeacuter baacutendon on iacutesmen ge on ouk iacutesmen don faneroacuten ge afanoacuten everyesioacuten don is imaacutes yeyenimeacutenon Evharistouacutemen si ge

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Λειτουργίας ταύτης ἣν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡmicroῶν δέξασθαι κατηξίωσας καίτοι σοι παρεστήκασι χιλιάδες ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ microυριάδες ἀγγέλων τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ τὰ Σεραφείmicro ἑξαπτέρυγα πολυόmicromicroατα microετάρσια πτερωτά

Τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕmicroνον ᾄδοντα βοῶντα κεκραγότα καὶ λέγονταmiddot Τούτου λεγοmicroένου λαβών ὁ Διάκονος τόν ἀστερίσκον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ποιεῖ σταυροῦ τύπον ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ και ἀποσπογγίσας καί ἀσπασάmicroενος αὐτόν ἀποτίθησι microετά τοῦ ἀέρος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος Κύριος Σαβαώθ πλήρης ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης σου ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Ὁ δέ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἡmicroεῖς τῶν microακαρίων δυνάmicroεων Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε βοῶmicroεν καὶ λέγοmicroεν Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος Σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὴς ἡ δόξα σου Ὃς τὸν κόσmicroον σου οὕτως ἠγάπησας ὥστε τὸν Υἱόν σου τὸν microονογενῆ δοῦναι ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν microὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ὃς ἐλθὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν οἰκονοmicroίαν πληρώσας τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδοτο microᾶλλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν παρεδίδου ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσmicroου ζωῆς λαβὼν ἄρτον ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀχράντοις καὶ ἀmicroωmicroήτοις χερσί εὐχαριστήσας καὶ εὐλογήσας ἁγιάσας κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ microαθηταῖς καὶ ἀποστόλοις εἰπὼνmiddot

Λάβετε φάγετε τοῦτό microού ἐστι τὸ σῶmicroα τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν κλώmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ἐπευχόmicroενος λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς

ibeacuter dis Lidouryiacuteas daacutevtis in ek don hiroacuten imoacuten dheacutexasthe gadaxiacuteosas geacutedi si barestiacutegasi hiliaacutedhes arhangeacutelon ge miriaacutedes angeacutelon da Herouviacutem ge da Serafiacutem exapteacuteriya bolioacutemmada medaacutersia pterodaacute

Don ebiniacutegion iacutemnon aacutedhoda vooacutenda gegrayoacuteda ge leacuteyonda While saying this the Deacon shall take the asterisk from off the paten and making the sign of the Cross over it shall kiss it and lay it aside with the Aer CHOIR

Aacuteyios aacuteyios aacuteyios Giacuterios Savaoacuteth bliacuteris o ouranoacutes ge i yi dis dhoacutexis sou osannaacute en dis ipsiacutestis Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Osannaacute o en dis ipsiacutestis The Priest shall continue

Medaacute douacutedon ge imiacutes don magariacuteon dhinaacutemeon Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe vooacutemen ge leacuteyomen Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios Si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios ge meyalobrebiacutes i dhoacutexa sou Os don goacutesmon sou ouacutedos iyaacutebisas oacuteste don Ioacuten sou don monoyeniacute dhouacutene iacutena bas o bisteacutevon is avtoacuten mi aboacutelide al eacutehi zoiacuten eoacutenion Os elthoacuten ge baacutesan din ubeacuter imoacuten igonomiacutean bliroacutesas di niktiacute i baredhiacutedhodo maacutellon dhe eavtoacuten baredhiacutedhou ibeacuter dis dou goacutesmou zoiacutes lavoacuten aacuterton en des ayiacutees avtouacute ge ahraacutendis ge amomiacutedis hersiacute evhariacutestisas ge evloyiacutesas ayiaacutesas glaacutesas eacutedhoge dis ayiiacutes avtouacute mathidaacutes ge abostoacutelis iboacuten

Laacutevede faacuteyede douacutedo mou estiacute do soacutema do ibeacuter imoacuten gloacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest continues

Ὁmicroοίως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον microετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι λέγων

Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷmicroά microου τὸ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑmicroῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεύς καί πάλιν κλινόmicroενος λέγει τήν εὐχήν

Μεmicroνηmicroένοι τοίνυν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης ἐντολῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν γεγενηmicroένων τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῦ Τάφου τῆς τριηmicroέρου Ἀναστάσεως τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς Ἀναβάσεως τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν Καθέδρας τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου πάλιν Παρουσίας

Τὰ σὰ ἐκ τῶν σῶν σοὶ προσφέροmicroεν κατὰ πάντα καὶ διὰ πάντα ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σὲ ὑmicroνοῦmicroεν σὲ εὐλογοῦmicroεν σοὶ εὐχαριστοῦmicroεν Κύριε καὶ δεόmicroεθά σου ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀναίmicroακτον λατρείαν καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν κατάπεmicroψον τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα Δῶρα ταῦτα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτον εὐλογῶν λέγει

Καὶ ποίησον τὸν microὲν Ἄρτον τοῦτον τίmicroιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ποτηρίῳ τούτῳ τίmicroιον αἷmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου

Omiacuteos ge do bodiacuterion medaacute do dhibniacutese leacuteyon

Biacuteede ex avtouacute baacutendes douacutedo estiacute do eacutema mouacute do dis Geniacutes Dhiathiacutegis do ubeacuter imoacuten ge bolloacuten ekhinoacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say

Memnimeacuteni diacutenin dis sodiriacuteas daacutevtis endoloacuten ge baacutendon don ibeacuter imoacuten yeyenimeacutenon dou Stavrouacute dou Taacutefou dis driimeacuterou Anastaacuteseos dis is ouranouacutes Anabaacuteseos dis ek dhexioacuten Gatheacutedhras dis dhevdeacuteras ge endhoacutexou baacutelin Barousiacuteas

Ta sa ek don son si brosfeacuteromen gadaacute baacutenda ge dhiaacute baacutenda CHOIR

Se imnouacutemen se evloyouacutemen si evharistouacutemen Giacuterie ge dheoacutemethaacute sou o Theoacutes imoacuten PRIEST

Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ge aneacutemakton ladriacutean ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemethaacute ge igedeacutevomen gadaacutebepson do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena Dhoacutera daacutevta DEACON

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest blessing the holy bread shall say

Ge biacuteison don men Aacuterton douacutedon diacutemion Soacutema dou Hristouacute sou DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Boacutedirion And the Priest blessing the chalice shall say

Do dhe en do Bodiriacuteo douacutedo diacutemion eacutema dou Hristouacute sou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ἀmicroφότερα τὰ ἅγια Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἅmicroα τόν τε ἅγιον Ἄρτον καί τό ἅγιον Ποτήριου λέγει

Μεταβαλὼν τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ὥστε γενέσθαι τοῖς microεταλαmicroβάνουσιν εἰς νῆψιν ψυχῆς εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου σου Πνεύmicroατος εἰς Βασιλείας οὐρανῶν πλήρωmicroα εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν πίστει ἀναπαυσαmicroένων Προπατόρων Πατέρων Πατριαρχῶν Προφητῶν Ἀποστόλων Κηρύκων Εὐαγγελιστῶν Μαρτύρων Ὁmicroολογητῶν Ἐγκρατευτῶν καὶ παντὸς πνεύmicroατος δικαίου ἐν πίστει τετελειωmicroένου Και θυmicroιῶν τρίς κατέmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγει ἐκφώνως

Ἐξαιρέτως τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς microακαρίζειν σε τὴν Θεοτόκον τὴν ἀειmicroακάριστον καὶ παναmicroώmicroητον καὶ microητέρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡmicroῶν Τὴν τιmicroιωτέραν τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν ἀσυγκρίτως τῶν Σεραφείmicro τὴν ἀδιαφθόρως Θεὸν Λόγον τεκοῦσαν τὴν ὄντως Θεοτόκον σὲ microεγαλύνοmicroεν Εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσι τό θυmicroιατήριον τῷ Διακόνῳ καί κλινόmicroενος εὔχεται

Τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἁγίου (δεῖνος) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων ὧν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός Καὶ microνήσθητι πάντων τῶν κεκοιmicroηmicroένων ἐπ ἐλπίδι ἀναστάσεως ζωῆς αἰωνίου (ἐνταῦθα microνηmicroονεύει ὀνοmicroαστὶ ὧν

DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda amfoacutedera da aacuteyia And the Priest blessing both the holy bread and the chalice shall say

Medavaloacuten do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten PRIEST

Oacuteste yeneacutesthe dis medalamvaacutenousin is niacutepsin psihiacutes is aacutefesin amardioacuten is ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou sou Bneacutevmados is Vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten bliacuteroma is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is kadaacutegrima Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter don en biacutesti anabavsameacutenon Brobadoacuteron Badeacuteron Badriarhoacuten Brofidoacuten Abostoacutelon Giriacutegon Evangelistoacuten Mardiacuteron omoloyidoacuten Engradevdoacuten ge bandoacutes bneacutevmatos dhigeacuteou en biacutesti dedeliomeacutenou And taking up the censer he shall cense three times before the Holy Altar saying aloud

Exereacutedos dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevloyimeacutenis endhoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas CHOIR

Aacutexion estiacuten os alithoacutes magariacutezin se din Theodoacutegon din aimagaacuteriston ge banamoacutemidon ge mideacutera dou Theouacute imoacuten Din dimiodeacuteran don Herouviacutem ge endhoxodeacuteran asingriacutedos don Serafiacutem din adhiafthoacuteros Theoacuten Loacuteyon degouacutesan din oacutendos Theodoacutegon se meyaliacutenomen Then giving the censer to the Deacon the Priest shall continue Dou ayiacuteou Ioaacutennou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon dou Ayiacuteou (Name) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon on des igesiacutees ebiacuteskepse imaacutes o Theoacutes Ge mniacutesthidi baacutendon don gegimimeacutenon eb elbiacutedhi anastaacuteseos zoiacutes eoniacuteou (and he

βούλεται τεθνεώτων) καὶ ἀνάπαυσον αὐτούς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὅπου ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου Ἔτι παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε Μνήσθητι Κύριε πάσης ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρθοδόξων τῶν ὀρθοτοmicroούντων τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας καὶ παντὸς ἱερατικοῦ καὶ microοναχικοῦ τάγmicroατος Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουmicroένης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας σου Καθολικῆς καὶ Ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνῇ πολιτείᾳ διαγόντων ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστοτάτων καὶ φιλοχρίστων ἡmicroῶν βασιλέων παντὸς τοῦ παλατίου καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου αὐτῶν Δὸς αὐτοῖς Κύριε εἰρηνικὸν τὸ βασίλειον ἵνα καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ αὐτῶν ἤρεmicroον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωmicroεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνότητι Εἶθ οὕτως ὑψῶν εὐλογεῖ τὸ Ἀντίδωρον λέγων

Μέγα τὸ ὄνοmicroα τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἐκφώνως

Ἐν πρώτοις microνήσθητι Κύριε τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) ὃν χάρισαι ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις ἐν εἰρήνῃ σῷον ἔντιmicroον ὑγιᾶ microακροηmicroερεύοντα καὶ ὀρθοτοmicroοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχει καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ἐν ᾗ παροικοῦmicroεν καὶ πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς Μνήσθητι Κύριε πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ microεmicroνηmicroένων τῶν πενήτων καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡmicroᾶς τὰ ἐλέη σου ἐξαπόστειλον

Καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ἑνὶ στόmicroατι καὶ microιᾷ καρδίᾳ δοξάζειν καὶ ἀνυmicroνεῖν τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

remembers such as he will of the departed pronouncing their names) ge anaacutebavson avtouacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten oacutebou ebiskobiacute do fos dou brosoacutebou sou Eacutedi baragalouacutemen se Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie baacutesis ebiskobiacutes orthodhoacutexon don orthodomouacutendon don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas bandoacutes dou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas ge bandoacutes ieradigouacute ge monahigouacute daacuteymados Eacutedi brosfeacuteromeacuten si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter dis igoumeacutenis ibeacuter dis ayiacuteas sou Gatholigiacutes ge Abostoligiacutes Egglisiacuteas ibeacuter don en ayniacutea ge semniacute bolidiacutea dhiayoacutendon ibeacuter don bistodaacutedon ge filohriacuteston imoacuten vasileacuteon bandoacutes dou baladiacuteou ge dou stradobeacutedhou avtoacuten Dhos avtiacutes Giacuterie irinigoacuten do vasiacutelion iacutena ge imiacutes en di yaliacuteni avtoacuten iacuteremon ge isiacutehion viacuteon dhiaacuteyomen en baacutesi evseviacutea ge semnoacutedidi And raising and blessing the Antidoron he shall say

Meacuteya do oacutenoma dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Then in a load voice the Priest shall say

En broacutedis mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dou badroacutes ge Arhiebiskoacutebou imoacuten (Name) on haacuterise des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees en iriacuteni soacuteon eacutendimon iyiaacute magroimereacutevonda ge orthodomouacutenda don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas DEACON

Ge on eacutegastos gadaacute dhiaacutenian eacutehi ge baacutendon ge basoacuten CHOIR

Ge baacutendon ge basoacuten PRIEST Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dis boacuteleos (moniacutes goacutemis) en i barigouacutemen ge baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees ge memnimeacutenon don beniacutedon ge ebiacute baacutendas imaacutes da eleacutei sou exaboacutestilon

Ge dhos imiacuten en eniacute stoacutemadi ge miaacute gardhiacutea dhoxaacutezin ge animniacuten do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes onomaacute sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Καί εὐλογῶν τὸν λαόν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ microεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ microετὰ πάντων ἡmicroῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πάντων τῶν ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προσκοmicroισθέντων καὶ ἁγιασθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὅπως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ προσδεξάmicroενος αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπερουράνιον καὶ νοερὸν αὐτοῦ θυσιαστήριον εἰς ὀσmicroὴν εὐωδίας πνευmicroατικῆς ἀντικαταπέmicroψῃ ἡmicroῖν τὴν θείαν χάριν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος δεηθῶmicroεν Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν

And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Ge eacuteste da eleacutei dou meyaacutelou Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute medaacute baacutendon imoacuten CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou DEACON

Baacutendon don ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Ibeacuter don broskomistheacutendon ge ayiastheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Oacutebos o filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes imoacuten o brosdhexaacutemenos avtaacute is do aacuteyion ge iberouraacutenion ge noeroacuten avtouacute thisiastiacuterion is osmiacuten evodhiacuteas bnevmadigiacutes andigadabeacutempsi imiacuten din thiacutean haacuterin ge din dhoreaacuten dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados dheithoacutemen Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie (And after each petition) DEACON Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou

ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Σοὶ παρακατιθέmicroεθα τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς microεταλαβεῖν τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ φρικτῶν microυστηρίων ταύτης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ πνευmicroατικῆς Τραπέζης microετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς συγχώρησιν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων εἰς Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου κοινωνίαν εἰς βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονοmicroίαν εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἐκφώνως

Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς Δέσποτα microετὰ παρρησίας ἀκατακρίτως τολmicroᾶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι Σὲ τὸν ἐπουράνιον Θεὸν Πατέρα καὶ λέγειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πάτερ ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνοmicroά σου ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου γενηθήτω τὸ θέληmicroά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Τὸν ἄρτον ἡmicroῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡmicroῖν σήmicroερον Καὶ ἄφες ἡmicroῖν τὰ ὀφειλήmicroατα ἡmicroῶν ὡς καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἀφίεmicroεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡmicroῶν Καὶ microὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡmicroᾶς εἰς πειρασmicroόν ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Din enoacutedida dis biacutesteos ge din ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Si baragaditheacutemetha din zoiacuten imoacuten aacutebasan ge din elbiacutedha Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemetha ge igedeacutevomen gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes medalaviacuten don ebouraniacuteon sou ge friktoacuten mistiriacuteon daacutevtis dis ieraacutes ge bnevmadigiacutes Drabeacutezis medaacute gatharouacute sinidhoacutedos is aacutefesin amardioacuten is sinhoacuterisin blimmelimaacutedon is Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ginoniacutean is vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten glironomiacutean is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is gadaacutegrima Aloud

Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes Dheacutesboda medaacute barrisiacuteas agadagriacutedos dolmaacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se don ebouraacutenion Theoacuten Badeacutera ge leacuteyin CHOIR

Baacuteder imoacuten o en dis ouraniacutes ayiasthiacutedo do oacutenoma sou eltheacutedo i vasiliacutea sou yenithiacutedo do theacutelima sou os en ouranoacute ge ebiacute dis yis Don aacuterton imoacuten don ebiouacutesion dhos imiacuten siacutemeron Ge aacutefes imiacuten da ofiliacutemada imoacuten os ge imiacutes afiacuteemen dis ofileacutedes imoacuten Ge mi iseneacutengis imaacutes is birasmoacuten allaacute riacutese imaacutes aboacute dou bonirouacute PRIEST

Oacutedi sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i dhiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Βασιλεῦ ἀόρατε ὁ τῆ ἀmicroετρήτῳ σου δυνάmicroει τὰ πάντα δηmicroιουργήσας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ ἐλέους σου ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα παραγαγών Αὐτός Δέσποτα οὐρανόθεν ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας σοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλάς οὐ γὰρ ἔκλιναν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵmicroατι ἀλλὰ σοὶ τῶ φοβερῷ Θεῷ Σὺ οὖν Δέσποτα τὰ προκείmicroενα πᾶσιν ἡmicroῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐξοmicroάλισον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἰδίαν χρείαν τοῖς πλέουσι σύmicroπλευσον τοῖς ὁδοιποροῦσι συνόδευσον τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἴασαι ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Ἐκφώνως

Χάριτι καὶ οἰκτιρmicroοῖς καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Πρόσχες Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ἐξ ἁγίου κατοικητηρίου σου καὶ ἀπὸ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὸ ἁγιάσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ ἄνω τῷ Πατρὶ συγκαθήmicroενος καὶ ὧδε ἡmicroῖν ἀοράτως συνών καὶ καταξίωσον τῇ κραταιᾷ σου χειρὶ microεταδοῦναι ἡmicroῖν τοῦ ἀχράντου Σώmicroατός σου καὶ τοῦ τιmicroίου Αἵmicroατος καὶ δι ἡmicroῶν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Εἶτα προσκυνεῖ τρίς λέγων τό

Ὁ Θεός ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ

Iriacuteni baacutesi CHOIR

Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenomen CHOIR

Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Evharistouacutemen si Vasileacutev aoacuterade o di amedriacutedo sou dhinaacutemi da baacutenda dhimiouryiacutesas ge do bliacutethi dou eleacuteous sou ex ouk oacutendon is do iacutene da baacutenda barayayoacuten Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda ouranoacutethen eacutebidhe ebiacute dous ibogegligoacutedas si das eavtoacuten gefalaacutes ou yar eacuteglinan sargiacute ge eacutemadi allaacute si do foveroacute Theoacute Si oun Dheacutesboda da brogiacutemena baacutesin imiacuten is ayathoacuten exomaacutelison gadaacute din egaacutestou idhiacutean hriacutean dis bleacuteousi siacutemblevson dis odhiborouacuteusi sinoacutedhevson dous nosouacutendas iacutease o iadroacutes don psihoacuteon ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Aloud

Haacuteridi ge iktirmiacutes ge filanthrobiacutea dou monoyenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evloyidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say also this prayer

Broacuteshes Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten ex ayiacuteou gadigidiriacuteou sou ge aboacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou ge eltheacute is do ayiaacutese imaacutes o aacuteno do Badriacute singathiacutemenos ge oacutedhe imiacuten aoraacutedos sinoacuten ge gadaxiacuteoson di gradeaacute sou hiriacute medadhouacutene imiacuten dou ahraacutendou Soacutemados sou ge dou dimiacuteou Eacutemados ge dhi imoacuten bandiacute do laoacute Then the Priest and the Deacon shall bow themselves thrice saying each to himself

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison

ἐλέησόν microε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἁψάmicroενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου ἄκροις δακτύλοις τῶν δύο χειρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτόν ποιῶν σταυροῦ τύπον ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ἐκφωνῶν

Τὰ Ἅγια τοῖς ἁγίοις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἷς Ἅγιος εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ψάλλει τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἡmicroέρας (εἰς τὸν ἦχον εἰς ὃν ἐψάλη καὶ τὸ Χερουβικόν) Τῇ microὲν Κυριακῇ τό

Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Ἀλληλούϊα Εἰ δὲ τύχοι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῆς ψάλλεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Μέλισον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Ὁ Ἱερεύς microελίζων αὐτὸν εἰς τέσσαρας λέγων

Μελίζεται καὶ διαmicroερίζεται ὁ Ἀmicroνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ microελιζόmicroενος καὶ microὴ διαιρούmicroενος ὁ πάντοτε ἐσθιόmicroενος καὶ microηδέποτε δαπανώmicroενος ἀλλὰ τοὺς microετέχοντας ἁγιάζων Καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὰς σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ δίσκῳ οὕτως

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πλήρωσον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαβὼν τὴν ἄνω κειmicroένην microερίδα τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ (ΙΣ) ποιεῖ σταυρὸν microετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου καὶ ἐmicroβάλλων ταύτην ἐν αὐτῷ λέγει

Πλήρωmicroα Ποτηρίου πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου

me DEACON

Broacuteshomen The Priest taking the Holy Bread with both hands and raising it a little and making the sign of the Cross with it shall say

Da Aacuteyia dis ayiacuteis CHOIR

Is Aacuteyios is Giacuterios Iisouacutes Hristoacutes is dhoacutexan Theouacute Badroacutes Amiacuten The choir shall then sing the Communion Anthem in the same tone as was sung the Cherubic Hymn On Sundays the following

Eniacutede don Giacuterion ek don ouranoacuten Allilouacuteia If it be one of the Great Feasts of the Lord of the Mother of God or the leavetaking thereof the Communion Hymn of the Feast is sung DEACON Meacutelison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest breaking it in four parts shall say Meliacutezede ge dhiameriacutezede o Amnoacutes dou Theouacute o melizoacutemenos ge mi dhierouacutemenos o baacutendode esthioacutemenos ge midheacutebode dhabanoacutemenos allaacute dous medeacutehondas ayiaacutezon And he shall place the four pieces on the holy paten in this way

DEACON

Bliacuteroson dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Bodiacuterion And the Priest taking from the paten the particle which lies uppermost that marked IC shall make therewith the sign of the Cross over the chalice and placing it therein shall say Bliacuteroma Bodiriacuteou biacutesteos Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ Ζέον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Ἱερέα ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ζέον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ ζέσις τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Διάκονος ἐγχέει ἐκ τοῦ Ζέοντος τὸ ἀρκοῦν σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ λέγων

Ζέσις πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος ἁγίου Ἀmicroήν Καὶ προσερχόmicroενος ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἵνα κοινωνήσῃ λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ

Ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ συγχώρησόν microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς ἱερωσύνης σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεός ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί προσκυνοῦντες τρίς λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε (γ) Καὶ πλησιάσας εἰς τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόmicroου ὁ Ἱερεὺς λαmicroβάνει ἓν microέρος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου καὶ λέγει

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ οὕτω microεταλαmicroβάνει τῆς ἐν χερσί microερίδος microετά πάσης ἀσγαλείαςmiddot καί ἀποσπογγίσας τήν δεξιάν παλάmicroην διά τῆς microούσης λέγει ἡσύχως

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί προσελθόντος τοῦ Διακόνου ὁ Ἱερεὺς microεταδίδει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ παλάmicroῃ τό ἕτερον microέρος τῆς microερίδος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου λέγων

Μεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

DEACON Amiacuten And taking the Zeon [warm water] he shall say to the Priest Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do zeacuteon The Priest blessing the warm water shall say Evloyimeacuteni i zeacutesis don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And the Deacon shall pour into the chalice crosswise so much as suffices saying Zeacutesis biacutesteos Bneacutevmados ayiacuteou Amiacuten And approaching to partake of the Holy Mysteries the Priest shall say to the Deacon Adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute sinhoacuterisoacuten mi do amardoloacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And they shall make three devout reverences saying each to himself O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me (3) And the Priest taking and dividing the particle of the Holy Bread with the XC shall place a piece in the palm of his right hand saying Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten Medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And in fear and with all precaution he shall partake of the particle in his hand And wiping his palm with the sponge he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Deacon approaching the Priest shall place a particle of the Holy Bread in the palm of the Deaconrsquos right hand saying Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος λαmicroβάνει τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον καὶ ἀπέρχεται ὄπισθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καὶ microεταλαmicroβάνει Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς διά τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρός τό ἄκρον τοῦ ἁγίου microανδηλίου θέτει τοῦτο κάτωθεν τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ καί διά τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός κρατεῖ τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζον διά τοῦ ἐν χερσί καλύmicromicroατος τά τε ἴδια χείλη καί τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον ὅπερ καὶ ἀσπάζεται λέγων

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων microου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας microου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας microου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα προσκαλεῖ τὸν Διάκονον λέγων

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) ἔτι πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διακόνου προσελθόντος ἐξ ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ microεταδίδει αὐτῷ τρίτον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου οὗτος δέ κρατῶν τόν αὐχένα τούτου διά τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ χειρός τοῦ Διακόνου microόνου ὠθοῦντος τρίς τήν βάσιν τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Μεταλαβόντος δέ τοῦ Διακόνου λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων σου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας σου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα τοῦ Ἱερέως διαmicroελίσαντος τάς microερίδας τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ λαβών ὁ Διάκονος εἰς χείρας τόν τε ἅγιον Δίσκον καί τήν microοῦσαν εἰσκοmicroίζει πρῶτον τό ἅγιον σῶmicroα καί εἶτα ἅπαντα ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ microετά προσοχῆς καί εὐλαβείας λέγων Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζει καλῶς τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον ἔνδον τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ἀπόπλυνον Κύριε τὰ ἁmicroαρτήmicroατα τῶν ἐνθάδε microνηmicroονευθέντων δούλων σου τῷ Αἵmicroατί σου τῷ ἁγίῳ πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων Ἀmicroήν

The Deacon having received the Holy Bread shall go behind the Holy Altar and partake thereof Then the Priest taking with his left hand one end of the communion veil shall place it below his lips and with his right hand holding the other end of the veil he shall take up the chalice and partake of it three times saying Eacutedi medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Then wiping his lips and the rim of the chalice with the veil and kissing the chalice he shall say

Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon mou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas mou ge das amardiacuteas mou berigathariiacute Then he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) eacutedi broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Priest shall give to the Deacon to partake of the chalice three times on this wise The Deacon taking the edge of the veil shall place it under his lips The Priest shall hold the other end with his right hand together with the stem of the chalice Only the Deacon shall make the movement of the chalice by pushing down the base of the chalice As the Deacon partakes the Priest shall say Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And when the Deacon has partaken the Priest shall say Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon sou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas sou ge das amardiacuteas sou berigathariiacute Then the Priest shall divide the two remaining portions the NI and the KA into small particles sufficient for all The Deacon shall then take up the paten and the sponge and with extreme care shall place the divided particles of the Lamb into the chalice and then all the other particles saying Aboacuteblinon Giacuterie da amardiacutemada don enthaacutedhe mnimonevtheacutendon douacutelon sou do Eacutemadi sou do ayiacuteo bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon Amiacuten

Εἰ δέ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ βουλόmicroενοι κοινωνῆσαι εἰσκοmicroίζει microόνον τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον εἰς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον Καί οὕτω σκεπάζει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον τῷ καλύmicromicroατι ἐπί δέ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου τίθησι τόν ἀστέρα καί τά καλύmicromicroατα Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπαίρει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί δίδει τοῦτο τῷ Διακόνῳ ὅστις καί δείκνυσιν αὐτό τῷ λαῷ λέγων

Μετὰ φόβου Θεοῦ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης προσέλθετε ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Θεὸς Κύριος καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἡmicroῖν Καί εἰ microέν εἰσι πιστοί microεταλαβεῖν βουλόmicroενοι αἴρει ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου χειρῶν ὁ Ἱερεύς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί microεταδίδωσιν αὐτοῖς λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Σῶmicroα καὶ Αἷmicroα Χριστοῦ ἤ

Μεταλαmicroβάνει ὁ (ἡ) δοῦλος (η) τοῦ Θεοῦ (δεῖνα) τοῦ τιmicroίου Σώmicroατος καὶ Αἵmicroατος τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ἀmicroήν Ἐν δὲ τῷ κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πιστοὺς ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει

Τοῦ δείπνου σου τοῦ microυστικοῦ σήmicroερον Υἱὲ Θεοῦ κοινωνόν microε παράλαβε οὐ microὴ γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου τὸ microυστήριον εἴπω οὐ φίληmicroά σοι δώσω καθάπερ ὁ Ἰούδας ἀλλ ὡς ὁ λῃστὴς ὁmicroολογῶ σοι Μνήσθητί microου Κύριε ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου ἤ τό

Σῶmicroα Χριστοῦ microεταλάβετε πηγῆς ἀθανάτου γεύσασθε Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Καί microετά τήν τῶν πιστῶν θείαν κοινωνίαν ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν ἐπιλέγων ἐκφώνως

Σῶσον ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἴδοmicroεν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ἐλάβοmicroεν Πνεῦmicroα ἐπουράνιον εὕροmicroεν πίστιν ἀληθῆ ἀδιαίρετον Τριάδα προσκυνοῦντες αὕτη γὰρ ἡmicroᾶς ἔσωσεν

But if there be many that desire to communicate then he shall not put in the other particles but only the Lamb Otherwise he shall cover the chalice with the veil and place on the paten the asterisk and all the other veils Then the Priest shall take up the chalice and give it to the Deacon who shall show it to the people saying

Medaacute foacutevou Theouacute biacutesteos ge ayaacutebis broseacutelthede CHOIR

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Theoacutes Giacuterios ge ebeacutefanen imiacuten The Priest shall take the chalice from the Deacon and shall communicate to each who approach to partake of the Holy Mysteries saying to each

Soacutema ge Eacutema Hristouacute Or

Medalamvaacuteni o (i) douacutelos(i) dou Theouacute [Name] dou dimiacuteou Soacutemados ge Eacutemados dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Amiacuten Throughout the communion the choir shall sing the following

Dou dhiacutebnou sou dou mistigouacute siacutemeron Ieacute Theouacute ginonoacuten me baraacutelave ou mi yar dis ehthiacutes sou do mistiacuterion iacutebo ou fiacutelima si dhoacuteso kathaacuteber o Iouacutedhas al os o listiacutes omoloyoacute si Mniacutesthidiacute mou Giacuterie en di vasiliacutea sou Or

Soacutema Hristouacute medalaacutevede biyiacutes athanaacutedou yeacutevsasthe Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia And when all have communicated the Priest shall bless the people saying

Soacuteson o Theoacutes don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou CHOIR

Iacutedhomen do fos do alithinoacuten elaacutevomen Bneacutevma ebouraacutenion eacutevromen biacutestin alithiacute adhieacuteredon Driaacutedha broskinouacutendes aacutevti yar imaacutes eacutesosen

Εἶτα εἰσελθόντες τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ὁ microέν Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ καί εὐθέως λαmicroβάνει τόν θυmicroιατόν ὁ δέ Διάκονος λέγει

Ὕψωσον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιᾷ τρὶς τα Ἅγια Δῶρα λέγων

Ὑψώθητι ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανούς ὁ Θεός καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἡ δόξα Σου (γ΄) Εἶτα τόν microέν θυmicroιατόν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Διακόνου ἐπιτίθησι δέ καί τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον microετά τῶν καλυmicromicroάτων καί τοῦ ἀστερίσκου τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ ἀποθέτει αὐτά Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαmicroβάνει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν αὐτοῦ καί λέγει ἡσύχως πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Καί ἐκφώνως πρὸς τὸν λαόν στρεφόmicroενος

Πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ἀποτίθησι τά ἅγια ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Προθέσει

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

Πληρωθήτω τὸ στόmicroα ἡmicroῶν αἰνέσεως σου Κύριε ὅπως ὑmicroνήσωmicroεν τὴν δόξαν σου ὅτι ἠξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς microετασχεῖν τῶν ἁγίων microυστηρίων σου στήρηξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ σῷ ἁγιασmicroῷ ὅλην τὴν ἡmicroέραν microελετᾶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου Ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὀρθοί Μεταλαβόντες τῶν θείων ἁγίων ἀχράντων ἀθανάτων ἐπουρανίων καὶ ζωοποιῶν φρικτῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ microυστηρίων ἀξίως εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

And returning into the Sanctuary the Priest shal l p lace the holy Chal ice on the holy Altar and receiving the censer the Deacon shal l say

Iacutepsoson Dheacutesboda And the Priest shall cense the Holy Gifts thrice saying

Ιpsoacutethidi ebiacute dous ouranouacutes o Theoacutes ge ebiacute baacutesan din yin i dhoacutexa Sou (3) And giving the censer to the Deacon he shall take up the paten with the asterisk and the veils and set it upon the Deaconrsquos head who shall proceed to the offertory table where he shall set it down The Priest shall then take up the chalice saying in secret before the Holy Altar

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten And turning to face the people he shall say aloud

Baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And he shall set down the Holy Things on the Offertory Table

CHOIR Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Blirothiacutedo do stoacutema imoacuten eneacuteseos sou Giacuterie oacutebos imniacutesomen din dhoacutexan sou oacutedi ixiacuteosas imaacutes medashiacuten don ayiacuteon mistiriacuteon sou stiacuterixon imaacutes en do so ayiasmoacute oacutelin din imeacuteran meledaacuten din dhigeosiacutenin sou Allilouacuteia allilouacuteia allilouacuteia DEACON

Orthiacute Medalavoacutendes don thiacuteon ayiacuteon ahraacutendon athanaacutedon ebouraniacuteon ge zoobioacuten friktoacuten dou Hristouacute mistiriacuteon axiacuteos evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοί Κύριε Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς διπλώσας τό ειλητόν επεύχεται τήν ευχήν microετά τό πάντας microεταλαβείν Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε εὐεργέτα τῶν ψυχῶν ἡmicroῶν ὅτι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ ἡmicroέρᾳ κατηξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ ἀθανάτων Μυστηρίων Ὀρθοτόmicroησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ὁδόν στήριξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ φόβῳ σου τοὺς πάντας φρούρησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ζωήν ἀσφάλισαι ἡmicroῶν τὰ διαβήmicroατα εὐχαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις τῆς ἐνδόξου Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων σου Ἐκφώνως

Ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἁγιασmicroὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ταύτης τῆς ἐκφωνήσεως λεγοmicroένης λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς συγχρόνως τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον ποιεῖ τό σηmicroεῖον τοῦ Σταυροῦ ἐπί τοῦ ἀντιmicroηνσίου καί ἀσπασάmicroενος ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτό ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Στραφείς δέ πρός τόν λαόν ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ προέλθωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) Πάτερ ἅγιε Εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Καί ἐξελθών τοῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων θυρῶν καί βλέπων πρός ἀνατολάς ἀναγινώσκει microεγαλοφώνως τὴν

ΟΠΙΣΘΑΜΒΩΝΟΝ ΕΥΧΗΝ

Ὁ εὐλογῶν τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς Σε Κύριε καὶ ἁγιάζων τοὺς ἐπὶ Σοὶ πεποιθότας σῶσον τὸν λαόν Σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν Σου Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου Σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ Σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ Σέ Εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ Σου δώρησαι ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις Σου τοῖς

CHOIR Si Giacuterie And the Priest folding the antiminsion shall say the following prayer

Evharistouacutemen si Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe everyeacuteda don psihoacuten imoacuten oacutedi ge di barouacutesi imeacutera gadixiacuteosas imaacutes don ebouraniacuteon sou ge athanaacutedon Mistiriacuteon Orthodoacutemison imoacuten din odoacuten stiacuterixon imaacutes en do foacutevo sou dous baacutendas frouacuterison imoacuten din zoiacuten asfaacutelise imoacuten da dhiaviacutemada evheacutes ge igesiacutees dis endhoacutexou Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon sou Aloud

Oacutedi si i o ayiasmoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And saying thus the Priest shall take uo the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross over the antiminsion and lay the Book upon it

CHOIR Amiacuten And turning to face the people he shall say

En iriacuteni broeacutelthomen CHOIR

En onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie Evloacuteyison PRIEST And going out of the Sanctuary by the Holy Doors the Priest shall stand before the Icon of Christ or below the chancel steps and say the following prayer

BEHIND THE PULPIT PRAYER

O evloyoacuten dous evloyouacutendas Se Giacuterie ge ayiaacutezon dous ebiacute Si bebithoacutedas soacuteson don laoacuten Sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean Sou Do bliacuteroma dis Egglisiacuteas Sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutendas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou Sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute Sou dhinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute Se Iriacuteni do goacutesmo Sou dhoacuterise des Egglisiacutees Sou dis Iereacutevsi

Ἱερεῦσι (τοῖς Βασιλεῦσιν ἡmicroῶν) τῷ στρατῷ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Σου Ὅτι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρηmicroα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστι καταβαῖνον ἐκ Σοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων Καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν καὶ προσκύνησιν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Εἴη τὸ ὄνοmicroα Κυρίου εὐλογηmicroένον ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος (γ΄) Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εἰσελθών διά τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἀπέρχεται ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ προθέσει καί εὔχεται τήν ἐν τῷ συστεῖλαι τά ἅγια εὐχήν ἐν τῷ σκευοφυλάκίῳ

Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τοῦ νόmicroου καὶ τῶν Προφητῶν αὐτὸς ὑπάρχων Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ πληρώσας πᾶσαν τὴν πατρικὴν οἰκονοmicroίαν πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἐπί τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἱστάmicroενος εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν λέγων

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ ὑmicroᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δόξα σοι ὁ Θεός ἡmicroῶν δόξα σοι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ) Πάτερ ἅγιε εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

(Ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν) Χριστὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς παναχράντου καὶ παναmicroώmicroου ἁγίας αὐτοῦ Μητρός δυνάmicroει τοῦ τιmicroίου καὶ ζωοποιοῦ

(dis Vasileacutevsin imoacuten) do stradoacute ge bandiacute do laoacute Sou Oacutedi baacutesa dhoacutesis ayathiacute ge ban dhoacuterima deacutelion aacutenothen estiacute gadaveacutenon ek Sou dou Badroacutes don Foacuteton Ge Si din dhoacutexan ge evharistiacutean ge broskiacutenisin anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Iacutei do oacutenoma Giriacuteou evloyimeacutenon aboacute dou nin ge eacuteos dou eoacutenos [3] The Priest shall enter the Sanctuary and going to the offertory table shall say the following prayer silently

Do bliacuteroma dou noacutemou ge don Brofidoacuten avtoacutes ibaacuterhon Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten o bliroacutesas baacutesan din badrigiacuten igonomiacutean bliacuteroson haraacutes ge evfrosiacutenis das gardhiacuteas imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison The Priest standing by the Holy Doors shall bless the people saying

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute ef imaacutes di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST Dhoacutexa si o Theoacutes imoacuten dhoacutexa si CHOIR

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie evloacuteyison PRIEST

[O anastaacutes ek negroacuten) Hristoacutes o alithinoacutes Theoacutes imoacuten des breviacutees dis banahraacutendou ge banamoacutemou ayiacuteas avtouacute Midroacutes dhinaacutemi dou dimiacuteou ge zoobiouacute Stavrouacute brostasiacutees

Σταυροῦ προστασίαις τῶν τιmicroίων ἐπουρανίων Δυνάmicroεων Ἀσωmicroάτων ἱκεσίαις τοῦ τιmicroίου ἐνδόξου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ καλλινίκων microαρτύρων τῶν ὁσίων καὶ θεοφόρων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν τοῦ ἁγίου (τοῦ Ναοῦ) τῶν ἁγίων καὶ δικαίων Θεοπατόρων Ἰωακεὶmicro καὶ Ἄννης τοῦ ἁγίου (τῆς ἡmicroέρας) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων ἐλεήσαι καὶ σώσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Στερεώσαι Κύριος ὁ Θεός την ἁγίαν και ἀmicroώmicroητον πίστιν τῶν εὐσεβῶν και ὀρθοδόξων Χριστιανῶν συν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησίᾳ πόλει καί ἐνορίᾳ (κώmicroῃ) ταύτῃ εἰς αἰώνας αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Αἰωνία ἡ microνήmicroη τῶν microακαρίων καί ἀοιδίmicroων κτητόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας ταύτης καί πάντων τῶν ὀρθοδόξων Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν τὸν λαὸν λέγει

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι πάντας ὑmicroᾶς ἤ

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι τόν λαόν Αὐτῆς ἐν εἰρήνη πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Τὸν εὐλογοῦντα καὶ ἁγιάζοντα ἡmicroᾶς Κύριε φύλαττε εἰς πολλὰ ἔτη ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δι᾿ εὐχῶν τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεός ἐλέησον καὶ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς διανέmicroει τὸ ἀντίδωρον λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ᾿ ὑmicroᾶς Εἰς δὲ τὸν τελευταίως λαβόντα ἐπιλέγει

don dimiacuteon ebouraniacuteon Dhinaacutemeon Asomaacutedon igesiacutees dou dimiacuteou endhoacutexou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute Ioaacutennou don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge galliniacutegon mardiacuteron don osiacuteon ge theofoacuteron Bareacuteron imoacuten dou ayiacuteou (Name of the saint to whom the Church is dedicated) don ayiacuteon ge dhigeacuteon Theobadoacuteron Ioakiacutem ge Aacutennis dou ayiacuteou (Name of saint of the day) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon eleiacutese ge soacutese imaacutes os ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos CHOIR

Stereoacutese Giacuterios o Theoacutes din ayiacutean ge amoacutemidon biacutestin don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon Hristianoacuten sin di ayiacutea Eggliacutesia boacuteli ge enoriacutea (goacutemi) daacutevti is eoacutenas eoacutenon Amiacuten

Eoniacutea i mniacutemi don magariacuteon ge aidhiacutemon ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas daacutevtis ge baacutendon don orthodhoacutexon The Priest blessinf the people shall say

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi baacutendas imaacutes Or

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi don laoacuten Avtiacutes en iriacuteni baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Don evloyouacutenda ge ayiaacutezonda imaacutes Giacuterie fiacutelatte is bollaacute eacutedi PRIEST

Dhi evhoacuten don ayiacuteon Baderon imoacuten Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes eleacuteison ge soacuteson imaacutes

CHOIR Amiacuten And distributing the antidoron the Priest shall say to each recipient

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute eacutelthi ef imaacutes And to the last recipient he shall also say

Τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ἐν τούτοις ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν συστέλλει τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ πάσης ἀσφαλείας καὶ ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳmiddot ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς microετὰ τὴν διανοmicroὴν τοῦ Ἀντιδώρου εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Βῆmicroα ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳ καὶ ἀναγινώσκει τὴν Εὐχαριστίαν microετὰ τὴν θείαν Μετάληψιν καὶ τέλος ἐκδυθεὶς τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν ἀπέρχεται τοῦ ἱεροῦ Ναοῦ

Di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten Meanwhile the Deacon shall consume the remainder of the Holy Things And having consumed with care all that is in the chalice he shall pour in wine and water and again consume until the chalice is clean and no part remains He shall then wipe and dry the chalice with a communion veil and covering the sacred vessels he shall wash his hands And saying the prayers of thanksgiving he shall remove his vestments

Page 4: Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Β΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Αἴνει ἡ ψυχή microου τὸν Κύριον αἰνέσω Κύριον ἐν τῇ ζωῇ microου ψαλῶ τῷ Θεῷ microου ἕως ὑπάρχω ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα

Μακάριος οὗ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακὼβ βοηθὸς αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Κύριον τὸν Θεὸν αὐτοῦ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Βασιλεύσει Κύριος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ὁ Θεός σου Σιών εἰς γενεὰν καὶ γενεάν

Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ὁ Μονογενὴς Υἱὸς καὶ Λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀθάνατος ὑπάρχων καὶ καταδεξάmicroενος διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν σαρκωθῆναι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ἀτρέπτως ἐνανθρωπήσας σταυρωθείς τε Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός θανάτῳ θάνατον πατήσας εἷς ὤν τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος συνδοξαζόmicroενος τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ σῇ χάριτι

dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

2nd ANTIPHON

Eni i psihiacute mou don Kiacuterion eneacuteso Kiacuterion en di zoi mou psaloacute do Theoacute mou eacuteos ibaacuterho ON SUNDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia

Magaacuterios ou o Theoacutes Iakoacutev voithoacutes avtouacute i elbiacutes avtouacute ebiacute Giacuterion don Theoacuten avtouacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Vasileacutevsi Giacuterios is don eoacutena o Theoacutes sou Sioacuten is yeneaacute ge yeneaacute

Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacutehellip

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

O Monoyeniacutes Ioacutes ge Loacuteyos dou Theouacute athaacutenados ibaacuterhon ge gadadhexaacutemenos dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean sargothiacutene ek dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas adreacutebtos enanthrobiacutesas stavrothiacutes de Hristeacute o Theoacutes thanaacutedo thaacutenadon badiacutesas is on dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos sinthoxazoacutemenos do Badriacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi soacuteson imaacutes DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Ὁ τὰς κοινὰς ταύτας καὶ συmicroφώνους ἡmicroῖν χαρισάmicroενος προσευχάς ὁ καὶ δυσὶ καὶ τρισὶ συmicroφωνοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόmicroατί σου τὰς αἰτήσεις παρέχειν ἐπαγγειλάmicroενος Αὐτός καὶ νῦν τῶν δούλων σου τὰ αἰτήmicroατα πρὸς τὸ συmicroφέρον πλήρωσον χορηγῶν ἡmicroῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἐν τῷ microέλλοντι ζωὴν αἰώνιον χαριζόmicroενος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Τό Ἀπολυτίκιον τῆς ἡmicroέρας Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Γ΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς Ψαλλοmicroένου τοῦ τρίτου ἀντιφώνου γίνεται ἡ microικρὰ Εἴσοδος τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ microυστικῶς

Δέσποτα Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ καταστήσας ἐν οὐρανοῖς τάγmicroατα καὶ στρατιὰς ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων εἰς λειτουργίαν τῆς σῆς δόξης ποίησον σὺν τῇ εἰσόδῳ ἡmicroῶν εἴσοδον ἁγίων ἀγγέλων γενέσθαι συλλειτουργούντων ἡmicroῖν καὶ συνδοξολογούντων τὴν σὴν ἀγαθότητα Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἁγίαν εἴσοδον Ὁ ἱερεὺς εὐλογῶν ποιῶν διά τῆς δεξιᾶς κατά ἀνατολάς σταυρόν λέγει

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ εἴσοδος τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 3rd Antiphon

O das ginaacutes daacutevdas ge simfoacutenous imiacuten harisaacutemenos brosevhaacutes o ge dhisiacute ge drisiacute simfonouacutesin ebiacute to onoacutemadiacute sou das ediacutesis bareacutehin ebangelaacutemenos Avtoacutes ge nin don dhouacutelon sou da ediacutemada bros do simfeacuteron bliacuteroson horiyoacuten imiacuten en do baroacutendi eoacuteni din ebiacutegnosin dis sis alithiacuteas ge en do meacutellondi zoi eoacutenion harizoacutemenos PRIEST

Oacutedi ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 3rd ANTIPHON

And if it be a Great Feast of the Lord or the Mother of God the choir shall sing the third Antiphon of the feast Otherwise the choir shall sing shall sing the hymn of the day or the Beatitudes During the singing of the 3rd Antiphon the Priest and Deacon holding the Gospel Book exit the sanctuary for the Little Entrance DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen PRIEST (Silently)

Deacutesboda Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o gadastiacutesas en ouraniacutes daacuteymada ge stradiaacutes angeacutelon ge arhangeacutelon is lidouryiacutean dis sis dhoacutexis biacuteison sin di isoacutedho imoacuten iacutesodhon ayiacuteon angeacutelon yeneacutesthe sinlidouryouacutendon imiacuten ge sindhoxoloyouacutendon din sin ayathoacutedita Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutespota din ayiacutean iacutesodhon And the Priest giving the benediction with his right hand shall say

Evloyimeacuteni i iacutesodhos don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge

καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Σοφία Ὀρθοί Ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει τὸ εἰσοδικόν ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΧΟΡΟΣ Τα Ἀπολυτίκια και τὸ Κοντάκιον τῆς Ἐκκλησιαστικῆς περιόδου Ψαλλοmicroένων ὑπό τῶν χορῶν τά Ἀπολυτίκια καί τὸ Κοντάκιον ὁ Ἱερεύς λέγει τήν εὐχὴν ταῦτην

Εὐχὴν τοῦ Τρισαγίου Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος ὁ τρισαγίῳ φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro ἀνυmicroνούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro δοξολογούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ πάσης ἐπουρανίου δυνάmicroεως προσκυνούmicroενος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγὼν τὰ σύmicroπαντα ὁ κτίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα σὴν καὶ ὁmicroοίωσιν καὶ παντί σου χαρίσmicroατι κατακοσmicroήσας ὁ διδοὺς αἰτοῦντι σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ microὴ παρορῶν ἁmicroαρτάνοντα ἀλλὰ θέmicroενος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ microετάνοιαν ὁ καταξιώσας ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀναξίους δούλους σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ στῆναι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἁγίου σου θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὴν ὀφειλοmicroένην σοι προσκύνησιν καὶ δοξολογίαν προσάγειν Αὐτός Δέσποτα πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἐκ στόmicroατος ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου Συγχώρησον ἡmicroῖν πᾶν πληmicromicroέληmicroα ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἁγίασον ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ὁσιότητι λατρεύειν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν πρεσβείαις τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ αἰῶνός σοι εὐαρεστησάντων Μετά τό Κοντάκιον

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἅγιος εἶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί

aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten

Sofiacutea Orthiacute And the choir shall sing the entrance hymn ON SUNDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia The choir shall sing the hymn of the day the hymn to the saint to whom the Church is dedicated and the Kontakion of the day or feast While the choir sing the hymns the Priest shall say in a low voice

Prayer of the Thriceholy hymn O Theoacutes o aacuteyios o en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos o drisayiacuteo foniacute iboacute don Seraphiacutem animnouacutemenos ge iboacute don Herouviacutem dhoxoloyouacutemenos ge iboacute baacutesis ebouraniacuteou dhinaacutemeos broskinouacutemenos o ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene barayayoacuten da siacutembata o ktiacutesas don aacutenthrobon gad igoacutena sin ge omiacuteosin ge bandiacute sou hariacutesmati gadagosmiacutesas o dhidhouacutes edouacutendi sofiacutean ge siacutenesin ge mi baroroacuten amardaacutenonda allaacute theacutemenos ebiacute sodiriacutea medaacutenian o gadaxioacutesas imaacutes dous dabinouacutes ge anaxiacuteous dhouacutelous sou ge en di oacutera daacutevti stiacutene gadenoacutebion dis dhoacutexis dou ayiacuteou sou thisiastiriacuteou ge din ofilomeacutenin si broskiacutenisin ge dhoxoloyiacutean brosaacuteyin Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda broacutesdexe ge ek stoacutemados imoacuten don amardoloacuten don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon ge ebiacuteskepse imaacutes en di hristodidiacute sou Sinhoacuterison imiacuten ban blimmeacutelima egouacutesion de ge agouacutesion ayiacuteason imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada ge dhos imiacuten en osioacutedidi ladreacutevin si baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten bresviacutees dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon don ayiacuteon don ab eoacutenos si evarestisaacutendon After the Kontakion DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison PRIEST

Oacutedi aacuteyios i o Theoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς (γ΄)

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Δύναmicroις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσιν ἐναλλὰξ τὸν Τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον ποιοῦντες ὁmicroοῦ τρία προσκυνήmicroατα microετὰ σταυρῶν ἔmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Εἰ ἐστι συλλείτουργον τό Τρισάγιον Ὕmicroνον ψάλλεται ὡς ἐξής Τό πρῶτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό δεύτερον ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν τό τρίτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος τό τέταρτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό πέmicroπτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος Δόξα ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν Καί νῦν ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν καί τό Δύναmicroις ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ψαλλοmicroένου τό Δύναmicroις τοῦ Τρισαγίου παρά τῶν ψαλτῶν ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Κέλευσον Δέσποτα Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν τοῦ Ἱερέως λέγοντος

Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Και Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν καθέδραν λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ κατά ανατολάς λέγων

Εὐλογηmicroένος εἶ ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου ὁ καθήmicroενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβείmicro πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὅταν συmicroπληρωθεῖ τό Τρισάγιον ὓmicroνον ὁ Διάκονος ἔρχεται ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τό Προκείmicroενον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

DEACON Ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes (3)

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes

DEACON Dhiacutenamis CHOIR Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes While the choir sing the thriceholy hymn the Priest and the Deacon repeat the thriceholy secretly and together bow themselves thrice before the Holy Altar [If the Liturgy is celebrated by two or more priests then the thriceholy is sung five times before the ldquoGloryhellip and nowhelliprdquo on this wise First by the right choir second by the left third by the clergy fourth by the right fifth by the clergy Glory by the left now by the right Holy and Immortal by the left and the Power by the right] During the singing of the Power (Dhinamis) the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Gelevson Dhesboda And they shall proceed toward the throne the Priest saying as he goes

Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda din aacuteno gatheacutedhran PRIEST

Evloyimeacutenos i o ebiacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou o gathiacutemenos ebiacute don Herouviacutem baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And after the conclusion of the thriceholy the Deacon shall come before the Holy Doors and when the reader has read the first line of the prokhimenon of the Apostle reading he shall say

Πρόσχωmicroεν Καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τόν Στίχον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Σοφία Καί ὅταν ἐκφωνήσει τήν ἐπιγραφήν τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς περικοπῆς λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Πρόσχωmicroεν Πληρωθέντος δέ τοῦ Αποστόλου ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀλληλούϊα (γ΄) Μετά τῶν στίχων Ψαλλοmicroένων τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων και τῶν στίχων ὁ Διάκονος λέγει τῷ Ιερεί

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τό θυmicroίαmicroα Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ ὡς συνήθως λέγων

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὁ Διάκονος θυmicroιᾷ κατά τόν συνήθη τρόπον Ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει χαmicroηλοφώνως τήν εὐχήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου

Ἔλλαmicroψον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡmicroῶν φιλάνθρωπε Δέσποτα τὸ τῆς Σῆς θεογνωσίας ἀκήρατον φῶς καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν διάνοιξον ὀφθαλmicroοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν Σου κηρυγmicroάτων κατανόησιν Ἔνθες ἡmicroῖν καὶ τὸν τῶν microακαρίων Σου ἐντολῶν φόβον ἵνα τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυmicroίας πάσας καταπατήσαντες πνευmicroατικὴν πολιτείαν microετέλθωmicroεν πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν τὴν Σὴν καὶ φρονοῦντες καὶ πράττοντες Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ φωτισmicroὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος microετὰ τὸ θυmicroίαmicroα ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ Ἱερεῖ καὶ λέγει

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (Ματθαίου ἢ Μάρκου ἢ Λουκᾶ ἢ Ἰωάννου) Ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς σφραγίζων αὐτόν λέγει

Ὁ Θεός διὰ πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (δεῖνος) δῴη σοι ῥῆmicroα τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ δυνάmicroει πολλῇ εἰς ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Υἱοῦ Αὐτοῦ Κυρίου δὲ ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Γένοιτό microοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆmicroά σου

Broacuteshome And when the reader has read the second line

Sofiacutea And when he has announced which Apostolic reading is to be read

Broacuteshome And on completion of the Apostolic reading the Priest shall bless the reader saying

Iriacuteni si

CHOIR Allilouacuteia (3) With verses During the singing of the Alleluia the Deacon shall take up the censer with the incense and approaching the Priest shall say

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda do thimiacuteama PRIEST

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And whilst the Deacon censes in the customary way the Priest standing before the Holy Altar shall say in a low voice

Eacutelampson en des gardhiacutees imoacuten filaacutenthrobe Dheacutesboda do dis Sis theognosiacuteas agiacuteradon fos ge dous dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten dhiaacutenixon ofthalmouacutes is din don evangeligoacuten Sou giriymaacutedon gadanoacuteisin Eacutenthes imiacuten ge don don magariacuteon Sou endoloacuten foacutevon iacutena das sargigaacutes ebithimiacuteas baacutesas kadapadiacutesandes bnevmadigiacuten bolidiacutean medeacutelthomen baacutenda da bros evareacutestisin din Sin ge fronouacutendes ge braacutettondes Si yar i o fodismoacutes don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Hristeacute o Theoacutes ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The Deacon having put aside the censer shall come to the Priest and bowing his head shall say Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda don evaggelistiacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (Mattheacuteou Maacutergou Lougaacute or Ioaacutennou) The Priest signing him with the sign of the Cross shall say O Theoacutes dhiaacute bresvioacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (name) dhoacutei si riacutema do evangelizomeacuteno dhinaacutemi bolliacute is ekbliacuterosin dou Evangeliacuteou dou ayabidouacute Iouacute Avtouacute Giriacuteou dhe imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Yeacutenidoacute mi gadaacute do riacutema sou

Εἶτα λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Ἱερέως τὸ ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον καὶ προσκυνήσας microετ᾿ εὐλαβείας αἴρει αὐτὸ καί προπορευοmicroένων λαmicroπάδων ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν Ἄmicroβωνα ἐνῷ ὁ Ἱερεύς microετὰ τὴν συmicroπλήρωσιν τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκφωνεῖ

Σοφία Ὀρθοί ἀκούσωmicroεν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Εἰρήνη πᾶσι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ (δεῖνα) ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσmicroα

ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πρόσχωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Καὶ ἀναγινώσκει ὁ Διάκονος τὴν τεταγmicroένην περικοπὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι (τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ)

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Τούτου ψαλλοmicroένου κατέρχεται ὁ Διάκονος τοῦ Ἄmicroβωνος κρατῶν ὑψηλά τό Εὐαγγέλιον Ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας πύλης ἀποδίδει αὐτό τῷ Ἱερεί καί ἀσπάζεται τήν χείρα αὐτοῦ Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἀσπαζόmicroενος τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον χαράζει microετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τύπον σταυροῦ πρός τόν λαόν καί εἰσέρχεται ἐν τῷ Ἱερῷ καί ἀποθέτει αὐτό ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Ὁ Διάκονος σταθεῖς ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ λέγει τήν Ἐκτενήν

Εἴπωmicroεν πάντες ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν εἴπωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Κύριε Παντοκράτορ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡmicroῶν δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός κατὰ τὸ microέγα ἔλεός Σου δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ Ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ

And he shall give the Book to the Deacon who shall say Amen and kiss the Gospel Book and the Priestrsquos right hand and shall then step forth through the Holy Doors preceded by lighted candles and go to the customary place Then the Priest standing before the Holy Altar facing toward the west shall say

Sofiacutea Orthiacute agouacutesomen dou ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou

DEACON Ek dou gadaacute (name) ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou do anaacuteynosma

PRIEST Broacuteshomen

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si And after the reading of the Gospel the Priest shall bless the Deacon saying

Iriacuteni si (do evangelizomeacuteno)

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si Then the Deacon comes down from the Ambon holding high the Gospel Book At the Holy Doors he shall deliver the Book to the Priest and kiss his hand The Priest shall kiss the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross blessing the people before entering the Sanctuary and placing it upon the Holy Altar Then the Deacon standing in his accustomed place shall say the following petitions

Iacutebomen baacutendes ex oacutelis dis psihiacutes ge ex oacutelis dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten iacutebomen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (3) (and after each petition) DEACON

Giacuterie Bandograacutedor o Theoacutes don badeacuteron imoacuten dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eleacuteison imaacutes o Theoacutes gadaacute do meacuteya eacuteleos Sou dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge

Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος)

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἱερέων ἱεροmicroονάχων ἱεροδιακόνων καὶ microοναχῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἡmicroῶν ἀδελφότητος

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ ἐλέους ζωῆς εἰρήνης ὑγείας σωτηρίας ἐπισκέψεως συγχωρήσεως καὶ ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τῶν κατοικούντων καὶ παρεπιδηmicroούντων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐνορίᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων συνδροmicroητῶν καὶ ἀφιερωτῶν του ἁγίου ναοῦ τούτου

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν microακαρίων καὶ ἀειmicroνήστων κτιτόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας (ἢ Μονῆς) ταύτης καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν προαναπαυσαmicroένων πατέρων καὶ ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶς κειmicroένων καὶ ἀπανταχοῦ ὀρθοδόξων

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ τούτῳ κοπιώντων ψαλλόντων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιεστῶτος λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπεκδεχοmicroένου τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν τῆς ἐκτενοῦς ἱκεσίας

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν τὴν ἐκτενῆ ταύτην ἱκεσίαν πρόσδεξαι παρὰ τῶν Σῶν δούλων καὶ ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους Σου καὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς Σου κατάπεmicroψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου τὸν ἀπεκδεχόmicroενον τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἐλεήmicroων καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὔξασθε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι τῷ Κυρίῳ

arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name)

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don adhelfoacuten imoacuten don iereacuteon ieromonaacutehon ierodhiagoacutenon ge monahoacuten ge basis dis en Hristoacute imoacuten adhelfoacutedidos

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter eleacuteous zoiacutes iriacutenis iyiacuteas sodiriacuteas ebiskeacutepseos sinhoriacuteseos ge afeacuteseos don amardioacuten don dhouacutelon dou Theouacute baacutendon don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten don gadigouacutendon ge barabidhimouacutendon en di boacuteli ge enoriacutea daacutevdin don ebidroacutebon sinthromidoacuten ge afierodoacuten dou ayiacuteou naouacute doudouacute

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don magariacuteon ge aimniacuteston ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas (Moniacutes) daacutevtis ge ibeacuter baacutendon don broanabavsameacutenon baacutederon ge adhelfoacuten imoacuten don endhaacutethe evsevoacutes gimeacutenon ge abandahouacute orthodhoacutexon

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en do ayiacuteo ge banseacutepto naoacute douacutedon gobioacutendon psalloacutendon ge ibeacuter dou beriestoacutedos laouacute dou abekdhehomeacutenou do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten din ekteniacute daacutevtin igesiacutean broacutesdhexe baraacute don Son dhouacutelon ge eleacuteison imaacutes gadaacute do bliacutethos dou eleacuteous Sou ge dous iktirmouacutes Sou gadaacutebempson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute baacutendon don laoacuten Sou don abekdhehoacutemenon do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos PRIEST

Oacutedi eleiacutemon ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge Si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutevxasthe i Gadihouacutemeni do Giriacuteo

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Οἱ πιστοί ὑπὲρ τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἵνα ὁ Κύριος αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσῃ

Κατηχήσῃ αὺτοὺς τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας

Ἀποκαλύψῃ αὐτοῖς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης

Ἑνώσῃ αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ

Σῶσον ἐλέησον ἀντιλαβοῦ καὶ διαφύλαξον αὐτούς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Οἱ κατηχούmicroενοι τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνατε Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν ὑπέρ τῶν κατηχουmicroένων

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν ὁ διὰ σωτηρίαν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξαποστείλας τὸν microονογενῆ Σου Υἱὸν καὶ Θεόν τὸν Κύριον ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους Σου τοὺς Κατηχουmicroένους τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας Σοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν αὐχένα καὶ καταξίωσον αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ τοῦ λουτροῦ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐνδύmicroατος τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἕνωσον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ συγκαταρίθmicroησον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ Σου ποίmicroνῃ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σὺν ἡmicroῖν δοξάζωσι τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά Σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

I bistiacute ibeacuter don Gadihoumeacutenon dheithoacutemen

Iacutena o Giacuterios avtouacutes eleiacutesi

Gadihiacutesi avtouacutes don loacuteyon dis alithiacuteas

Abogaliacutepsi avtiacutes do Evangeacutelion dis dhigeosiacutenis

Enoacutesi avtouacutes di ayiacutea avtouacute Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea

Soacuteson eleacuteison andilavouacute ge dhiafiacutelaxon avtouacutes o Theoacutes di si haacuteridi

I gadihouacutemeni das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenade While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer for the Catechumen

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o en ipsiliacutes gadigoacuten ge da dabinaacute eforoacuten o dhiaacute sodiriacutean do yeacuteni don anthroacutebon exabostiacutelas don monoyeniacute Sou Ioacuten ge Theoacuten don Giacuterion imoacuten Iisouacuten Hristoacuten ebiacutevlepson ebiacute dous dhouacutelous Sou dous Gadihoumeacutenous dous ibogegligoacutedas Si don eavtoacuten avheacutena ge gadaxiacuteoson avtouacutes en geroacute evtheacutedo dou loudrouacute dis balingenesiacuteas dis afeacuteseos don amardioacuten ge dou endhiacutemados dis aftharsiacuteas eacutenoson avtouacutes di ayiacutea Sou Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea ge singadariacutethmison avtouacutes di eglektiacute Sou biacutemni PRIEST

Iacutena ge avtiacute sin imiacuten dhoxaacutezosi do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes oacutenomaacute Sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede i Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede

Μή τις τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων

Ὅσοι πιστοί ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Α΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν Σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν Δυνάmicroεων τῷ καταξιώσαντι ἡmicroᾶς παραστῆναι καὶ νῦν τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ προσπεσεῖν τοῖς οἰκτιρmicroοῖς Σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Πρόσδεξαι ὁ Θεός τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν ποίησον ἡmicroᾶς ἀξίους γενέσθαι τοῦ προσφέρειν Σοι δεήσεις καὶ ἱκεσίας καὶ θυσίας ἀναιmicroάκτους ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ Σου καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς οὓς ἔθου εἰς τὴν διακονίαν Σου ταύτην ἐν τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Πνεύmicroατός Σου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀκαταγνώστως καὶ ἀπροσκόπτως ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ microαρτυρίῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡmicroῶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαί Σε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ καὶ τόπῳ ἵνα εἰσακούων ἡmicroῶν ἵλεως ἡmicroῖν εἴης ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς Σῆς ἀγαθότητος

Ὅτι πρέπει Σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Mi dis don Gadihoumeacutenon

Oacutesi bistiacute eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

FIRST PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Evharistouacutemen Si Giacuterie o Theoacutes don Dhinaacutemeon do gadaxioacutesandi imaacutes barastiacutene ge nin do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiriacuteo ge bresbesiacuten dis iktirmiacutes Sou ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Broacutesdhexe o Theoacutes din dheacuteisin imoacuten biacuteison imaacutes axiacuteous yeneacutesthe dou brosfeacuterin Si dheiacutesis ge igesiacuteas ge thisiacuteas anemaacutektous ibeacuter bandoacutes dou laouacute Sou ge igaacutenoson imaacutes ous eacutethou is din dhiagoniacutean Sou daacutevtin en di dhinaacutemi dou Bneacutevmados Sou dou Ayiacuteou agadagnoacutestos ge abroskoacuteptos en gatharoacute do mardiriacuteo dis sinidhiacuteseos imoacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se en bandiacute geroacute ge doacutebo iacutena isagouacuteon imoacuten iacuteleos imiacuten iacuteis en do bliacutethi dis Sis ayathoacutedidos

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Β΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις Σοὶ προσπίπτοmicroεν καὶ Σοῦ δεόmicroεθα ἀγαθὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπε ὅπως ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν καθαρίσῃς ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα ἀπὸ παντὸς microολυσmicroοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύmicroατος καὶ δῴης ἡmicroῖν ἀνένοχον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον τὴν παράστασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Σου θυσιαστηρίου Χάρισαι δέ ὁ Θεός καὶ τοῖς συνευχοmicroένοις ἡmicroῖν προκοπὴν βίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως πνευmicroατικῆς δὸς αὐτοῖς πάντοτε microετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης λατρεύειν Σοι ἀνενόχως καὶ ἀκατακρίτως microετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων Σου Μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σου βασιλείας ἀξιωθῆναι

Ὅπως ὑπὸ τοῦ κράτους Σου πάντοτε φυλαττόmicroενοι Σοὶ δόξαν ἀναπέmicroπωmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ψάλλει τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον ἀργῶς καὶ microετὰ microέλους εἰς τὸν κύριον ἦχον τῆς ἡmicroέρας

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Τούτου δὲ ᾀδοmicroένου ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος τήν κεφαλήν ποιεῖ εὐχήν ὑπέρ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὴν

ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ ΧΕΡΟΥΒΙΚΟΥ

Οὐδεὶς ἄξιος τῶν συνδεδεmicroένων ταῖς σαρκικαῖς ἐπιθυmicroίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς προσέρχεσθαι ἢ προσεγγίζειν

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

SECOND PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Baacutelin ge bollaacutegis Si brosbiacuteptomen ge Sou dheoacutemetha ayatheacute ge filaacutenthrobe oacutebos ebivleacutepsas ebiacute din dheacuteisin imoacuten gathariacutesis imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada aboacute bandoacutes molismouacute sargoacutes ge bneacutevmados ge dhoacuteis imiacuten aneacutenohon ge agadaacutegridon din baraacutestasin dou ayiacuteou Sou thisiastiriacuteou Haacuterise dhe o Theoacutes ge dis sinevhomeacutenis imiacuten brogobiacuten viacuteou ge biacutesteos ge sineacuteseos bnevmadigiacutes dhos avtiacutes baacutendode medaacute foacutevou ge ayaacutebis ladreacutevin Si anenoacutehos ge akadagriacutedos medeacutehin don ayiacuteon Sou Mistiriacuteon ge dis ebouraniacuteou Sou vasiliacuteas axiothiacutene

Oacutebos iboacute dou graacutedous Sou baacutendode filattoacutemeni Si dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And the choir shall sing the Cherubic Hymn slowly and solemnly in the tone of the day

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia During the singing of the Cherubicon the Priest bowing his head shall say the following prayer on behalf of himself

THE PRAYER OF THE CHERUBICON Oudhiacutes aacutexios don sindhedhomeacutenon des sargigeacutes ebithimiacutees ge idhoneacutes broseacuterhesthe i brosengiacutezin i

ἢ λειτουργεῖν Σοι Βασιλεῦ τῆς δόξης τὸ γὰρ διακονεῖν Σοι microέγα καὶ φοβερὸν καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίοις Δυνάmicroεσιν Ἀλλ ὅmicroως διὰ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀmicroέτρητόν Σου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀναλλοιώτως γέγονας ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἀρχιερεὺς ἡmicroῶν ἐχρηmicroάτισας καὶ τῆς λειτουργικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναιmicroάκτου θυσίας τὴν ἱερουργίαν παρέδωκας ἡmicroῖν ὡς Δεσπότης τῶν ἁπάντων Σὺ γὰρ microόνος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν δεσπόζεις τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου χερουβικοῦ ἐποχούmicroενος ὁ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro Κύριος καὶ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος Σὲ τοίνυν δυσωπῶ τὸν microόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐήκοον Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ ἐmicroὲ τὸν ἁmicroαρτωλὸν καὶ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλόν Σου καὶ καθάρισόν microου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ ἱκάνωσόν microε τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Ἁγίου Σου Πνεύmicroατος ἐνδεδυmicroένον τὴν τῆς Ἱερατείας χάριν παραστῆναι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ καὶ ἱερουργῆσαι τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἄχραντόν Σου Σῶmicroα καὶ τὸ τίmicroιον Αἷmicroα Σοὶ γὰρ προσέρχοmicroαι κλίνας τὸν ἑmicroαυτοῦ αὐχένα καὶ δέοmicroαί Σου Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν Σου ἀπ ἐmicroοῦ microηδὲ ἀποδοκιmicroάσῃς microε ἐκ παίδων Σου ἀλλ ἀξίωσον προσενεχθῆναί Σοι ὑπ ἐmicroοῦ τοῦ ἁmicroαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἀναξίου δούλου Σου τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ προσφέρων καὶ προσφερόmicroενος καὶ προσδεχόmicroενος καὶ διαδιδόmicroενος Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ Ἱερεύς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσι καί αὐτοί τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον (γ΄) ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Μετά λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς τὸ θυmicroιατήριον καί εὐλογεί κατά τό συνήθης τρόπο θυmicroιᾷ κύκλῳ τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν τήν Πρόθεσιν τό Εἰκονοστάσι καί τόν λαόν λέγοντας microυστικῶς τό laquoΔεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroενraquo (γ΄) καὶ εἶτα τὸν Ν ψαλmicroόν Εἰ microέν ἐστι Κυριακή λέγει τὸ laquoἈνάστασιν Χριστοῦ θεασάmicroενοιraquo καὶ τὸν Ν΄ ψαλmicroόν ἕως τόν στίχον laquoθυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦmicroα συντετριmicromicroένον καρδίαν συντετριmicromicroένην καὶ τεταπεινωmicroένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσειraquo Ἐπανερχόmicroενος εἰς τό Ἱερό θυmicroιᾷ πάλιν τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν την Ἱεράν Πρόθεσιν καί

lidouryiacuten Si Vasileacutev dis dhoacutexis do yar dhiakoniacuten Si meacuteya ge foveroacuten ge avteacutes des ebouraniacuteis Dhinaacutemesin Al oacutemos dhiaacute din aacutefadon ge ameacutedridon Sou filanthrobiacutean adreacuteptos ge anallioacutedos yeacuteyonas aacutenthrobos ge Arhiereacutevs imoacuten ehrimaacutedisas ge dis lidouryigiacutes daacutevtis ge anemaacutektou thisiacuteas din ierouryiacutean bareacutedhokas imiacuten os Dhesboacutedis don abaacutendon Si yar moacutenos Giacuterios o Theoacutes imoacuten dhesboacutezis don ebouraniacuteon ge don ebiyiacuteon o ebiacute throacutenou herouvigouacute ebohouacutemenos o don Serafiacutem Giacuterios ge Vasileacutevs dou Israiacutel o moacutenos Aacuteyios ge en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos Se diacutenin dhisoboacute don moacutenon ayathoacuten ge eviacutegoon Ebiacutevlepson eb emeacute don amardoloacuten ge ahriacuteon dhouacutelon Sou ge gathaacuterison mou din psihiacuten ge din gardhiacutean aboacute sinidhiacuteseos boniraacutes ge igaacutenosoacuten me di dhinaacutemi dou Ayiacuteou Sou Bneacutevmados endhedhimeacutenon din dis Ieradiacuteas haacuterin barastiacutene di ayiacutea Sou daacutevti drabeacutezi ge ierouryiacutese do aacuteyion ge aacutehrandoacuten Sou Soacutema ge to diacutemion Eacutema Si yar broseacuterhome gliacutenas don emavtoacuten avheacutena ge dheacuteomeacute Sou Mi abostreacutepsis do broacutesoboacuten Sou ab emouacute midheacute abodhogimaacutesis me ek beacutedhon Sou al axiacuteoson brosenehthiacutene Si ib emouacute dou amardolouacute ge anaxiacuteou dhouacutelou Sou da dhoacutera daacutevta Si yar i o brosfeacuteron ge brosferoacutemenos ge brosdhehoacutemenos ge dhiadhidhoacutemenos Hriste o Theoacutes imoacuten ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The prayer being finished the Priest and the Deacon shall say the Cherubic hymn thrice making a reverence at the end of each repetition PRIEST

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan DEACON

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia Then the Priest taking up the censer and blessing the incense in the usual way shall cense the Holy Table round about the prothesis the Iconostasis and the people saying secretly ldquoO come let us worship etcrdquo and Psalm 50 On Sundays he shall say the hymn ldquoWe have seen the resurrection of Christrdquo and then Psalm 50 up to the verse ldquoO God Thou wilt not despiserdquo On entering the sanctuary he shall again cense the Holy table the prothesis and all the sanctuary and replace the censer in its customary place Then standing before the Holy Altar the Priest and the Deacon shall make

τό Ἱερατείον καί ἀποδίδει τό θυmicroιατήριον Οἱ Ἱερουργούντες προσκυνοῦντες τρίς πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί ἀσπαζόmicroενοι τό Ἀντιmicroήνσιον καί τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζα λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς τά τροπάρια ταῦτα

Ἤmicroαρτον εἰς σὲ Σωτήρ ὡς ὁ ἄσωτος υἱός δέξαι microε Πάτερ microετανοοῦντα καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός

Κράζω σοι Χριστὲ Σωτὴρ τοῦ τελώνου τὴν φωνήν Ἱλάσθητί microοι ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός Εἶτα εἰς ἕκαστος ὑποκλινόmicroενος τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς λέγει Συγχωρήσατέ microοι ἀδελφοὶ καὶ συλλειτουργοί Καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὑποκλινόmicroενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης λέγουν

Τοῖς microισοῦσι καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός συγχώρησον Καὶ ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ λέγουν

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε Καὶ προσκυνοῦσι τρὶς τὰ τίmicroια Δῶρα ἐκ τρίτου λέγουν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ ὁ ἄναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ὁ Υἱός ὁ συνάναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἀθάνατος τὸ πανάγιον Πνεύmicroαmiddot Τριὰς Ἁγία δόξα σοι Εἶτα ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Ἔπαρον Δέσποτα Ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄρας τὸν Ἀέρα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς ὤmicroοις τοῦ Διακόνου λέγων

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑmicroῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον Καὶ δίδει τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον εἰς τὸν Διάκονον Αὐτὸς δὲ λαmicroβάνει τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἀνέβη ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἀλαλαγmicroῷ Κύριος ἐν φωνῇ σάλπιγγος Ὅταν δὲ ὁ Χορός εἴπῃ τὸ laquoὩς τὸν Βασιλέαraquo ὁ Διάκονος microετὰ τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχονται ἐκ τῆς βορείας πύλης προπορευοmicroένων θυmicroιατηρίου λαmicroπάδων καὶ εξαπτερύγων καὶ διέρχονται τὸ ἀριστερὸν κλῖτος καὶ τὸ microέσον τοῦ Ναοῦ ποιοῦντες τὴν Μεγάλην Εἴσοδον τοῦ Διακόνου ἐκφωνοῦντος microεγαλοφώνως

Πάντων ὑmicroῶν microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καί τοῦ Ἱερέως εἰσερχοmicroένου λέγει πρός αὐτόν ὁ προεισελθών Διάκονος

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ

two lowly reverences saying each to himself Iacutemardon is se Sodiacuter os o aacutesodos ioacutes dheacutexe me Baacuteder medanoouacutenda ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes

Graacutezo si Hristeacute Sodiacuter dou deloacutenou din foniacuten Ilaacutesthidiacute mi oacutesber egiacuteno ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes And kissing the antiminsion they shall again make a reverence and turn and bow to each other saying

Sinhoriacutesadeacute mi adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute And then from the Holy doors they shall bow humbly to the people saying in a low voice

Dis misouacutesi ge ayaboacutesin imaacutes o Theoacutes sinhoacuterison Then shall they proceed to the offertory table saying as they go

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me And kissing the holy gifts they shall say

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes o Badiacuter o aacutenarhos aacuteyios ishiroacutes o Ioacutes o sinaacutenarhos aacuteyios athaacutenados do banaacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutes Ayiacutea dhoacutexa si Then the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Eacutebaron Dheacutesboda And the Priest taking the aer shall first cense it and then lay it on the Deaconrsquos shoulders saying

En iriacuteni ebaacuterade das hiacuteras imoacuten is da aacuteyia ge evloyiacutede don Giacuterion Then the Priest shall give the paten and to the Deacon and himself shall take up the chalice saying

Aneacutevi o Theoacutes en alalaymoacute Giacuterios en foniacute saacutelbingos When the Choir has rdquoThat we may receive the king of allrdquo the Deacon leading and the Priest shall go out of the sanctuary by the north side and make the Great Entrance preceded by lighted candles and the six-winged fans And as they shall go round about the nave the Deacon shall say in a loud voice

Baacutendon imoacuten mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Deacon going in at the Holy Doors stands to the right and as the Priest enters he shall say to him

Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea

βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς πρός αὐτόν

Τῆς Ἱεροδιακονίας (Διακονίας) σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ο Χορός συmicroπληροῖ τὸν χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζη εἶτα αἴρει τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον ἀπό τῆς τοῦ Διακόνου κεφαλῆς καί τίθησιν αὐτόν ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῦ ἁγιου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ὁ εὐσχήmicroων Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου καθελὼν τὸ ἄχραντόν σου σῶmicroα σινδόνι καθαρᾷ εἱλήσας καὶ ἀρώmicroασιν ἐν microνήmicroατι καινῷ κηδεύσας ἀπέθετο Εἶτα αἴρει τά καλύmicromicroατα ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου καί τοῦ Ποτηρίου καί τίθησιν αὐτά ἐν τῷ ἄνω microέρει τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί λαβών τόν ἀέρα ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου ὤmicroων καί θυmicroιάσας αὐτόν σκεπάζει τά ἅγια Μετά τοῦτο λαβών τόν θυmicroιατόν καί τοῦ Διακόνου εἰπόντος το Ἀγάθυνον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιῶν τρίς τὰ Ἅγια λέγει ἅπαξ

Ἀγάθυνον Κύριε ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἰκοδοmicroηθήτω τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσαληmicro Τότε εὐδοκήσεις θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης ἀναφορὰν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώmicroατα Τότε ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου microόσχους Ἀποδοὺς δὲ τὸ θυmicroιατὸν καὶ κλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ Μνήσθητί microου ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Εἶτα ὁ διάκονος ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν κρατῶν ἅmicroα καὶ τὸ Ὀράριον λέγει

Εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐmicroοῦ δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πνεῦmicroα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναmicroις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦmicroα συλλειτουργήσει ἡmicroῖν πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν Μνήσθητί microου Δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνησθείη σου Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχεται ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ καὶ ἅmicroα τῇ λήξει τοῦ Χερουβικοῦ ὕmicroνου λέγει τὴν τά Πληρωτικά

avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Priest shall say to him

Dis Ierodhiakoniacuteas (Dhiakoniacuteas) sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon The Choir shall complete the Cherubic Hymn The Priest shall meanwhile set the holy chalice upon the Altar and taking the paten from the Deaconrsquos head he shall place it to the left of the chalice saying

O evshiacutemon Iosiacutef aboacute dou xiacutelou gatheloacuten do aacutehrandoacuten sou soacutema sindhoacuteni gatharaacute iliacutesas ge aroacutemasin en mniacutemadi kenoacute kidheacutevsas abeacutethedo And removing the veils he shall place them on the one side or the upper part of the Altar and taking from the Deaconrsquos shoulders the aer and censing it he shall cover therewith the holy gifts saying And taking up the censer the Deacon shall say Ayaacutethinon Dheacutesboda And censing the holy gifts three times the Priest shall say

Ayaacutethinon Giacuterie en di endhogiacutea sou din Sioacuten ge igodhomithiacutedo da diacutehi Ierousaliacutem Doacutede evdhogiacutesis thisiacutean dhigeosiacutenis anaforaacuten ge ologavtoacutemata Doacutede aniacutesousin ebiacute do thisiastiacuterion sou moacuteshous And giving back the censer he shall bow his head and say to the Deacon

Mniacutesthidi mou adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Deacon bowing his head shall say to the Priest

Eacutevxe ibeacuter emoacuteu dheacutesboda aacuteyie And the Priest blessing the Deacon shall say

Bneacutevma Aacuteyion ebeleacutevsede ebiacute se ge dhiacutenamis Ipsiacutestou ebiskiaacutesi si DEACON

Avtoacute do Bneacutevma sillidouryiacutesi imiacuten baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten Mniacutesthidiacute mou Dheacutesboda aacuteyie PRIEST

Mnisthiacutei sou Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten And kissing the Priestrsquos right hand he shall stand in his customary place and after the completion of the Cherubic Hymn he shall say the following litany

Τούτων δὲ λεγοmicroένων ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἀναγινώσκει microυστικῶς τὴν ἑξῆς εὐχὴν τῆς Προθέσεως microετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ ἀπόθεσιν τῶν θείων Δώρων Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος ὁ δεχόmicroενος θυσίαν αἰνέσεως παρὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουmicroένων Σε ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὴν δέησιν καὶ προσάγαγε τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ Καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς προσενεγκεῖν Σοι δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας πνευmicroατικὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς εὑρεῖν χάριν ἐνώπιόν Σου τοῦ γενέσθαι Σοι εὐπρόσδεκτον τὴν θυσίαν ἡmicroῶν καὶ ἐπισκηνῶσαι τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τῆς χάριτός Σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα δῶρα ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου

Πληρώσωmicroεν τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προτεθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καὶ τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεὸς τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Meanwhile the Priest having set the divine gifts upon the Holy Altar shall say the following prayer

THE OFFERTORY PRAYER Giacuterie o Theoacutes o bandograacutedor o moacutenos Aacuteyios o dhehoacutemenos thisiacutean eneacuteseos baraacute don ebigaloumeacutenon Se en oacuteli gardiacutea broacutesdhexe ge imoacuten don amardoloacuten din dheacuteisin ge brosaacuteyaye do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiacuterio Ge igaacutenoson imaacutes brosenengiacuten Si dhoacutera de ge thisiacuteas bnevmadigaacutes ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes evriacuten haacuterin enoacutebioacuten Sou dou yeneacutesthe Si evbroacutesdhekton din thiacutesian imoacuten ge ebiskiacutenose do Bneacutevma dis haacuteridoacutes Sou do ayathoacuten ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena dhoacutera daacutevta ge ebiacute baacutenda don laoacuten Sou

Bliroacutesomen din dheacuteisin imoacuten do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter don brodetheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou ge anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie And after each petition

Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Της παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρmicroῶν τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀγαπήσωmicroεν ἀλλήλους ἵνα ἐν ὁmicroονοίᾳ ὁmicroολογήσωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πατέρα Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦmicroα Τριάδα ὁmicroοούσιον καὶ ἀχώριστον Ὁ Ἱερεὺς προσκυνήσας τρὶς ἀσπάζεται τὰ κεκαλυmicromicroένα Ἅγια πρῶτον τόν Δίσκον εἶτα τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί τό ἔmicroπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἄκρον τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγων καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν τό

Ἀγαπήσω σε Κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς microου Κύριος στερέωmicroά microου καὶ καταφυγή microου καὶ ῥύστης microου Καί ἐν συλλειτούργῳ διδόασιν οἱ Ἱερεις τόν ἀσπασmicroόν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀσπαζόmicroενοι ἀλλήλοις ἀρχόmicroενοι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν πρός τά δεξιά καί τέλος τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου δεξιάν χεῖρα λέγοντες διαλογικῶς ὁ εἶςmiddot

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Dhiaacute don iktirmoacuten dou monogenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evlogidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Ayabiacutesomen alliacutelous iacutena en omoniacutea omoloyiacutesomen CHOIR

Badeacutera Ioacuten ge Aacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutedha omoouacutesion ge ahoacuteriston And while the choir sing ldquoThe Father and the Sonhelliprdquo the Priest shall bow himself thrice and kiss the holy gifts they still being covered first the paten then the chalice and the edge of the Holy Altar before him saying within himself Ayabiacuteso se Giacuterie i ishiacutes mou Giacuterios stereacuteomaacute mou ge kadafiyiacute mou ge riacutestis mou And if there be two priests or more they likewise shall kiss the holy things and then embrace and kiss each other with the Kiss of Peace first on the left then on the right and then each otherrsquos right hand And while they embrace the Priest first in rank shall say

Ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ microέσῳ ἡmicroῶνmiddot Kαί ὁ ἕτεροςmiddot

Καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς θύρας τὰς θύρας Ἐν σοφίᾳ πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἄρας καί κατά microικρόν ὑψῶν τὸν Ἀέρα ἀνασείει αὐτόν ἀνοικτόν ἠρέmicroως ἐπάνω τῶν τιmicroίων δώρωνmiddot εἶτα διπλώσας και ἀσπασάmicroενος ἀποτίθησι microετά τῶν ἑτέρων καλυmicromicroάτων ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πιστεύω εἰς ἕνα Θεόν Πατέρα Παντοκράτορα ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων

Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν microονογενῆ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ἐκ φωτός Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα ὁmicroοούσιον τῷ Πατρί δι οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο Τὸν δι ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡmicroέρα κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόmicroενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόmicroενον microετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος

Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τὸ Ἅγιον τὸ κύριον τὸ ζωοποιόν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόmicroενον τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συmicroπροσκυνούmicroενον καὶ συνδοξαζόmicroενον τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

Εἰς microίαν Ἁγίαν Καθολικὴν καὶ Ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Ὁmicroολογῶ ἓν βάπτισmicroα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν Προσδοκῶ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν Καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ microέλλοντος αἰῶνος Ἀmicroήν

O hristoacutes en do meacuteso imoacuten And the other shall say Ge eacutesti ge eacuteste DEACON

Das thiacuteras das thiacuteras En sofia broacuteshomen The Priest shall take up the aer and hold it over the sacred gifts and calmly shake it up and down Then he shall lift the aer from the holy gifts fold it and kiss it and lay it aside with the other veils CHOIR

Bisteacutevo is eacutena Theoacuten Badeacutera Bandograacutedora biidiacuten ouranoacuteu ge yis oradoacuten de baacutendon ge aoraacutedon

Ge is eacutena Giacuterion Iisouacuten Hristoacuten don Yioacuten dou Theouacute don monoyeniacute don ek dou Badroacutes yennitheacutenda bro baacutendon don eoacutenon fos ek fodoacutes Theoacuten alithinoacuten ek Theouacute alithinouacute yennitheacutenda ou biitheacutenda omoouacutesion do Badriacute dhi ou da baacutenda eyeacutenedo Don dhi imaacutes dous anthroacutebous ge dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean gadelthoacutenda ek don ouranoacuten ge sargotheacutenda ek Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ge Mariacuteas dis Bartheacutenou ge enanthrobiacutesanda Stavrotheacutenda de ibeacuter imoacuten ebiacute Bondiacuteou Bilaacutedou ge bathoacutenda ge dafeacutenda Ge anastaacutenda di driacutedi imeacutera gadaacute das Yrafaacutes Ge anelthoacutenda is dous ouranouacutes ge gathezoacutemenon ek dhexioacuten dou Badroacutes Ge baacutelin erhoacutemenon medaacute dhoacutexis griacutene zoacutendas ge negrouacutes ou dis vasiliacuteas ouk eacuteste deacutelos

Ge is do Bneacutevma do Aacuteyion do giacuterion do zoobioacuten do ek dou Badroacutes ekborevoacutemenon do sin Badriacute ge Yioacute sinbroskinouacutemenon ge sindhoxazoacutemenon do laliacutesan dhiaacute don brofidoacuten

Is miacutean Ayiacutean Gatholigiacuten ge Abostoligiacuten Egglisiacutean Omoloyoacute en vaacuteptisma is aacutefesin amardioacuten Brosdhogoacute anaacutestasin negroacuten Ge zoiacuten dou meacutellondos eoacutenos Amiacuten

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Στῶmicroεν καλῶς στῶmicroεν microετὰ φόβου πρόσχωmicroεν τὴν ἁγίαν Ἀναφορὰν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προσφέρειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔλεον εἰρήνης θυσίαν αἰνέσεως Ὁ Ἱερεύς ῥιπίζων τὰ Ἅγια microετά ῥιπιδίου ἤ microή ὄντος microετά τοῦ Ἀέρος καί εἶτα ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος εἴη microετὰ πάντων ὑmicroῶν Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εὐλογεῖ αὐτὸν διὰ χειρός αὐτοῦ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου Ὁ Ἱερεύς ὑψῶν ἀmicroφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας λέγει

Ἄνω σχῶmicroεν τὰς καρδίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔχοmicroεν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ἀνατολάς λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον Ὁ Ἱερεύς κλινόmicroενος ἀπάρχεται τῆς ἁγίας Ἀναφορᾶς

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον σὲ ὑmicroνεῖν σὲ εὐλογεῖν σὲ αἰνεῖν σοὶ εὐχαριστεῖν σὲ προσκυνεῖν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τῆς δεσποτείας σου Σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς ἀνέκφραστος ἀπερινόητος ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀεὶ ὤν ὡσαύτως ὤν σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Σὺ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡmicroᾶς παρήγαγες καὶ παραπεσόντας ἀνέστησας πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστης πάντα ποιῶν ἕως ἡmicroᾶς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγες καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐχαρίσω τὴν microέλλουσαν Ὑπὲρ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ τῷ microονογενεῖ σου Ὑἱῷ καὶ τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ὑπὲρ πάντων ὧν ἴσmicroεν καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσmicroεν τῶν φανερῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς ἡmicroᾶς γεγενηmicroένων

DEACON

Stoacutemen galoacutes stoacutemen medaacute foacutevou broacuteshomen din ayiacutean Anaforaacuten en iriacuteni brosfeacuterin CHOIR

Eacuteleon iriacutenis thisiacutean eneacuteseos The Priest shall fan the holy things with a small fan or the folded aer saying

I haacuteris dou Giriacuteou imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute ge i ayaacutebi dou Theouacute ge Badroacutes ge i ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados iacutei medaacute baacutendon imoacuten And turning to face the people the Priest shall bless them with his hand CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou And raising his hands he shall say

Aacuteno shoacutemen das gardhiacuteas CHOIR

Eacutehomen bros don Giacuterion And turning to face the Icon of Christ the Priest shall say

Evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo CHOIR

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon And standing before the Holy Altar the Priest shall offer this prayer

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon se imniacuten se evloyiacuten se eniacuten si evharistiacuten se broskiniacuten en bandiacute doacutebo dis dhesbodiacuteas sou Si yar i Theoacutes aneacutekfrastos aberinoacuteidos aoacuterados akadaacuteliptos aiacute on osaacutevtos on si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Si ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene imaacutes bariacuteyayes ge barabesoacutendas aneacutestisas baacutelin ge ouk abeacutestis baacutenda bioacuten eacuteos imaacutes is don ouranoacuten aniacuteyayes ge din vasiliacutean sou ehariacuteso din meacutellousan Ibeacuter douacutedon abaacutendon evharistouacutemen si ge do monoyeniacute sou Ioacute ge do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo ibeacuter baacutendon on iacutesmen ge on ouk iacutesmen don faneroacuten ge afanoacuten everyesioacuten don is imaacutes yeyenimeacutenon Evharistouacutemen si ge

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Λειτουργίας ταύτης ἣν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡmicroῶν δέξασθαι κατηξίωσας καίτοι σοι παρεστήκασι χιλιάδες ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ microυριάδες ἀγγέλων τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ τὰ Σεραφείmicro ἑξαπτέρυγα πολυόmicromicroατα microετάρσια πτερωτά

Τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕmicroνον ᾄδοντα βοῶντα κεκραγότα καὶ λέγονταmiddot Τούτου λεγοmicroένου λαβών ὁ Διάκονος τόν ἀστερίσκον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ποιεῖ σταυροῦ τύπον ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ και ἀποσπογγίσας καί ἀσπασάmicroενος αὐτόν ἀποτίθησι microετά τοῦ ἀέρος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος Κύριος Σαβαώθ πλήρης ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης σου ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Ὁ δέ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἡmicroεῖς τῶν microακαρίων δυνάmicroεων Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε βοῶmicroεν καὶ λέγοmicroεν Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος Σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὴς ἡ δόξα σου Ὃς τὸν κόσmicroον σου οὕτως ἠγάπησας ὥστε τὸν Υἱόν σου τὸν microονογενῆ δοῦναι ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν microὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ὃς ἐλθὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν οἰκονοmicroίαν πληρώσας τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδοτο microᾶλλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν παρεδίδου ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσmicroου ζωῆς λαβὼν ἄρτον ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀχράντοις καὶ ἀmicroωmicroήτοις χερσί εὐχαριστήσας καὶ εὐλογήσας ἁγιάσας κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ microαθηταῖς καὶ ἀποστόλοις εἰπὼνmiddot

Λάβετε φάγετε τοῦτό microού ἐστι τὸ σῶmicroα τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν κλώmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ἐπευχόmicroενος λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς

ibeacuter dis Lidouryiacuteas daacutevtis in ek don hiroacuten imoacuten dheacutexasthe gadaxiacuteosas geacutedi si barestiacutegasi hiliaacutedhes arhangeacutelon ge miriaacutedes angeacutelon da Herouviacutem ge da Serafiacutem exapteacuteriya bolioacutemmada medaacutersia pterodaacute

Don ebiniacutegion iacutemnon aacutedhoda vooacutenda gegrayoacuteda ge leacuteyonda While saying this the Deacon shall take the asterisk from off the paten and making the sign of the Cross over it shall kiss it and lay it aside with the Aer CHOIR

Aacuteyios aacuteyios aacuteyios Giacuterios Savaoacuteth bliacuteris o ouranoacutes ge i yi dis dhoacutexis sou osannaacute en dis ipsiacutestis Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Osannaacute o en dis ipsiacutestis The Priest shall continue

Medaacute douacutedon ge imiacutes don magariacuteon dhinaacutemeon Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe vooacutemen ge leacuteyomen Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios Si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios ge meyalobrebiacutes i dhoacutexa sou Os don goacutesmon sou ouacutedos iyaacutebisas oacuteste don Ioacuten sou don monoyeniacute dhouacutene iacutena bas o bisteacutevon is avtoacuten mi aboacutelide al eacutehi zoiacuten eoacutenion Os elthoacuten ge baacutesan din ubeacuter imoacuten igonomiacutean bliroacutesas di niktiacute i baredhiacutedhodo maacutellon dhe eavtoacuten baredhiacutedhou ibeacuter dis dou goacutesmou zoiacutes lavoacuten aacuterton en des ayiacutees avtouacute ge ahraacutendis ge amomiacutedis hersiacute evhariacutestisas ge evloyiacutesas ayiaacutesas glaacutesas eacutedhoge dis ayiiacutes avtouacute mathidaacutes ge abostoacutelis iboacuten

Laacutevede faacuteyede douacutedo mou estiacute do soacutema do ibeacuter imoacuten gloacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest continues

Ὁmicroοίως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον microετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι λέγων

Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷmicroά microου τὸ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑmicroῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεύς καί πάλιν κλινόmicroενος λέγει τήν εὐχήν

Μεmicroνηmicroένοι τοίνυν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης ἐντολῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν γεγενηmicroένων τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῦ Τάφου τῆς τριηmicroέρου Ἀναστάσεως τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς Ἀναβάσεως τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν Καθέδρας τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου πάλιν Παρουσίας

Τὰ σὰ ἐκ τῶν σῶν σοὶ προσφέροmicroεν κατὰ πάντα καὶ διὰ πάντα ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σὲ ὑmicroνοῦmicroεν σὲ εὐλογοῦmicroεν σοὶ εὐχαριστοῦmicroεν Κύριε καὶ δεόmicroεθά σου ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀναίmicroακτον λατρείαν καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν κατάπεmicroψον τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα Δῶρα ταῦτα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτον εὐλογῶν λέγει

Καὶ ποίησον τὸν microὲν Ἄρτον τοῦτον τίmicroιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ποτηρίῳ τούτῳ τίmicroιον αἷmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου

Omiacuteos ge do bodiacuterion medaacute do dhibniacutese leacuteyon

Biacuteede ex avtouacute baacutendes douacutedo estiacute do eacutema mouacute do dis Geniacutes Dhiathiacutegis do ubeacuter imoacuten ge bolloacuten ekhinoacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say

Memnimeacuteni diacutenin dis sodiriacuteas daacutevtis endoloacuten ge baacutendon don ibeacuter imoacuten yeyenimeacutenon dou Stavrouacute dou Taacutefou dis driimeacuterou Anastaacuteseos dis is ouranouacutes Anabaacuteseos dis ek dhexioacuten Gatheacutedhras dis dhevdeacuteras ge endhoacutexou baacutelin Barousiacuteas

Ta sa ek don son si brosfeacuteromen gadaacute baacutenda ge dhiaacute baacutenda CHOIR

Se imnouacutemen se evloyouacutemen si evharistouacutemen Giacuterie ge dheoacutemethaacute sou o Theoacutes imoacuten PRIEST

Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ge aneacutemakton ladriacutean ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemethaacute ge igedeacutevomen gadaacutebepson do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena Dhoacutera daacutevta DEACON

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest blessing the holy bread shall say

Ge biacuteison don men Aacuterton douacutedon diacutemion Soacutema dou Hristouacute sou DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Boacutedirion And the Priest blessing the chalice shall say

Do dhe en do Bodiriacuteo douacutedo diacutemion eacutema dou Hristouacute sou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ἀmicroφότερα τὰ ἅγια Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἅmicroα τόν τε ἅγιον Ἄρτον καί τό ἅγιον Ποτήριου λέγει

Μεταβαλὼν τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ὥστε γενέσθαι τοῖς microεταλαmicroβάνουσιν εἰς νῆψιν ψυχῆς εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου σου Πνεύmicroατος εἰς Βασιλείας οὐρανῶν πλήρωmicroα εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν πίστει ἀναπαυσαmicroένων Προπατόρων Πατέρων Πατριαρχῶν Προφητῶν Ἀποστόλων Κηρύκων Εὐαγγελιστῶν Μαρτύρων Ὁmicroολογητῶν Ἐγκρατευτῶν καὶ παντὸς πνεύmicroατος δικαίου ἐν πίστει τετελειωmicroένου Και θυmicroιῶν τρίς κατέmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγει ἐκφώνως

Ἐξαιρέτως τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς microακαρίζειν σε τὴν Θεοτόκον τὴν ἀειmicroακάριστον καὶ παναmicroώmicroητον καὶ microητέρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡmicroῶν Τὴν τιmicroιωτέραν τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν ἀσυγκρίτως τῶν Σεραφείmicro τὴν ἀδιαφθόρως Θεὸν Λόγον τεκοῦσαν τὴν ὄντως Θεοτόκον σὲ microεγαλύνοmicroεν Εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσι τό θυmicroιατήριον τῷ Διακόνῳ καί κλινόmicroενος εὔχεται

Τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἁγίου (δεῖνος) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων ὧν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός Καὶ microνήσθητι πάντων τῶν κεκοιmicroηmicroένων ἐπ ἐλπίδι ἀναστάσεως ζωῆς αἰωνίου (ἐνταῦθα microνηmicroονεύει ὀνοmicroαστὶ ὧν

DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda amfoacutedera da aacuteyia And the Priest blessing both the holy bread and the chalice shall say

Medavaloacuten do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten PRIEST

Oacuteste yeneacutesthe dis medalamvaacutenousin is niacutepsin psihiacutes is aacutefesin amardioacuten is ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou sou Bneacutevmados is Vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten bliacuteroma is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is kadaacutegrima Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter don en biacutesti anabavsameacutenon Brobadoacuteron Badeacuteron Badriarhoacuten Brofidoacuten Abostoacutelon Giriacutegon Evangelistoacuten Mardiacuteron omoloyidoacuten Engradevdoacuten ge bandoacutes bneacutevmatos dhigeacuteou en biacutesti dedeliomeacutenou And taking up the censer he shall cense three times before the Holy Altar saying aloud

Exereacutedos dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevloyimeacutenis endhoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas CHOIR

Aacutexion estiacuten os alithoacutes magariacutezin se din Theodoacutegon din aimagaacuteriston ge banamoacutemidon ge mideacutera dou Theouacute imoacuten Din dimiodeacuteran don Herouviacutem ge endhoxodeacuteran asingriacutedos don Serafiacutem din adhiafthoacuteros Theoacuten Loacuteyon degouacutesan din oacutendos Theodoacutegon se meyaliacutenomen Then giving the censer to the Deacon the Priest shall continue Dou ayiacuteou Ioaacutennou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon dou Ayiacuteou (Name) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon on des igesiacutees ebiacuteskepse imaacutes o Theoacutes Ge mniacutesthidi baacutendon don gegimimeacutenon eb elbiacutedhi anastaacuteseos zoiacutes eoniacuteou (and he

βούλεται τεθνεώτων) καὶ ἀνάπαυσον αὐτούς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὅπου ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου Ἔτι παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε Μνήσθητι Κύριε πάσης ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρθοδόξων τῶν ὀρθοτοmicroούντων τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας καὶ παντὸς ἱερατικοῦ καὶ microοναχικοῦ τάγmicroατος Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουmicroένης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας σου Καθολικῆς καὶ Ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνῇ πολιτείᾳ διαγόντων ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστοτάτων καὶ φιλοχρίστων ἡmicroῶν βασιλέων παντὸς τοῦ παλατίου καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου αὐτῶν Δὸς αὐτοῖς Κύριε εἰρηνικὸν τὸ βασίλειον ἵνα καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ αὐτῶν ἤρεmicroον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωmicroεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνότητι Εἶθ οὕτως ὑψῶν εὐλογεῖ τὸ Ἀντίδωρον λέγων

Μέγα τὸ ὄνοmicroα τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἐκφώνως

Ἐν πρώτοις microνήσθητι Κύριε τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) ὃν χάρισαι ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις ἐν εἰρήνῃ σῷον ἔντιmicroον ὑγιᾶ microακροηmicroερεύοντα καὶ ὀρθοτοmicroοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχει καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ἐν ᾗ παροικοῦmicroεν καὶ πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς Μνήσθητι Κύριε πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ microεmicroνηmicroένων τῶν πενήτων καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡmicroᾶς τὰ ἐλέη σου ἐξαπόστειλον

Καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ἑνὶ στόmicroατι καὶ microιᾷ καρδίᾳ δοξάζειν καὶ ἀνυmicroνεῖν τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

remembers such as he will of the departed pronouncing their names) ge anaacutebavson avtouacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten oacutebou ebiskobiacute do fos dou brosoacutebou sou Eacutedi baragalouacutemen se Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie baacutesis ebiskobiacutes orthodhoacutexon don orthodomouacutendon don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas bandoacutes dou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas ge bandoacutes ieradigouacute ge monahigouacute daacuteymados Eacutedi brosfeacuteromeacuten si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter dis igoumeacutenis ibeacuter dis ayiacuteas sou Gatholigiacutes ge Abostoligiacutes Egglisiacuteas ibeacuter don en ayniacutea ge semniacute bolidiacutea dhiayoacutendon ibeacuter don bistodaacutedon ge filohriacuteston imoacuten vasileacuteon bandoacutes dou baladiacuteou ge dou stradobeacutedhou avtoacuten Dhos avtiacutes Giacuterie irinigoacuten do vasiacutelion iacutena ge imiacutes en di yaliacuteni avtoacuten iacuteremon ge isiacutehion viacuteon dhiaacuteyomen en baacutesi evseviacutea ge semnoacutedidi And raising and blessing the Antidoron he shall say

Meacuteya do oacutenoma dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Then in a load voice the Priest shall say

En broacutedis mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dou badroacutes ge Arhiebiskoacutebou imoacuten (Name) on haacuterise des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees en iriacuteni soacuteon eacutendimon iyiaacute magroimereacutevonda ge orthodomouacutenda don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas DEACON

Ge on eacutegastos gadaacute dhiaacutenian eacutehi ge baacutendon ge basoacuten CHOIR

Ge baacutendon ge basoacuten PRIEST Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dis boacuteleos (moniacutes goacutemis) en i barigouacutemen ge baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees ge memnimeacutenon don beniacutedon ge ebiacute baacutendas imaacutes da eleacutei sou exaboacutestilon

Ge dhos imiacuten en eniacute stoacutemadi ge miaacute gardhiacutea dhoxaacutezin ge animniacuten do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes onomaacute sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Καί εὐλογῶν τὸν λαόν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ microεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ microετὰ πάντων ἡmicroῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πάντων τῶν ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προσκοmicroισθέντων καὶ ἁγιασθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὅπως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ προσδεξάmicroενος αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπερουράνιον καὶ νοερὸν αὐτοῦ θυσιαστήριον εἰς ὀσmicroὴν εὐωδίας πνευmicroατικῆς ἀντικαταπέmicroψῃ ἡmicroῖν τὴν θείαν χάριν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος δεηθῶmicroεν Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν

And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Ge eacuteste da eleacutei dou meyaacutelou Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute medaacute baacutendon imoacuten CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou DEACON

Baacutendon don ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Ibeacuter don broskomistheacutendon ge ayiastheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Oacutebos o filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes imoacuten o brosdhexaacutemenos avtaacute is do aacuteyion ge iberouraacutenion ge noeroacuten avtouacute thisiastiacuterion is osmiacuten evodhiacuteas bnevmadigiacutes andigadabeacutempsi imiacuten din thiacutean haacuterin ge din dhoreaacuten dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados dheithoacutemen Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie (And after each petition) DEACON Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou

ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Σοὶ παρακατιθέmicroεθα τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς microεταλαβεῖν τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ φρικτῶν microυστηρίων ταύτης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ πνευmicroατικῆς Τραπέζης microετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς συγχώρησιν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων εἰς Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου κοινωνίαν εἰς βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονοmicroίαν εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἐκφώνως

Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς Δέσποτα microετὰ παρρησίας ἀκατακρίτως τολmicroᾶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι Σὲ τὸν ἐπουράνιον Θεὸν Πατέρα καὶ λέγειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πάτερ ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνοmicroά σου ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου γενηθήτω τὸ θέληmicroά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Τὸν ἄρτον ἡmicroῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡmicroῖν σήmicroερον Καὶ ἄφες ἡmicroῖν τὰ ὀφειλήmicroατα ἡmicroῶν ὡς καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἀφίεmicroεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡmicroῶν Καὶ microὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡmicroᾶς εἰς πειρασmicroόν ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Din enoacutedida dis biacutesteos ge din ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Si baragaditheacutemetha din zoiacuten imoacuten aacutebasan ge din elbiacutedha Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemetha ge igedeacutevomen gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes medalaviacuten don ebouraniacuteon sou ge friktoacuten mistiriacuteon daacutevtis dis ieraacutes ge bnevmadigiacutes Drabeacutezis medaacute gatharouacute sinidhoacutedos is aacutefesin amardioacuten is sinhoacuterisin blimmelimaacutedon is Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ginoniacutean is vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten glironomiacutean is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is gadaacutegrima Aloud

Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes Dheacutesboda medaacute barrisiacuteas agadagriacutedos dolmaacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se don ebouraacutenion Theoacuten Badeacutera ge leacuteyin CHOIR

Baacuteder imoacuten o en dis ouraniacutes ayiasthiacutedo do oacutenoma sou eltheacutedo i vasiliacutea sou yenithiacutedo do theacutelima sou os en ouranoacute ge ebiacute dis yis Don aacuterton imoacuten don ebiouacutesion dhos imiacuten siacutemeron Ge aacutefes imiacuten da ofiliacutemada imoacuten os ge imiacutes afiacuteemen dis ofileacutedes imoacuten Ge mi iseneacutengis imaacutes is birasmoacuten allaacute riacutese imaacutes aboacute dou bonirouacute PRIEST

Oacutedi sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i dhiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Βασιλεῦ ἀόρατε ὁ τῆ ἀmicroετρήτῳ σου δυνάmicroει τὰ πάντα δηmicroιουργήσας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ ἐλέους σου ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα παραγαγών Αὐτός Δέσποτα οὐρανόθεν ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας σοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλάς οὐ γὰρ ἔκλιναν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵmicroατι ἀλλὰ σοὶ τῶ φοβερῷ Θεῷ Σὺ οὖν Δέσποτα τὰ προκείmicroενα πᾶσιν ἡmicroῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐξοmicroάλισον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἰδίαν χρείαν τοῖς πλέουσι σύmicroπλευσον τοῖς ὁδοιποροῦσι συνόδευσον τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἴασαι ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Ἐκφώνως

Χάριτι καὶ οἰκτιρmicroοῖς καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Πρόσχες Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ἐξ ἁγίου κατοικητηρίου σου καὶ ἀπὸ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὸ ἁγιάσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ ἄνω τῷ Πατρὶ συγκαθήmicroενος καὶ ὧδε ἡmicroῖν ἀοράτως συνών καὶ καταξίωσον τῇ κραταιᾷ σου χειρὶ microεταδοῦναι ἡmicroῖν τοῦ ἀχράντου Σώmicroατός σου καὶ τοῦ τιmicroίου Αἵmicroατος καὶ δι ἡmicroῶν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Εἶτα προσκυνεῖ τρίς λέγων τό

Ὁ Θεός ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ

Iriacuteni baacutesi CHOIR

Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenomen CHOIR

Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Evharistouacutemen si Vasileacutev aoacuterade o di amedriacutedo sou dhinaacutemi da baacutenda dhimiouryiacutesas ge do bliacutethi dou eleacuteous sou ex ouk oacutendon is do iacutene da baacutenda barayayoacuten Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda ouranoacutethen eacutebidhe ebiacute dous ibogegligoacutedas si das eavtoacuten gefalaacutes ou yar eacuteglinan sargiacute ge eacutemadi allaacute si do foveroacute Theoacute Si oun Dheacutesboda da brogiacutemena baacutesin imiacuten is ayathoacuten exomaacutelison gadaacute din egaacutestou idhiacutean hriacutean dis bleacuteousi siacutemblevson dis odhiborouacuteusi sinoacutedhevson dous nosouacutendas iacutease o iadroacutes don psihoacuteon ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Aloud

Haacuteridi ge iktirmiacutes ge filanthrobiacutea dou monoyenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evloyidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say also this prayer

Broacuteshes Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten ex ayiacuteou gadigidiriacuteou sou ge aboacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou ge eltheacute is do ayiaacutese imaacutes o aacuteno do Badriacute singathiacutemenos ge oacutedhe imiacuten aoraacutedos sinoacuten ge gadaxiacuteoson di gradeaacute sou hiriacute medadhouacutene imiacuten dou ahraacutendou Soacutemados sou ge dou dimiacuteou Eacutemados ge dhi imoacuten bandiacute do laoacute Then the Priest and the Deacon shall bow themselves thrice saying each to himself

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison

ἐλέησόν microε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἁψάmicroενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου ἄκροις δακτύλοις τῶν δύο χειρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτόν ποιῶν σταυροῦ τύπον ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ἐκφωνῶν

Τὰ Ἅγια τοῖς ἁγίοις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἷς Ἅγιος εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ψάλλει τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἡmicroέρας (εἰς τὸν ἦχον εἰς ὃν ἐψάλη καὶ τὸ Χερουβικόν) Τῇ microὲν Κυριακῇ τό

Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Ἀλληλούϊα Εἰ δὲ τύχοι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῆς ψάλλεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Μέλισον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Ὁ Ἱερεύς microελίζων αὐτὸν εἰς τέσσαρας λέγων

Μελίζεται καὶ διαmicroερίζεται ὁ Ἀmicroνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ microελιζόmicroενος καὶ microὴ διαιρούmicroενος ὁ πάντοτε ἐσθιόmicroενος καὶ microηδέποτε δαπανώmicroενος ἀλλὰ τοὺς microετέχοντας ἁγιάζων Καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὰς σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ δίσκῳ οὕτως

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πλήρωσον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαβὼν τὴν ἄνω κειmicroένην microερίδα τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ (ΙΣ) ποιεῖ σταυρὸν microετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου καὶ ἐmicroβάλλων ταύτην ἐν αὐτῷ λέγει

Πλήρωmicroα Ποτηρίου πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου

me DEACON

Broacuteshomen The Priest taking the Holy Bread with both hands and raising it a little and making the sign of the Cross with it shall say

Da Aacuteyia dis ayiacuteis CHOIR

Is Aacuteyios is Giacuterios Iisouacutes Hristoacutes is dhoacutexan Theouacute Badroacutes Amiacuten The choir shall then sing the Communion Anthem in the same tone as was sung the Cherubic Hymn On Sundays the following

Eniacutede don Giacuterion ek don ouranoacuten Allilouacuteia If it be one of the Great Feasts of the Lord of the Mother of God or the leavetaking thereof the Communion Hymn of the Feast is sung DEACON Meacutelison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest breaking it in four parts shall say Meliacutezede ge dhiameriacutezede o Amnoacutes dou Theouacute o melizoacutemenos ge mi dhierouacutemenos o baacutendode esthioacutemenos ge midheacutebode dhabanoacutemenos allaacute dous medeacutehondas ayiaacutezon And he shall place the four pieces on the holy paten in this way

DEACON

Bliacuteroson dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Bodiacuterion And the Priest taking from the paten the particle which lies uppermost that marked IC shall make therewith the sign of the Cross over the chalice and placing it therein shall say Bliacuteroma Bodiriacuteou biacutesteos Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ Ζέον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Ἱερέα ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ζέον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ ζέσις τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Διάκονος ἐγχέει ἐκ τοῦ Ζέοντος τὸ ἀρκοῦν σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ λέγων

Ζέσις πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος ἁγίου Ἀmicroήν Καὶ προσερχόmicroενος ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἵνα κοινωνήσῃ λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ

Ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ συγχώρησόν microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς ἱερωσύνης σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεός ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί προσκυνοῦντες τρίς λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε (γ) Καὶ πλησιάσας εἰς τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόmicroου ὁ Ἱερεὺς λαmicroβάνει ἓν microέρος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου καὶ λέγει

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ οὕτω microεταλαmicroβάνει τῆς ἐν χερσί microερίδος microετά πάσης ἀσγαλείαςmiddot καί ἀποσπογγίσας τήν δεξιάν παλάmicroην διά τῆς microούσης λέγει ἡσύχως

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί προσελθόντος τοῦ Διακόνου ὁ Ἱερεὺς microεταδίδει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ παλάmicroῃ τό ἕτερον microέρος τῆς microερίδος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου λέγων

Μεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

DEACON Amiacuten And taking the Zeon [warm water] he shall say to the Priest Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do zeacuteon The Priest blessing the warm water shall say Evloyimeacuteni i zeacutesis don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And the Deacon shall pour into the chalice crosswise so much as suffices saying Zeacutesis biacutesteos Bneacutevmados ayiacuteou Amiacuten And approaching to partake of the Holy Mysteries the Priest shall say to the Deacon Adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute sinhoacuterisoacuten mi do amardoloacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And they shall make three devout reverences saying each to himself O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me (3) And the Priest taking and dividing the particle of the Holy Bread with the XC shall place a piece in the palm of his right hand saying Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten Medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And in fear and with all precaution he shall partake of the particle in his hand And wiping his palm with the sponge he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Deacon approaching the Priest shall place a particle of the Holy Bread in the palm of the Deaconrsquos right hand saying Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος λαmicroβάνει τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον καὶ ἀπέρχεται ὄπισθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καὶ microεταλαmicroβάνει Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς διά τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρός τό ἄκρον τοῦ ἁγίου microανδηλίου θέτει τοῦτο κάτωθεν τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ καί διά τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός κρατεῖ τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζον διά τοῦ ἐν χερσί καλύmicromicroατος τά τε ἴδια χείλη καί τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον ὅπερ καὶ ἀσπάζεται λέγων

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων microου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας microου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας microου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα προσκαλεῖ τὸν Διάκονον λέγων

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) ἔτι πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διακόνου προσελθόντος ἐξ ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ microεταδίδει αὐτῷ τρίτον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου οὗτος δέ κρατῶν τόν αὐχένα τούτου διά τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ χειρός τοῦ Διακόνου microόνου ὠθοῦντος τρίς τήν βάσιν τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Μεταλαβόντος δέ τοῦ Διακόνου λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων σου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας σου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα τοῦ Ἱερέως διαmicroελίσαντος τάς microερίδας τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ λαβών ὁ Διάκονος εἰς χείρας τόν τε ἅγιον Δίσκον καί τήν microοῦσαν εἰσκοmicroίζει πρῶτον τό ἅγιον σῶmicroα καί εἶτα ἅπαντα ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ microετά προσοχῆς καί εὐλαβείας λέγων Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζει καλῶς τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον ἔνδον τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ἀπόπλυνον Κύριε τὰ ἁmicroαρτήmicroατα τῶν ἐνθάδε microνηmicroονευθέντων δούλων σου τῷ Αἵmicroατί σου τῷ ἁγίῳ πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων Ἀmicroήν

The Deacon having received the Holy Bread shall go behind the Holy Altar and partake thereof Then the Priest taking with his left hand one end of the communion veil shall place it below his lips and with his right hand holding the other end of the veil he shall take up the chalice and partake of it three times saying Eacutedi medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Then wiping his lips and the rim of the chalice with the veil and kissing the chalice he shall say

Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon mou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas mou ge das amardiacuteas mou berigathariiacute Then he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) eacutedi broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Priest shall give to the Deacon to partake of the chalice three times on this wise The Deacon taking the edge of the veil shall place it under his lips The Priest shall hold the other end with his right hand together with the stem of the chalice Only the Deacon shall make the movement of the chalice by pushing down the base of the chalice As the Deacon partakes the Priest shall say Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And when the Deacon has partaken the Priest shall say Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon sou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas sou ge das amardiacuteas sou berigathariiacute Then the Priest shall divide the two remaining portions the NI and the KA into small particles sufficient for all The Deacon shall then take up the paten and the sponge and with extreme care shall place the divided particles of the Lamb into the chalice and then all the other particles saying Aboacuteblinon Giacuterie da amardiacutemada don enthaacutedhe mnimonevtheacutendon douacutelon sou do Eacutemadi sou do ayiacuteo bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon Amiacuten

Εἰ δέ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ βουλόmicroενοι κοινωνῆσαι εἰσκοmicroίζει microόνον τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον εἰς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον Καί οὕτω σκεπάζει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον τῷ καλύmicromicroατι ἐπί δέ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου τίθησι τόν ἀστέρα καί τά καλύmicromicroατα Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπαίρει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί δίδει τοῦτο τῷ Διακόνῳ ὅστις καί δείκνυσιν αὐτό τῷ λαῷ λέγων

Μετὰ φόβου Θεοῦ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης προσέλθετε ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Θεὸς Κύριος καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἡmicroῖν Καί εἰ microέν εἰσι πιστοί microεταλαβεῖν βουλόmicroενοι αἴρει ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου χειρῶν ὁ Ἱερεύς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί microεταδίδωσιν αὐτοῖς λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Σῶmicroα καὶ Αἷmicroα Χριστοῦ ἤ

Μεταλαmicroβάνει ὁ (ἡ) δοῦλος (η) τοῦ Θεοῦ (δεῖνα) τοῦ τιmicroίου Σώmicroατος καὶ Αἵmicroατος τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ἀmicroήν Ἐν δὲ τῷ κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πιστοὺς ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει

Τοῦ δείπνου σου τοῦ microυστικοῦ σήmicroερον Υἱὲ Θεοῦ κοινωνόν microε παράλαβε οὐ microὴ γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου τὸ microυστήριον εἴπω οὐ φίληmicroά σοι δώσω καθάπερ ὁ Ἰούδας ἀλλ ὡς ὁ λῃστὴς ὁmicroολογῶ σοι Μνήσθητί microου Κύριε ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου ἤ τό

Σῶmicroα Χριστοῦ microεταλάβετε πηγῆς ἀθανάτου γεύσασθε Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Καί microετά τήν τῶν πιστῶν θείαν κοινωνίαν ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν ἐπιλέγων ἐκφώνως

Σῶσον ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἴδοmicroεν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ἐλάβοmicroεν Πνεῦmicroα ἐπουράνιον εὕροmicroεν πίστιν ἀληθῆ ἀδιαίρετον Τριάδα προσκυνοῦντες αὕτη γὰρ ἡmicroᾶς ἔσωσεν

But if there be many that desire to communicate then he shall not put in the other particles but only the Lamb Otherwise he shall cover the chalice with the veil and place on the paten the asterisk and all the other veils Then the Priest shall take up the chalice and give it to the Deacon who shall show it to the people saying

Medaacute foacutevou Theouacute biacutesteos ge ayaacutebis broseacutelthede CHOIR

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Theoacutes Giacuterios ge ebeacutefanen imiacuten The Priest shall take the chalice from the Deacon and shall communicate to each who approach to partake of the Holy Mysteries saying to each

Soacutema ge Eacutema Hristouacute Or

Medalamvaacuteni o (i) douacutelos(i) dou Theouacute [Name] dou dimiacuteou Soacutemados ge Eacutemados dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Amiacuten Throughout the communion the choir shall sing the following

Dou dhiacutebnou sou dou mistigouacute siacutemeron Ieacute Theouacute ginonoacuten me baraacutelave ou mi yar dis ehthiacutes sou do mistiacuterion iacutebo ou fiacutelima si dhoacuteso kathaacuteber o Iouacutedhas al os o listiacutes omoloyoacute si Mniacutesthidiacute mou Giacuterie en di vasiliacutea sou Or

Soacutema Hristouacute medalaacutevede biyiacutes athanaacutedou yeacutevsasthe Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia And when all have communicated the Priest shall bless the people saying

Soacuteson o Theoacutes don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou CHOIR

Iacutedhomen do fos do alithinoacuten elaacutevomen Bneacutevma ebouraacutenion eacutevromen biacutestin alithiacute adhieacuteredon Driaacutedha broskinouacutendes aacutevti yar imaacutes eacutesosen

Εἶτα εἰσελθόντες τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ὁ microέν Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ καί εὐθέως λαmicroβάνει τόν θυmicroιατόν ὁ δέ Διάκονος λέγει

Ὕψωσον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιᾷ τρὶς τα Ἅγια Δῶρα λέγων

Ὑψώθητι ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανούς ὁ Θεός καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἡ δόξα Σου (γ΄) Εἶτα τόν microέν θυmicroιατόν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Διακόνου ἐπιτίθησι δέ καί τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον microετά τῶν καλυmicromicroάτων καί τοῦ ἀστερίσκου τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ ἀποθέτει αὐτά Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαmicroβάνει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν αὐτοῦ καί λέγει ἡσύχως πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Καί ἐκφώνως πρὸς τὸν λαόν στρεφόmicroενος

Πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ἀποτίθησι τά ἅγια ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Προθέσει

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

Πληρωθήτω τὸ στόmicroα ἡmicroῶν αἰνέσεως σου Κύριε ὅπως ὑmicroνήσωmicroεν τὴν δόξαν σου ὅτι ἠξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς microετασχεῖν τῶν ἁγίων microυστηρίων σου στήρηξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ σῷ ἁγιασmicroῷ ὅλην τὴν ἡmicroέραν microελετᾶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου Ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὀρθοί Μεταλαβόντες τῶν θείων ἁγίων ἀχράντων ἀθανάτων ἐπουρανίων καὶ ζωοποιῶν φρικτῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ microυστηρίων ἀξίως εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

And returning into the Sanctuary the Priest shal l p lace the holy Chal ice on the holy Altar and receiving the censer the Deacon shal l say

Iacutepsoson Dheacutesboda And the Priest shall cense the Holy Gifts thrice saying

Ιpsoacutethidi ebiacute dous ouranouacutes o Theoacutes ge ebiacute baacutesan din yin i dhoacutexa Sou (3) And giving the censer to the Deacon he shall take up the paten with the asterisk and the veils and set it upon the Deaconrsquos head who shall proceed to the offertory table where he shall set it down The Priest shall then take up the chalice saying in secret before the Holy Altar

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten And turning to face the people he shall say aloud

Baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And he shall set down the Holy Things on the Offertory Table

CHOIR Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Blirothiacutedo do stoacutema imoacuten eneacuteseos sou Giacuterie oacutebos imniacutesomen din dhoacutexan sou oacutedi ixiacuteosas imaacutes medashiacuten don ayiacuteon mistiriacuteon sou stiacuterixon imaacutes en do so ayiasmoacute oacutelin din imeacuteran meledaacuten din dhigeosiacutenin sou Allilouacuteia allilouacuteia allilouacuteia DEACON

Orthiacute Medalavoacutendes don thiacuteon ayiacuteon ahraacutendon athanaacutedon ebouraniacuteon ge zoobioacuten friktoacuten dou Hristouacute mistiriacuteon axiacuteos evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοί Κύριε Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς διπλώσας τό ειλητόν επεύχεται τήν ευχήν microετά τό πάντας microεταλαβείν Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε εὐεργέτα τῶν ψυχῶν ἡmicroῶν ὅτι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ ἡmicroέρᾳ κατηξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ ἀθανάτων Μυστηρίων Ὀρθοτόmicroησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ὁδόν στήριξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ φόβῳ σου τοὺς πάντας φρούρησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ζωήν ἀσφάλισαι ἡmicroῶν τὰ διαβήmicroατα εὐχαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις τῆς ἐνδόξου Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων σου Ἐκφώνως

Ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἁγιασmicroὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ταύτης τῆς ἐκφωνήσεως λεγοmicroένης λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς συγχρόνως τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον ποιεῖ τό σηmicroεῖον τοῦ Σταυροῦ ἐπί τοῦ ἀντιmicroηνσίου καί ἀσπασάmicroενος ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτό ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Στραφείς δέ πρός τόν λαόν ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ προέλθωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) Πάτερ ἅγιε Εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Καί ἐξελθών τοῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων θυρῶν καί βλέπων πρός ἀνατολάς ἀναγινώσκει microεγαλοφώνως τὴν

ΟΠΙΣΘΑΜΒΩΝΟΝ ΕΥΧΗΝ

Ὁ εὐλογῶν τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς Σε Κύριε καὶ ἁγιάζων τοὺς ἐπὶ Σοὶ πεποιθότας σῶσον τὸν λαόν Σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν Σου Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου Σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ Σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ Σέ Εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ Σου δώρησαι ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις Σου τοῖς

CHOIR Si Giacuterie And the Priest folding the antiminsion shall say the following prayer

Evharistouacutemen si Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe everyeacuteda don psihoacuten imoacuten oacutedi ge di barouacutesi imeacutera gadixiacuteosas imaacutes don ebouraniacuteon sou ge athanaacutedon Mistiriacuteon Orthodoacutemison imoacuten din odoacuten stiacuterixon imaacutes en do foacutevo sou dous baacutendas frouacuterison imoacuten din zoiacuten asfaacutelise imoacuten da dhiaviacutemada evheacutes ge igesiacutees dis endhoacutexou Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon sou Aloud

Oacutedi si i o ayiasmoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And saying thus the Priest shall take uo the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross over the antiminsion and lay the Book upon it

CHOIR Amiacuten And turning to face the people he shall say

En iriacuteni broeacutelthomen CHOIR

En onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie Evloacuteyison PRIEST And going out of the Sanctuary by the Holy Doors the Priest shall stand before the Icon of Christ or below the chancel steps and say the following prayer

BEHIND THE PULPIT PRAYER

O evloyoacuten dous evloyouacutendas Se Giacuterie ge ayiaacutezon dous ebiacute Si bebithoacutedas soacuteson don laoacuten Sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean Sou Do bliacuteroma dis Egglisiacuteas Sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutendas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou Sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute Sou dhinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute Se Iriacuteni do goacutesmo Sou dhoacuterise des Egglisiacutees Sou dis Iereacutevsi

Ἱερεῦσι (τοῖς Βασιλεῦσιν ἡmicroῶν) τῷ στρατῷ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Σου Ὅτι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρηmicroα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστι καταβαῖνον ἐκ Σοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων Καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν καὶ προσκύνησιν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Εἴη τὸ ὄνοmicroα Κυρίου εὐλογηmicroένον ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος (γ΄) Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εἰσελθών διά τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἀπέρχεται ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ προθέσει καί εὔχεται τήν ἐν τῷ συστεῖλαι τά ἅγια εὐχήν ἐν τῷ σκευοφυλάκίῳ

Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τοῦ νόmicroου καὶ τῶν Προφητῶν αὐτὸς ὑπάρχων Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ πληρώσας πᾶσαν τὴν πατρικὴν οἰκονοmicroίαν πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἐπί τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἱστάmicroενος εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν λέγων

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ ὑmicroᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δόξα σοι ὁ Θεός ἡmicroῶν δόξα σοι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ) Πάτερ ἅγιε εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

(Ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν) Χριστὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς παναχράντου καὶ παναmicroώmicroου ἁγίας αὐτοῦ Μητρός δυνάmicroει τοῦ τιmicroίου καὶ ζωοποιοῦ

(dis Vasileacutevsin imoacuten) do stradoacute ge bandiacute do laoacute Sou Oacutedi baacutesa dhoacutesis ayathiacute ge ban dhoacuterima deacutelion aacutenothen estiacute gadaveacutenon ek Sou dou Badroacutes don Foacuteton Ge Si din dhoacutexan ge evharistiacutean ge broskiacutenisin anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Iacutei do oacutenoma Giriacuteou evloyimeacutenon aboacute dou nin ge eacuteos dou eoacutenos [3] The Priest shall enter the Sanctuary and going to the offertory table shall say the following prayer silently

Do bliacuteroma dou noacutemou ge don Brofidoacuten avtoacutes ibaacuterhon Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten o bliroacutesas baacutesan din badrigiacuten igonomiacutean bliacuteroson haraacutes ge evfrosiacutenis das gardhiacuteas imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison The Priest standing by the Holy Doors shall bless the people saying

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute ef imaacutes di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST Dhoacutexa si o Theoacutes imoacuten dhoacutexa si CHOIR

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie evloacuteyison PRIEST

[O anastaacutes ek negroacuten) Hristoacutes o alithinoacutes Theoacutes imoacuten des breviacutees dis banahraacutendou ge banamoacutemou ayiacuteas avtouacute Midroacutes dhinaacutemi dou dimiacuteou ge zoobiouacute Stavrouacute brostasiacutees

Σταυροῦ προστασίαις τῶν τιmicroίων ἐπουρανίων Δυνάmicroεων Ἀσωmicroάτων ἱκεσίαις τοῦ τιmicroίου ἐνδόξου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ καλλινίκων microαρτύρων τῶν ὁσίων καὶ θεοφόρων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν τοῦ ἁγίου (τοῦ Ναοῦ) τῶν ἁγίων καὶ δικαίων Θεοπατόρων Ἰωακεὶmicro καὶ Ἄννης τοῦ ἁγίου (τῆς ἡmicroέρας) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων ἐλεήσαι καὶ σώσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Στερεώσαι Κύριος ὁ Θεός την ἁγίαν και ἀmicroώmicroητον πίστιν τῶν εὐσεβῶν και ὀρθοδόξων Χριστιανῶν συν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησίᾳ πόλει καί ἐνορίᾳ (κώmicroῃ) ταύτῃ εἰς αἰώνας αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Αἰωνία ἡ microνήmicroη τῶν microακαρίων καί ἀοιδίmicroων κτητόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας ταύτης καί πάντων τῶν ὀρθοδόξων Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν τὸν λαὸν λέγει

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι πάντας ὑmicroᾶς ἤ

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι τόν λαόν Αὐτῆς ἐν εἰρήνη πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Τὸν εὐλογοῦντα καὶ ἁγιάζοντα ἡmicroᾶς Κύριε φύλαττε εἰς πολλὰ ἔτη ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δι᾿ εὐχῶν τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεός ἐλέησον καὶ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς διανέmicroει τὸ ἀντίδωρον λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ᾿ ὑmicroᾶς Εἰς δὲ τὸν τελευταίως λαβόντα ἐπιλέγει

don dimiacuteon ebouraniacuteon Dhinaacutemeon Asomaacutedon igesiacutees dou dimiacuteou endhoacutexou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute Ioaacutennou don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge galliniacutegon mardiacuteron don osiacuteon ge theofoacuteron Bareacuteron imoacuten dou ayiacuteou (Name of the saint to whom the Church is dedicated) don ayiacuteon ge dhigeacuteon Theobadoacuteron Ioakiacutem ge Aacutennis dou ayiacuteou (Name of saint of the day) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon eleiacutese ge soacutese imaacutes os ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos CHOIR

Stereoacutese Giacuterios o Theoacutes din ayiacutean ge amoacutemidon biacutestin don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon Hristianoacuten sin di ayiacutea Eggliacutesia boacuteli ge enoriacutea (goacutemi) daacutevti is eoacutenas eoacutenon Amiacuten

Eoniacutea i mniacutemi don magariacuteon ge aidhiacutemon ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas daacutevtis ge baacutendon don orthodhoacutexon The Priest blessinf the people shall say

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi baacutendas imaacutes Or

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi don laoacuten Avtiacutes en iriacuteni baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Don evloyouacutenda ge ayiaacutezonda imaacutes Giacuterie fiacutelatte is bollaacute eacutedi PRIEST

Dhi evhoacuten don ayiacuteon Baderon imoacuten Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes eleacuteison ge soacuteson imaacutes

CHOIR Amiacuten And distributing the antidoron the Priest shall say to each recipient

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute eacutelthi ef imaacutes And to the last recipient he shall also say

Τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ἐν τούτοις ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν συστέλλει τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ πάσης ἀσφαλείας καὶ ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳmiddot ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς microετὰ τὴν διανοmicroὴν τοῦ Ἀντιδώρου εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Βῆmicroα ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳ καὶ ἀναγινώσκει τὴν Εὐχαριστίαν microετὰ τὴν θείαν Μετάληψιν καὶ τέλος ἐκδυθεὶς τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν ἀπέρχεται τοῦ ἱεροῦ Ναοῦ

Di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten Meanwhile the Deacon shall consume the remainder of the Holy Things And having consumed with care all that is in the chalice he shall pour in wine and water and again consume until the chalice is clean and no part remains He shall then wipe and dry the chalice with a communion veil and covering the sacred vessels he shall wash his hands And saying the prayers of thanksgiving he shall remove his vestments

Page 5: Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΥ

Ὁ τὰς κοινὰς ταύτας καὶ συmicroφώνους ἡmicroῖν χαρισάmicroενος προσευχάς ὁ καὶ δυσὶ καὶ τρισὶ συmicroφωνοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόmicroατί σου τὰς αἰτήσεις παρέχειν ἐπαγγειλάmicroενος Αὐτός καὶ νῦν τῶν δούλων σου τὰ αἰτήmicroατα πρὸς τὸ συmicroφέρον πλήρωσον χορηγῶν ἡmicroῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι αἰῶνι τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἐν τῷ microέλλοντι ζωὴν αἰώνιον χαριζόmicroενος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Γ΄ ΑΝΤΙΦΩΝΟΝ

Τό Ἀπολυτίκιον τῆς ἡmicroέρας Εἰ microέν ἐστι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ microεθέορτα ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῶν ψάλλεται τό Γ΄ Ἀντίφωνο τῆς ἑορτῆς Ψαλλοmicroένου τοῦ τρίτου ἀντιφώνου γίνεται ἡ microικρὰ Εἴσοδος τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ microυστικῶς

Δέσποτα Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ καταστήσας ἐν οὐρανοῖς τάγmicroατα καὶ στρατιὰς ἀγγέλων καὶ ἀρχαγγέλων εἰς λειτουργίαν τῆς σῆς δόξης ποίησον σὺν τῇ εἰσόδῳ ἡmicroῶν εἴσοδον ἁγίων ἀγγέλων γενέσθαι συλλειτουργούντων ἡmicroῖν καὶ συνδοξολογούντων τὴν σὴν ἀγαθότητα Ὅτι πρέπει σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἁγίαν εἴσοδον Ὁ ἱερεὺς εὐλογῶν ποιῶν διά τῆς δεξιᾶς κατά ἀνατολάς σταυρόν λέγει

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ εἴσοδος τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie Prayer of the 3rd Antiphon

O das ginaacutes daacutevdas ge simfoacutenous imiacuten harisaacutemenos brosevhaacutes o ge dhisiacute ge drisiacute simfonouacutesin ebiacute to onoacutemadiacute sou das ediacutesis bareacutehin ebangelaacutemenos Avtoacutes ge nin don dhouacutelon sou da ediacutemada bros do simfeacuteron bliacuteroson horiyoacuten imiacuten en do baroacutendi eoacuteni din ebiacutegnosin dis sis alithiacuteas ge en do meacutellondi zoi eoacutenion harizoacutemenos PRIEST

Oacutedi ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten 3rd ANTIPHON

And if it be a Great Feast of the Lord or the Mother of God the choir shall sing the third Antiphon of the feast Otherwise the choir shall sing shall sing the hymn of the day or the Beatitudes During the singing of the 3rd Antiphon the Priest and Deacon holding the Gospel Book exit the sanctuary for the Little Entrance DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen PRIEST (Silently)

Deacutesboda Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o gadastiacutesas en ouraniacutes daacuteymada ge stradiaacutes angeacutelon ge arhangeacutelon is lidouryiacutean dis sis dhoacutexis biacuteison sin di isoacutedho imoacuten iacutesodhon ayiacuteon angeacutelon yeneacutesthe sinlidouryouacutendon imiacuten ge sindhoxoloyouacutendon din sin ayathoacutedita Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutespota din ayiacutean iacutesodhon And the Priest giving the benediction with his right hand shall say

Evloyimeacuteni i iacutesodhos don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge

καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Σοφία Ὀρθοί Ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει τὸ εἰσοδικόν ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΧΟΡΟΣ Τα Ἀπολυτίκια και τὸ Κοντάκιον τῆς Ἐκκλησιαστικῆς περιόδου Ψαλλοmicroένων ὑπό τῶν χορῶν τά Ἀπολυτίκια καί τὸ Κοντάκιον ὁ Ἱερεύς λέγει τήν εὐχὴν ταῦτην

Εὐχὴν τοῦ Τρισαγίου Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος ὁ τρισαγίῳ φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro ἀνυmicroνούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro δοξολογούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ πάσης ἐπουρανίου δυνάmicroεως προσκυνούmicroενος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγὼν τὰ σύmicroπαντα ὁ κτίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα σὴν καὶ ὁmicroοίωσιν καὶ παντί σου χαρίσmicroατι κατακοσmicroήσας ὁ διδοὺς αἰτοῦντι σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ microὴ παρορῶν ἁmicroαρτάνοντα ἀλλὰ θέmicroενος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ microετάνοιαν ὁ καταξιώσας ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀναξίους δούλους σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ στῆναι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἁγίου σου θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὴν ὀφειλοmicroένην σοι προσκύνησιν καὶ δοξολογίαν προσάγειν Αὐτός Δέσποτα πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἐκ στόmicroατος ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου Συγχώρησον ἡmicroῖν πᾶν πληmicromicroέληmicroα ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἁγίασον ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ὁσιότητι λατρεύειν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν πρεσβείαις τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ αἰῶνός σοι εὐαρεστησάντων Μετά τό Κοντάκιον

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἅγιος εἶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί

aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten

Sofiacutea Orthiacute And the choir shall sing the entrance hymn ON SUNDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia The choir shall sing the hymn of the day the hymn to the saint to whom the Church is dedicated and the Kontakion of the day or feast While the choir sing the hymns the Priest shall say in a low voice

Prayer of the Thriceholy hymn O Theoacutes o aacuteyios o en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos o drisayiacuteo foniacute iboacute don Seraphiacutem animnouacutemenos ge iboacute don Herouviacutem dhoxoloyouacutemenos ge iboacute baacutesis ebouraniacuteou dhinaacutemeos broskinouacutemenos o ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene barayayoacuten da siacutembata o ktiacutesas don aacutenthrobon gad igoacutena sin ge omiacuteosin ge bandiacute sou hariacutesmati gadagosmiacutesas o dhidhouacutes edouacutendi sofiacutean ge siacutenesin ge mi baroroacuten amardaacutenonda allaacute theacutemenos ebiacute sodiriacutea medaacutenian o gadaxioacutesas imaacutes dous dabinouacutes ge anaxiacuteous dhouacutelous sou ge en di oacutera daacutevti stiacutene gadenoacutebion dis dhoacutexis dou ayiacuteou sou thisiastiriacuteou ge din ofilomeacutenin si broskiacutenisin ge dhoxoloyiacutean brosaacuteyin Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda broacutesdexe ge ek stoacutemados imoacuten don amardoloacuten don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon ge ebiacuteskepse imaacutes en di hristodidiacute sou Sinhoacuterison imiacuten ban blimmeacutelima egouacutesion de ge agouacutesion ayiacuteason imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada ge dhos imiacuten en osioacutedidi ladreacutevin si baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten bresviacutees dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon don ayiacuteon don ab eoacutenos si evarestisaacutendon After the Kontakion DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison PRIEST

Oacutedi aacuteyios i o Theoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς (γ΄)

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Δύναmicroις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσιν ἐναλλὰξ τὸν Τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον ποιοῦντες ὁmicroοῦ τρία προσκυνήmicroατα microετὰ σταυρῶν ἔmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Εἰ ἐστι συλλείτουργον τό Τρισάγιον Ὕmicroνον ψάλλεται ὡς ἐξής Τό πρῶτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό δεύτερον ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν τό τρίτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος τό τέταρτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό πέmicroπτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος Δόξα ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν Καί νῦν ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν καί τό Δύναmicroις ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ψαλλοmicroένου τό Δύναmicroις τοῦ Τρισαγίου παρά τῶν ψαλτῶν ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Κέλευσον Δέσποτα Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν τοῦ Ἱερέως λέγοντος

Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Και Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν καθέδραν λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ κατά ανατολάς λέγων

Εὐλογηmicroένος εἶ ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου ὁ καθήmicroενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβείmicro πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὅταν συmicroπληρωθεῖ τό Τρισάγιον ὓmicroνον ὁ Διάκονος ἔρχεται ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τό Προκείmicroενον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

DEACON Ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes (3)

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes

DEACON Dhiacutenamis CHOIR Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes While the choir sing the thriceholy hymn the Priest and the Deacon repeat the thriceholy secretly and together bow themselves thrice before the Holy Altar [If the Liturgy is celebrated by two or more priests then the thriceholy is sung five times before the ldquoGloryhellip and nowhelliprdquo on this wise First by the right choir second by the left third by the clergy fourth by the right fifth by the clergy Glory by the left now by the right Holy and Immortal by the left and the Power by the right] During the singing of the Power (Dhinamis) the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Gelevson Dhesboda And they shall proceed toward the throne the Priest saying as he goes

Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda din aacuteno gatheacutedhran PRIEST

Evloyimeacutenos i o ebiacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou o gathiacutemenos ebiacute don Herouviacutem baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And after the conclusion of the thriceholy the Deacon shall come before the Holy Doors and when the reader has read the first line of the prokhimenon of the Apostle reading he shall say

Πρόσχωmicroεν Καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τόν Στίχον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Σοφία Καί ὅταν ἐκφωνήσει τήν ἐπιγραφήν τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς περικοπῆς λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Πρόσχωmicroεν Πληρωθέντος δέ τοῦ Αποστόλου ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀλληλούϊα (γ΄) Μετά τῶν στίχων Ψαλλοmicroένων τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων και τῶν στίχων ὁ Διάκονος λέγει τῷ Ιερεί

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τό θυmicroίαmicroα Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ ὡς συνήθως λέγων

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὁ Διάκονος θυmicroιᾷ κατά τόν συνήθη τρόπον Ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει χαmicroηλοφώνως τήν εὐχήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου

Ἔλλαmicroψον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡmicroῶν φιλάνθρωπε Δέσποτα τὸ τῆς Σῆς θεογνωσίας ἀκήρατον φῶς καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν διάνοιξον ὀφθαλmicroοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν Σου κηρυγmicroάτων κατανόησιν Ἔνθες ἡmicroῖν καὶ τὸν τῶν microακαρίων Σου ἐντολῶν φόβον ἵνα τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυmicroίας πάσας καταπατήσαντες πνευmicroατικὴν πολιτείαν microετέλθωmicroεν πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν τὴν Σὴν καὶ φρονοῦντες καὶ πράττοντες Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ φωτισmicroὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος microετὰ τὸ θυmicroίαmicroα ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ Ἱερεῖ καὶ λέγει

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (Ματθαίου ἢ Μάρκου ἢ Λουκᾶ ἢ Ἰωάννου) Ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς σφραγίζων αὐτόν λέγει

Ὁ Θεός διὰ πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (δεῖνος) δῴη σοι ῥῆmicroα τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ δυνάmicroει πολλῇ εἰς ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Υἱοῦ Αὐτοῦ Κυρίου δὲ ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Γένοιτό microοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆmicroά σου

Broacuteshome And when the reader has read the second line

Sofiacutea And when he has announced which Apostolic reading is to be read

Broacuteshome And on completion of the Apostolic reading the Priest shall bless the reader saying

Iriacuteni si

CHOIR Allilouacuteia (3) With verses During the singing of the Alleluia the Deacon shall take up the censer with the incense and approaching the Priest shall say

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda do thimiacuteama PRIEST

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And whilst the Deacon censes in the customary way the Priest standing before the Holy Altar shall say in a low voice

Eacutelampson en des gardhiacutees imoacuten filaacutenthrobe Dheacutesboda do dis Sis theognosiacuteas agiacuteradon fos ge dous dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten dhiaacutenixon ofthalmouacutes is din don evangeligoacuten Sou giriymaacutedon gadanoacuteisin Eacutenthes imiacuten ge don don magariacuteon Sou endoloacuten foacutevon iacutena das sargigaacutes ebithimiacuteas baacutesas kadapadiacutesandes bnevmadigiacuten bolidiacutean medeacutelthomen baacutenda da bros evareacutestisin din Sin ge fronouacutendes ge braacutettondes Si yar i o fodismoacutes don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Hristeacute o Theoacutes ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The Deacon having put aside the censer shall come to the Priest and bowing his head shall say Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda don evaggelistiacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (Mattheacuteou Maacutergou Lougaacute or Ioaacutennou) The Priest signing him with the sign of the Cross shall say O Theoacutes dhiaacute bresvioacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (name) dhoacutei si riacutema do evangelizomeacuteno dhinaacutemi bolliacute is ekbliacuterosin dou Evangeliacuteou dou ayabidouacute Iouacute Avtouacute Giriacuteou dhe imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Yeacutenidoacute mi gadaacute do riacutema sou

Εἶτα λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Ἱερέως τὸ ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον καὶ προσκυνήσας microετ᾿ εὐλαβείας αἴρει αὐτὸ καί προπορευοmicroένων λαmicroπάδων ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν Ἄmicroβωνα ἐνῷ ὁ Ἱερεύς microετὰ τὴν συmicroπλήρωσιν τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκφωνεῖ

Σοφία Ὀρθοί ἀκούσωmicroεν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Εἰρήνη πᾶσι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ (δεῖνα) ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσmicroα

ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πρόσχωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Καὶ ἀναγινώσκει ὁ Διάκονος τὴν τεταγmicroένην περικοπὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι (τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ)

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Τούτου ψαλλοmicroένου κατέρχεται ὁ Διάκονος τοῦ Ἄmicroβωνος κρατῶν ὑψηλά τό Εὐαγγέλιον Ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας πύλης ἀποδίδει αὐτό τῷ Ἱερεί καί ἀσπάζεται τήν χείρα αὐτοῦ Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἀσπαζόmicroενος τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον χαράζει microετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τύπον σταυροῦ πρός τόν λαόν καί εἰσέρχεται ἐν τῷ Ἱερῷ καί ἀποθέτει αὐτό ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Ὁ Διάκονος σταθεῖς ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ λέγει τήν Ἐκτενήν

Εἴπωmicroεν πάντες ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν εἴπωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Κύριε Παντοκράτορ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡmicroῶν δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός κατὰ τὸ microέγα ἔλεός Σου δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ Ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ

And he shall give the Book to the Deacon who shall say Amen and kiss the Gospel Book and the Priestrsquos right hand and shall then step forth through the Holy Doors preceded by lighted candles and go to the customary place Then the Priest standing before the Holy Altar facing toward the west shall say

Sofiacutea Orthiacute agouacutesomen dou ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou

DEACON Ek dou gadaacute (name) ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou do anaacuteynosma

PRIEST Broacuteshomen

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si And after the reading of the Gospel the Priest shall bless the Deacon saying

Iriacuteni si (do evangelizomeacuteno)

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si Then the Deacon comes down from the Ambon holding high the Gospel Book At the Holy Doors he shall deliver the Book to the Priest and kiss his hand The Priest shall kiss the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross blessing the people before entering the Sanctuary and placing it upon the Holy Altar Then the Deacon standing in his accustomed place shall say the following petitions

Iacutebomen baacutendes ex oacutelis dis psihiacutes ge ex oacutelis dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten iacutebomen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (3) (and after each petition) DEACON

Giacuterie Bandograacutedor o Theoacutes don badeacuteron imoacuten dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eleacuteison imaacutes o Theoacutes gadaacute do meacuteya eacuteleos Sou dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge

Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος)

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἱερέων ἱεροmicroονάχων ἱεροδιακόνων καὶ microοναχῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἡmicroῶν ἀδελφότητος

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ ἐλέους ζωῆς εἰρήνης ὑγείας σωτηρίας ἐπισκέψεως συγχωρήσεως καὶ ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τῶν κατοικούντων καὶ παρεπιδηmicroούντων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐνορίᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων συνδροmicroητῶν καὶ ἀφιερωτῶν του ἁγίου ναοῦ τούτου

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν microακαρίων καὶ ἀειmicroνήστων κτιτόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας (ἢ Μονῆς) ταύτης καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν προαναπαυσαmicroένων πατέρων καὶ ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶς κειmicroένων καὶ ἀπανταχοῦ ὀρθοδόξων

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ τούτῳ κοπιώντων ψαλλόντων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιεστῶτος λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπεκδεχοmicroένου τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν τῆς ἐκτενοῦς ἱκεσίας

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν τὴν ἐκτενῆ ταύτην ἱκεσίαν πρόσδεξαι παρὰ τῶν Σῶν δούλων καὶ ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους Σου καὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς Σου κατάπεmicroψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου τὸν ἀπεκδεχόmicroενον τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἐλεήmicroων καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὔξασθε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι τῷ Κυρίῳ

arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name)

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don adhelfoacuten imoacuten don iereacuteon ieromonaacutehon ierodhiagoacutenon ge monahoacuten ge basis dis en Hristoacute imoacuten adhelfoacutedidos

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter eleacuteous zoiacutes iriacutenis iyiacuteas sodiriacuteas ebiskeacutepseos sinhoriacuteseos ge afeacuteseos don amardioacuten don dhouacutelon dou Theouacute baacutendon don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten don gadigouacutendon ge barabidhimouacutendon en di boacuteli ge enoriacutea daacutevdin don ebidroacutebon sinthromidoacuten ge afierodoacuten dou ayiacuteou naouacute doudouacute

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don magariacuteon ge aimniacuteston ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas (Moniacutes) daacutevtis ge ibeacuter baacutendon don broanabavsameacutenon baacutederon ge adhelfoacuten imoacuten don endhaacutethe evsevoacutes gimeacutenon ge abandahouacute orthodhoacutexon

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en do ayiacuteo ge banseacutepto naoacute douacutedon gobioacutendon psalloacutendon ge ibeacuter dou beriestoacutedos laouacute dou abekdhehomeacutenou do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten din ekteniacute daacutevtin igesiacutean broacutesdhexe baraacute don Son dhouacutelon ge eleacuteison imaacutes gadaacute do bliacutethos dou eleacuteous Sou ge dous iktirmouacutes Sou gadaacutebempson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute baacutendon don laoacuten Sou don abekdhehoacutemenon do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos PRIEST

Oacutedi eleiacutemon ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge Si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutevxasthe i Gadihouacutemeni do Giriacuteo

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Οἱ πιστοί ὑπὲρ τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἵνα ὁ Κύριος αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσῃ

Κατηχήσῃ αὺτοὺς τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας

Ἀποκαλύψῃ αὐτοῖς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης

Ἑνώσῃ αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ

Σῶσον ἐλέησον ἀντιλαβοῦ καὶ διαφύλαξον αὐτούς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Οἱ κατηχούmicroενοι τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνατε Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν ὑπέρ τῶν κατηχουmicroένων

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν ὁ διὰ σωτηρίαν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξαποστείλας τὸν microονογενῆ Σου Υἱὸν καὶ Θεόν τὸν Κύριον ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους Σου τοὺς Κατηχουmicroένους τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας Σοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν αὐχένα καὶ καταξίωσον αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ τοῦ λουτροῦ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐνδύmicroατος τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἕνωσον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ συγκαταρίθmicroησον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ Σου ποίmicroνῃ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σὺν ἡmicroῖν δοξάζωσι τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά Σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

I bistiacute ibeacuter don Gadihoumeacutenon dheithoacutemen

Iacutena o Giacuterios avtouacutes eleiacutesi

Gadihiacutesi avtouacutes don loacuteyon dis alithiacuteas

Abogaliacutepsi avtiacutes do Evangeacutelion dis dhigeosiacutenis

Enoacutesi avtouacutes di ayiacutea avtouacute Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea

Soacuteson eleacuteison andilavouacute ge dhiafiacutelaxon avtouacutes o Theoacutes di si haacuteridi

I gadihouacutemeni das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenade While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer for the Catechumen

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o en ipsiliacutes gadigoacuten ge da dabinaacute eforoacuten o dhiaacute sodiriacutean do yeacuteni don anthroacutebon exabostiacutelas don monoyeniacute Sou Ioacuten ge Theoacuten don Giacuterion imoacuten Iisouacuten Hristoacuten ebiacutevlepson ebiacute dous dhouacutelous Sou dous Gadihoumeacutenous dous ibogegligoacutedas Si don eavtoacuten avheacutena ge gadaxiacuteoson avtouacutes en geroacute evtheacutedo dou loudrouacute dis balingenesiacuteas dis afeacuteseos don amardioacuten ge dou endhiacutemados dis aftharsiacuteas eacutenoson avtouacutes di ayiacutea Sou Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea ge singadariacutethmison avtouacutes di eglektiacute Sou biacutemni PRIEST

Iacutena ge avtiacute sin imiacuten dhoxaacutezosi do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes oacutenomaacute Sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede i Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede

Μή τις τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων

Ὅσοι πιστοί ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Α΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν Σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν Δυνάmicroεων τῷ καταξιώσαντι ἡmicroᾶς παραστῆναι καὶ νῦν τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ προσπεσεῖν τοῖς οἰκτιρmicroοῖς Σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Πρόσδεξαι ὁ Θεός τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν ποίησον ἡmicroᾶς ἀξίους γενέσθαι τοῦ προσφέρειν Σοι δεήσεις καὶ ἱκεσίας καὶ θυσίας ἀναιmicroάκτους ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ Σου καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς οὓς ἔθου εἰς τὴν διακονίαν Σου ταύτην ἐν τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Πνεύmicroατός Σου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀκαταγνώστως καὶ ἀπροσκόπτως ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ microαρτυρίῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡmicroῶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαί Σε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ καὶ τόπῳ ἵνα εἰσακούων ἡmicroῶν ἵλεως ἡmicroῖν εἴης ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς Σῆς ἀγαθότητος

Ὅτι πρέπει Σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Mi dis don Gadihoumeacutenon

Oacutesi bistiacute eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

FIRST PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Evharistouacutemen Si Giacuterie o Theoacutes don Dhinaacutemeon do gadaxioacutesandi imaacutes barastiacutene ge nin do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiriacuteo ge bresbesiacuten dis iktirmiacutes Sou ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Broacutesdhexe o Theoacutes din dheacuteisin imoacuten biacuteison imaacutes axiacuteous yeneacutesthe dou brosfeacuterin Si dheiacutesis ge igesiacuteas ge thisiacuteas anemaacutektous ibeacuter bandoacutes dou laouacute Sou ge igaacutenoson imaacutes ous eacutethou is din dhiagoniacutean Sou daacutevtin en di dhinaacutemi dou Bneacutevmados Sou dou Ayiacuteou agadagnoacutestos ge abroskoacuteptos en gatharoacute do mardiriacuteo dis sinidhiacuteseos imoacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se en bandiacute geroacute ge doacutebo iacutena isagouacuteon imoacuten iacuteleos imiacuten iacuteis en do bliacutethi dis Sis ayathoacutedidos

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Β΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις Σοὶ προσπίπτοmicroεν καὶ Σοῦ δεόmicroεθα ἀγαθὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπε ὅπως ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν καθαρίσῃς ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα ἀπὸ παντὸς microολυσmicroοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύmicroατος καὶ δῴης ἡmicroῖν ἀνένοχον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον τὴν παράστασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Σου θυσιαστηρίου Χάρισαι δέ ὁ Θεός καὶ τοῖς συνευχοmicroένοις ἡmicroῖν προκοπὴν βίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως πνευmicroατικῆς δὸς αὐτοῖς πάντοτε microετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης λατρεύειν Σοι ἀνενόχως καὶ ἀκατακρίτως microετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων Σου Μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σου βασιλείας ἀξιωθῆναι

Ὅπως ὑπὸ τοῦ κράτους Σου πάντοτε φυλαττόmicroενοι Σοὶ δόξαν ἀναπέmicroπωmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ψάλλει τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον ἀργῶς καὶ microετὰ microέλους εἰς τὸν κύριον ἦχον τῆς ἡmicroέρας

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Τούτου δὲ ᾀδοmicroένου ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος τήν κεφαλήν ποιεῖ εὐχήν ὑπέρ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὴν

ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ ΧΕΡΟΥΒΙΚΟΥ

Οὐδεὶς ἄξιος τῶν συνδεδεmicroένων ταῖς σαρκικαῖς ἐπιθυmicroίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς προσέρχεσθαι ἢ προσεγγίζειν

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

SECOND PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Baacutelin ge bollaacutegis Si brosbiacuteptomen ge Sou dheoacutemetha ayatheacute ge filaacutenthrobe oacutebos ebivleacutepsas ebiacute din dheacuteisin imoacuten gathariacutesis imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada aboacute bandoacutes molismouacute sargoacutes ge bneacutevmados ge dhoacuteis imiacuten aneacutenohon ge agadaacutegridon din baraacutestasin dou ayiacuteou Sou thisiastiriacuteou Haacuterise dhe o Theoacutes ge dis sinevhomeacutenis imiacuten brogobiacuten viacuteou ge biacutesteos ge sineacuteseos bnevmadigiacutes dhos avtiacutes baacutendode medaacute foacutevou ge ayaacutebis ladreacutevin Si anenoacutehos ge akadagriacutedos medeacutehin don ayiacuteon Sou Mistiriacuteon ge dis ebouraniacuteou Sou vasiliacuteas axiothiacutene

Oacutebos iboacute dou graacutedous Sou baacutendode filattoacutemeni Si dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And the choir shall sing the Cherubic Hymn slowly and solemnly in the tone of the day

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia During the singing of the Cherubicon the Priest bowing his head shall say the following prayer on behalf of himself

THE PRAYER OF THE CHERUBICON Oudhiacutes aacutexios don sindhedhomeacutenon des sargigeacutes ebithimiacutees ge idhoneacutes broseacuterhesthe i brosengiacutezin i

ἢ λειτουργεῖν Σοι Βασιλεῦ τῆς δόξης τὸ γὰρ διακονεῖν Σοι microέγα καὶ φοβερὸν καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίοις Δυνάmicroεσιν Ἀλλ ὅmicroως διὰ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀmicroέτρητόν Σου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀναλλοιώτως γέγονας ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἀρχιερεὺς ἡmicroῶν ἐχρηmicroάτισας καὶ τῆς λειτουργικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναιmicroάκτου θυσίας τὴν ἱερουργίαν παρέδωκας ἡmicroῖν ὡς Δεσπότης τῶν ἁπάντων Σὺ γὰρ microόνος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν δεσπόζεις τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου χερουβικοῦ ἐποχούmicroενος ὁ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro Κύριος καὶ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος Σὲ τοίνυν δυσωπῶ τὸν microόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐήκοον Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ ἐmicroὲ τὸν ἁmicroαρτωλὸν καὶ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλόν Σου καὶ καθάρισόν microου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ ἱκάνωσόν microε τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Ἁγίου Σου Πνεύmicroατος ἐνδεδυmicroένον τὴν τῆς Ἱερατείας χάριν παραστῆναι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ καὶ ἱερουργῆσαι τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἄχραντόν Σου Σῶmicroα καὶ τὸ τίmicroιον Αἷmicroα Σοὶ γὰρ προσέρχοmicroαι κλίνας τὸν ἑmicroαυτοῦ αὐχένα καὶ δέοmicroαί Σου Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν Σου ἀπ ἐmicroοῦ microηδὲ ἀποδοκιmicroάσῃς microε ἐκ παίδων Σου ἀλλ ἀξίωσον προσενεχθῆναί Σοι ὑπ ἐmicroοῦ τοῦ ἁmicroαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἀναξίου δούλου Σου τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ προσφέρων καὶ προσφερόmicroενος καὶ προσδεχόmicroενος καὶ διαδιδόmicroενος Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ Ἱερεύς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσι καί αὐτοί τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον (γ΄) ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Μετά λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς τὸ θυmicroιατήριον καί εὐλογεί κατά τό συνήθης τρόπο θυmicroιᾷ κύκλῳ τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν τήν Πρόθεσιν τό Εἰκονοστάσι καί τόν λαόν λέγοντας microυστικῶς τό laquoΔεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroενraquo (γ΄) καὶ εἶτα τὸν Ν ψαλmicroόν Εἰ microέν ἐστι Κυριακή λέγει τὸ laquoἈνάστασιν Χριστοῦ θεασάmicroενοιraquo καὶ τὸν Ν΄ ψαλmicroόν ἕως τόν στίχον laquoθυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦmicroα συντετριmicromicroένον καρδίαν συντετριmicromicroένην καὶ τεταπεινωmicroένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσειraquo Ἐπανερχόmicroενος εἰς τό Ἱερό θυmicroιᾷ πάλιν τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν την Ἱεράν Πρόθεσιν καί

lidouryiacuten Si Vasileacutev dis dhoacutexis do yar dhiakoniacuten Si meacuteya ge foveroacuten ge avteacutes des ebouraniacuteis Dhinaacutemesin Al oacutemos dhiaacute din aacutefadon ge ameacutedridon Sou filanthrobiacutean adreacuteptos ge anallioacutedos yeacuteyonas aacutenthrobos ge Arhiereacutevs imoacuten ehrimaacutedisas ge dis lidouryigiacutes daacutevtis ge anemaacutektou thisiacuteas din ierouryiacutean bareacutedhokas imiacuten os Dhesboacutedis don abaacutendon Si yar moacutenos Giacuterios o Theoacutes imoacuten dhesboacutezis don ebouraniacuteon ge don ebiyiacuteon o ebiacute throacutenou herouvigouacute ebohouacutemenos o don Serafiacutem Giacuterios ge Vasileacutevs dou Israiacutel o moacutenos Aacuteyios ge en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos Se diacutenin dhisoboacute don moacutenon ayathoacuten ge eviacutegoon Ebiacutevlepson eb emeacute don amardoloacuten ge ahriacuteon dhouacutelon Sou ge gathaacuterison mou din psihiacuten ge din gardhiacutean aboacute sinidhiacuteseos boniraacutes ge igaacutenosoacuten me di dhinaacutemi dou Ayiacuteou Sou Bneacutevmados endhedhimeacutenon din dis Ieradiacuteas haacuterin barastiacutene di ayiacutea Sou daacutevti drabeacutezi ge ierouryiacutese do aacuteyion ge aacutehrandoacuten Sou Soacutema ge to diacutemion Eacutema Si yar broseacuterhome gliacutenas don emavtoacuten avheacutena ge dheacuteomeacute Sou Mi abostreacutepsis do broacutesoboacuten Sou ab emouacute midheacute abodhogimaacutesis me ek beacutedhon Sou al axiacuteoson brosenehthiacutene Si ib emouacute dou amardolouacute ge anaxiacuteou dhouacutelou Sou da dhoacutera daacutevta Si yar i o brosfeacuteron ge brosferoacutemenos ge brosdhehoacutemenos ge dhiadhidhoacutemenos Hriste o Theoacutes imoacuten ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The prayer being finished the Priest and the Deacon shall say the Cherubic hymn thrice making a reverence at the end of each repetition PRIEST

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan DEACON

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia Then the Priest taking up the censer and blessing the incense in the usual way shall cense the Holy Table round about the prothesis the Iconostasis and the people saying secretly ldquoO come let us worship etcrdquo and Psalm 50 On Sundays he shall say the hymn ldquoWe have seen the resurrection of Christrdquo and then Psalm 50 up to the verse ldquoO God Thou wilt not despiserdquo On entering the sanctuary he shall again cense the Holy table the prothesis and all the sanctuary and replace the censer in its customary place Then standing before the Holy Altar the Priest and the Deacon shall make

τό Ἱερατείον καί ἀποδίδει τό θυmicroιατήριον Οἱ Ἱερουργούντες προσκυνοῦντες τρίς πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί ἀσπαζόmicroενοι τό Ἀντιmicroήνσιον καί τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζα λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς τά τροπάρια ταῦτα

Ἤmicroαρτον εἰς σὲ Σωτήρ ὡς ὁ ἄσωτος υἱός δέξαι microε Πάτερ microετανοοῦντα καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός

Κράζω σοι Χριστὲ Σωτὴρ τοῦ τελώνου τὴν φωνήν Ἱλάσθητί microοι ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός Εἶτα εἰς ἕκαστος ὑποκλινόmicroενος τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς λέγει Συγχωρήσατέ microοι ἀδελφοὶ καὶ συλλειτουργοί Καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὑποκλινόmicroενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης λέγουν

Τοῖς microισοῦσι καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός συγχώρησον Καὶ ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ λέγουν

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε Καὶ προσκυνοῦσι τρὶς τὰ τίmicroια Δῶρα ἐκ τρίτου λέγουν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ ὁ ἄναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ὁ Υἱός ὁ συνάναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἀθάνατος τὸ πανάγιον Πνεύmicroαmiddot Τριὰς Ἁγία δόξα σοι Εἶτα ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Ἔπαρον Δέσποτα Ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄρας τὸν Ἀέρα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς ὤmicroοις τοῦ Διακόνου λέγων

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑmicroῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον Καὶ δίδει τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον εἰς τὸν Διάκονον Αὐτὸς δὲ λαmicroβάνει τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἀνέβη ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἀλαλαγmicroῷ Κύριος ἐν φωνῇ σάλπιγγος Ὅταν δὲ ὁ Χορός εἴπῃ τὸ laquoὩς τὸν Βασιλέαraquo ὁ Διάκονος microετὰ τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχονται ἐκ τῆς βορείας πύλης προπορευοmicroένων θυmicroιατηρίου λαmicroπάδων καὶ εξαπτερύγων καὶ διέρχονται τὸ ἀριστερὸν κλῖτος καὶ τὸ microέσον τοῦ Ναοῦ ποιοῦντες τὴν Μεγάλην Εἴσοδον τοῦ Διακόνου ἐκφωνοῦντος microεγαλοφώνως

Πάντων ὑmicroῶν microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καί τοῦ Ἱερέως εἰσερχοmicroένου λέγει πρός αὐτόν ὁ προεισελθών Διάκονος

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ

two lowly reverences saying each to himself Iacutemardon is se Sodiacuter os o aacutesodos ioacutes dheacutexe me Baacuteder medanoouacutenda ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes

Graacutezo si Hristeacute Sodiacuter dou deloacutenou din foniacuten Ilaacutesthidiacute mi oacutesber egiacuteno ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes And kissing the antiminsion they shall again make a reverence and turn and bow to each other saying

Sinhoriacutesadeacute mi adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute And then from the Holy doors they shall bow humbly to the people saying in a low voice

Dis misouacutesi ge ayaboacutesin imaacutes o Theoacutes sinhoacuterison Then shall they proceed to the offertory table saying as they go

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me And kissing the holy gifts they shall say

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes o Badiacuter o aacutenarhos aacuteyios ishiroacutes o Ioacutes o sinaacutenarhos aacuteyios athaacutenados do banaacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutes Ayiacutea dhoacutexa si Then the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Eacutebaron Dheacutesboda And the Priest taking the aer shall first cense it and then lay it on the Deaconrsquos shoulders saying

En iriacuteni ebaacuterade das hiacuteras imoacuten is da aacuteyia ge evloyiacutede don Giacuterion Then the Priest shall give the paten and to the Deacon and himself shall take up the chalice saying

Aneacutevi o Theoacutes en alalaymoacute Giacuterios en foniacute saacutelbingos When the Choir has rdquoThat we may receive the king of allrdquo the Deacon leading and the Priest shall go out of the sanctuary by the north side and make the Great Entrance preceded by lighted candles and the six-winged fans And as they shall go round about the nave the Deacon shall say in a loud voice

Baacutendon imoacuten mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Deacon going in at the Holy Doors stands to the right and as the Priest enters he shall say to him

Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea

βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς πρός αὐτόν

Τῆς Ἱεροδιακονίας (Διακονίας) σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ο Χορός συmicroπληροῖ τὸν χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζη εἶτα αἴρει τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον ἀπό τῆς τοῦ Διακόνου κεφαλῆς καί τίθησιν αὐτόν ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῦ ἁγιου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ὁ εὐσχήmicroων Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου καθελὼν τὸ ἄχραντόν σου σῶmicroα σινδόνι καθαρᾷ εἱλήσας καὶ ἀρώmicroασιν ἐν microνήmicroατι καινῷ κηδεύσας ἀπέθετο Εἶτα αἴρει τά καλύmicromicroατα ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου καί τοῦ Ποτηρίου καί τίθησιν αὐτά ἐν τῷ ἄνω microέρει τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί λαβών τόν ἀέρα ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου ὤmicroων καί θυmicroιάσας αὐτόν σκεπάζει τά ἅγια Μετά τοῦτο λαβών τόν θυmicroιατόν καί τοῦ Διακόνου εἰπόντος το Ἀγάθυνον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιῶν τρίς τὰ Ἅγια λέγει ἅπαξ

Ἀγάθυνον Κύριε ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἰκοδοmicroηθήτω τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσαληmicro Τότε εὐδοκήσεις θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης ἀναφορὰν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώmicroατα Τότε ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου microόσχους Ἀποδοὺς δὲ τὸ θυmicroιατὸν καὶ κλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ Μνήσθητί microου ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Εἶτα ὁ διάκονος ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν κρατῶν ἅmicroα καὶ τὸ Ὀράριον λέγει

Εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐmicroοῦ δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πνεῦmicroα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναmicroις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦmicroα συλλειτουργήσει ἡmicroῖν πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν Μνήσθητί microου Δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνησθείη σου Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχεται ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ καὶ ἅmicroα τῇ λήξει τοῦ Χερουβικοῦ ὕmicroνου λέγει τὴν τά Πληρωτικά

avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Priest shall say to him

Dis Ierodhiakoniacuteas (Dhiakoniacuteas) sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon The Choir shall complete the Cherubic Hymn The Priest shall meanwhile set the holy chalice upon the Altar and taking the paten from the Deaconrsquos head he shall place it to the left of the chalice saying

O evshiacutemon Iosiacutef aboacute dou xiacutelou gatheloacuten do aacutehrandoacuten sou soacutema sindhoacuteni gatharaacute iliacutesas ge aroacutemasin en mniacutemadi kenoacute kidheacutevsas abeacutethedo And removing the veils he shall place them on the one side or the upper part of the Altar and taking from the Deaconrsquos shoulders the aer and censing it he shall cover therewith the holy gifts saying And taking up the censer the Deacon shall say Ayaacutethinon Dheacutesboda And censing the holy gifts three times the Priest shall say

Ayaacutethinon Giacuterie en di endhogiacutea sou din Sioacuten ge igodhomithiacutedo da diacutehi Ierousaliacutem Doacutede evdhogiacutesis thisiacutean dhigeosiacutenis anaforaacuten ge ologavtoacutemata Doacutede aniacutesousin ebiacute do thisiastiacuterion sou moacuteshous And giving back the censer he shall bow his head and say to the Deacon

Mniacutesthidi mou adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Deacon bowing his head shall say to the Priest

Eacutevxe ibeacuter emoacuteu dheacutesboda aacuteyie And the Priest blessing the Deacon shall say

Bneacutevma Aacuteyion ebeleacutevsede ebiacute se ge dhiacutenamis Ipsiacutestou ebiskiaacutesi si DEACON

Avtoacute do Bneacutevma sillidouryiacutesi imiacuten baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten Mniacutesthidiacute mou Dheacutesboda aacuteyie PRIEST

Mnisthiacutei sou Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten And kissing the Priestrsquos right hand he shall stand in his customary place and after the completion of the Cherubic Hymn he shall say the following litany

Τούτων δὲ λεγοmicroένων ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἀναγινώσκει microυστικῶς τὴν ἑξῆς εὐχὴν τῆς Προθέσεως microετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ ἀπόθεσιν τῶν θείων Δώρων Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος ὁ δεχόmicroενος θυσίαν αἰνέσεως παρὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουmicroένων Σε ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὴν δέησιν καὶ προσάγαγε τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ Καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς προσενεγκεῖν Σοι δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας πνευmicroατικὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς εὑρεῖν χάριν ἐνώπιόν Σου τοῦ γενέσθαι Σοι εὐπρόσδεκτον τὴν θυσίαν ἡmicroῶν καὶ ἐπισκηνῶσαι τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τῆς χάριτός Σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα δῶρα ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου

Πληρώσωmicroεν τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προτεθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καὶ τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεὸς τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Meanwhile the Priest having set the divine gifts upon the Holy Altar shall say the following prayer

THE OFFERTORY PRAYER Giacuterie o Theoacutes o bandograacutedor o moacutenos Aacuteyios o dhehoacutemenos thisiacutean eneacuteseos baraacute don ebigaloumeacutenon Se en oacuteli gardiacutea broacutesdhexe ge imoacuten don amardoloacuten din dheacuteisin ge brosaacuteyaye do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiacuterio Ge igaacutenoson imaacutes brosenengiacuten Si dhoacutera de ge thisiacuteas bnevmadigaacutes ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes evriacuten haacuterin enoacutebioacuten Sou dou yeneacutesthe Si evbroacutesdhekton din thiacutesian imoacuten ge ebiskiacutenose do Bneacutevma dis haacuteridoacutes Sou do ayathoacuten ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena dhoacutera daacutevta ge ebiacute baacutenda don laoacuten Sou

Bliroacutesomen din dheacuteisin imoacuten do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter don brodetheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou ge anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie And after each petition

Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Της παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρmicroῶν τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀγαπήσωmicroεν ἀλλήλους ἵνα ἐν ὁmicroονοίᾳ ὁmicroολογήσωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πατέρα Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦmicroα Τριάδα ὁmicroοούσιον καὶ ἀχώριστον Ὁ Ἱερεὺς προσκυνήσας τρὶς ἀσπάζεται τὰ κεκαλυmicromicroένα Ἅγια πρῶτον τόν Δίσκον εἶτα τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί τό ἔmicroπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἄκρον τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγων καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν τό

Ἀγαπήσω σε Κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς microου Κύριος στερέωmicroά microου καὶ καταφυγή microου καὶ ῥύστης microου Καί ἐν συλλειτούργῳ διδόασιν οἱ Ἱερεις τόν ἀσπασmicroόν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀσπαζόmicroενοι ἀλλήλοις ἀρχόmicroενοι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν πρός τά δεξιά καί τέλος τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου δεξιάν χεῖρα λέγοντες διαλογικῶς ὁ εἶςmiddot

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Dhiaacute don iktirmoacuten dou monogenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evlogidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Ayabiacutesomen alliacutelous iacutena en omoniacutea omoloyiacutesomen CHOIR

Badeacutera Ioacuten ge Aacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutedha omoouacutesion ge ahoacuteriston And while the choir sing ldquoThe Father and the Sonhelliprdquo the Priest shall bow himself thrice and kiss the holy gifts they still being covered first the paten then the chalice and the edge of the Holy Altar before him saying within himself Ayabiacuteso se Giacuterie i ishiacutes mou Giacuterios stereacuteomaacute mou ge kadafiyiacute mou ge riacutestis mou And if there be two priests or more they likewise shall kiss the holy things and then embrace and kiss each other with the Kiss of Peace first on the left then on the right and then each otherrsquos right hand And while they embrace the Priest first in rank shall say

Ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ microέσῳ ἡmicroῶνmiddot Kαί ὁ ἕτεροςmiddot

Καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς θύρας τὰς θύρας Ἐν σοφίᾳ πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἄρας καί κατά microικρόν ὑψῶν τὸν Ἀέρα ἀνασείει αὐτόν ἀνοικτόν ἠρέmicroως ἐπάνω τῶν τιmicroίων δώρωνmiddot εἶτα διπλώσας και ἀσπασάmicroενος ἀποτίθησι microετά τῶν ἑτέρων καλυmicromicroάτων ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πιστεύω εἰς ἕνα Θεόν Πατέρα Παντοκράτορα ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων

Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν microονογενῆ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ἐκ φωτός Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα ὁmicroοούσιον τῷ Πατρί δι οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο Τὸν δι ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡmicroέρα κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόmicroενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόmicroενον microετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος

Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τὸ Ἅγιον τὸ κύριον τὸ ζωοποιόν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόmicroενον τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συmicroπροσκυνούmicroενον καὶ συνδοξαζόmicroενον τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

Εἰς microίαν Ἁγίαν Καθολικὴν καὶ Ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Ὁmicroολογῶ ἓν βάπτισmicroα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν Προσδοκῶ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν Καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ microέλλοντος αἰῶνος Ἀmicroήν

O hristoacutes en do meacuteso imoacuten And the other shall say Ge eacutesti ge eacuteste DEACON

Das thiacuteras das thiacuteras En sofia broacuteshomen The Priest shall take up the aer and hold it over the sacred gifts and calmly shake it up and down Then he shall lift the aer from the holy gifts fold it and kiss it and lay it aside with the other veils CHOIR

Bisteacutevo is eacutena Theoacuten Badeacutera Bandograacutedora biidiacuten ouranoacuteu ge yis oradoacuten de baacutendon ge aoraacutedon

Ge is eacutena Giacuterion Iisouacuten Hristoacuten don Yioacuten dou Theouacute don monoyeniacute don ek dou Badroacutes yennitheacutenda bro baacutendon don eoacutenon fos ek fodoacutes Theoacuten alithinoacuten ek Theouacute alithinouacute yennitheacutenda ou biitheacutenda omoouacutesion do Badriacute dhi ou da baacutenda eyeacutenedo Don dhi imaacutes dous anthroacutebous ge dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean gadelthoacutenda ek don ouranoacuten ge sargotheacutenda ek Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ge Mariacuteas dis Bartheacutenou ge enanthrobiacutesanda Stavrotheacutenda de ibeacuter imoacuten ebiacute Bondiacuteou Bilaacutedou ge bathoacutenda ge dafeacutenda Ge anastaacutenda di driacutedi imeacutera gadaacute das Yrafaacutes Ge anelthoacutenda is dous ouranouacutes ge gathezoacutemenon ek dhexioacuten dou Badroacutes Ge baacutelin erhoacutemenon medaacute dhoacutexis griacutene zoacutendas ge negrouacutes ou dis vasiliacuteas ouk eacuteste deacutelos

Ge is do Bneacutevma do Aacuteyion do giacuterion do zoobioacuten do ek dou Badroacutes ekborevoacutemenon do sin Badriacute ge Yioacute sinbroskinouacutemenon ge sindhoxazoacutemenon do laliacutesan dhiaacute don brofidoacuten

Is miacutean Ayiacutean Gatholigiacuten ge Abostoligiacuten Egglisiacutean Omoloyoacute en vaacuteptisma is aacutefesin amardioacuten Brosdhogoacute anaacutestasin negroacuten Ge zoiacuten dou meacutellondos eoacutenos Amiacuten

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Στῶmicroεν καλῶς στῶmicroεν microετὰ φόβου πρόσχωmicroεν τὴν ἁγίαν Ἀναφορὰν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προσφέρειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔλεον εἰρήνης θυσίαν αἰνέσεως Ὁ Ἱερεύς ῥιπίζων τὰ Ἅγια microετά ῥιπιδίου ἤ microή ὄντος microετά τοῦ Ἀέρος καί εἶτα ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος εἴη microετὰ πάντων ὑmicroῶν Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εὐλογεῖ αὐτὸν διὰ χειρός αὐτοῦ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου Ὁ Ἱερεύς ὑψῶν ἀmicroφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας λέγει

Ἄνω σχῶmicroεν τὰς καρδίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔχοmicroεν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ἀνατολάς λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον Ὁ Ἱερεύς κλινόmicroενος ἀπάρχεται τῆς ἁγίας Ἀναφορᾶς

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον σὲ ὑmicroνεῖν σὲ εὐλογεῖν σὲ αἰνεῖν σοὶ εὐχαριστεῖν σὲ προσκυνεῖν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τῆς δεσποτείας σου Σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς ἀνέκφραστος ἀπερινόητος ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀεὶ ὤν ὡσαύτως ὤν σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Σὺ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡmicroᾶς παρήγαγες καὶ παραπεσόντας ἀνέστησας πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστης πάντα ποιῶν ἕως ἡmicroᾶς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγες καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐχαρίσω τὴν microέλλουσαν Ὑπὲρ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ τῷ microονογενεῖ σου Ὑἱῷ καὶ τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ὑπὲρ πάντων ὧν ἴσmicroεν καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσmicroεν τῶν φανερῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς ἡmicroᾶς γεγενηmicroένων

DEACON

Stoacutemen galoacutes stoacutemen medaacute foacutevou broacuteshomen din ayiacutean Anaforaacuten en iriacuteni brosfeacuterin CHOIR

Eacuteleon iriacutenis thisiacutean eneacuteseos The Priest shall fan the holy things with a small fan or the folded aer saying

I haacuteris dou Giriacuteou imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute ge i ayaacutebi dou Theouacute ge Badroacutes ge i ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados iacutei medaacute baacutendon imoacuten And turning to face the people the Priest shall bless them with his hand CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou And raising his hands he shall say

Aacuteno shoacutemen das gardhiacuteas CHOIR

Eacutehomen bros don Giacuterion And turning to face the Icon of Christ the Priest shall say

Evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo CHOIR

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon And standing before the Holy Altar the Priest shall offer this prayer

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon se imniacuten se evloyiacuten se eniacuten si evharistiacuten se broskiniacuten en bandiacute doacutebo dis dhesbodiacuteas sou Si yar i Theoacutes aneacutekfrastos aberinoacuteidos aoacuterados akadaacuteliptos aiacute on osaacutevtos on si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Si ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene imaacutes bariacuteyayes ge barabesoacutendas aneacutestisas baacutelin ge ouk abeacutestis baacutenda bioacuten eacuteos imaacutes is don ouranoacuten aniacuteyayes ge din vasiliacutean sou ehariacuteso din meacutellousan Ibeacuter douacutedon abaacutendon evharistouacutemen si ge do monoyeniacute sou Ioacute ge do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo ibeacuter baacutendon on iacutesmen ge on ouk iacutesmen don faneroacuten ge afanoacuten everyesioacuten don is imaacutes yeyenimeacutenon Evharistouacutemen si ge

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Λειτουργίας ταύτης ἣν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡmicroῶν δέξασθαι κατηξίωσας καίτοι σοι παρεστήκασι χιλιάδες ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ microυριάδες ἀγγέλων τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ τὰ Σεραφείmicro ἑξαπτέρυγα πολυόmicromicroατα microετάρσια πτερωτά

Τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕmicroνον ᾄδοντα βοῶντα κεκραγότα καὶ λέγονταmiddot Τούτου λεγοmicroένου λαβών ὁ Διάκονος τόν ἀστερίσκον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ποιεῖ σταυροῦ τύπον ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ και ἀποσπογγίσας καί ἀσπασάmicroενος αὐτόν ἀποτίθησι microετά τοῦ ἀέρος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος Κύριος Σαβαώθ πλήρης ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης σου ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Ὁ δέ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἡmicroεῖς τῶν microακαρίων δυνάmicroεων Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε βοῶmicroεν καὶ λέγοmicroεν Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος Σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὴς ἡ δόξα σου Ὃς τὸν κόσmicroον σου οὕτως ἠγάπησας ὥστε τὸν Υἱόν σου τὸν microονογενῆ δοῦναι ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν microὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ὃς ἐλθὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν οἰκονοmicroίαν πληρώσας τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδοτο microᾶλλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν παρεδίδου ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσmicroου ζωῆς λαβὼν ἄρτον ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀχράντοις καὶ ἀmicroωmicroήτοις χερσί εὐχαριστήσας καὶ εὐλογήσας ἁγιάσας κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ microαθηταῖς καὶ ἀποστόλοις εἰπὼνmiddot

Λάβετε φάγετε τοῦτό microού ἐστι τὸ σῶmicroα τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν κλώmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ἐπευχόmicroενος λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς

ibeacuter dis Lidouryiacuteas daacutevtis in ek don hiroacuten imoacuten dheacutexasthe gadaxiacuteosas geacutedi si barestiacutegasi hiliaacutedhes arhangeacutelon ge miriaacutedes angeacutelon da Herouviacutem ge da Serafiacutem exapteacuteriya bolioacutemmada medaacutersia pterodaacute

Don ebiniacutegion iacutemnon aacutedhoda vooacutenda gegrayoacuteda ge leacuteyonda While saying this the Deacon shall take the asterisk from off the paten and making the sign of the Cross over it shall kiss it and lay it aside with the Aer CHOIR

Aacuteyios aacuteyios aacuteyios Giacuterios Savaoacuteth bliacuteris o ouranoacutes ge i yi dis dhoacutexis sou osannaacute en dis ipsiacutestis Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Osannaacute o en dis ipsiacutestis The Priest shall continue

Medaacute douacutedon ge imiacutes don magariacuteon dhinaacutemeon Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe vooacutemen ge leacuteyomen Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios Si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios ge meyalobrebiacutes i dhoacutexa sou Os don goacutesmon sou ouacutedos iyaacutebisas oacuteste don Ioacuten sou don monoyeniacute dhouacutene iacutena bas o bisteacutevon is avtoacuten mi aboacutelide al eacutehi zoiacuten eoacutenion Os elthoacuten ge baacutesan din ubeacuter imoacuten igonomiacutean bliroacutesas di niktiacute i baredhiacutedhodo maacutellon dhe eavtoacuten baredhiacutedhou ibeacuter dis dou goacutesmou zoiacutes lavoacuten aacuterton en des ayiacutees avtouacute ge ahraacutendis ge amomiacutedis hersiacute evhariacutestisas ge evloyiacutesas ayiaacutesas glaacutesas eacutedhoge dis ayiiacutes avtouacute mathidaacutes ge abostoacutelis iboacuten

Laacutevede faacuteyede douacutedo mou estiacute do soacutema do ibeacuter imoacuten gloacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest continues

Ὁmicroοίως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον microετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι λέγων

Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷmicroά microου τὸ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑmicroῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεύς καί πάλιν κλινόmicroενος λέγει τήν εὐχήν

Μεmicroνηmicroένοι τοίνυν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης ἐντολῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν γεγενηmicroένων τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῦ Τάφου τῆς τριηmicroέρου Ἀναστάσεως τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς Ἀναβάσεως τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν Καθέδρας τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου πάλιν Παρουσίας

Τὰ σὰ ἐκ τῶν σῶν σοὶ προσφέροmicroεν κατὰ πάντα καὶ διὰ πάντα ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σὲ ὑmicroνοῦmicroεν σὲ εὐλογοῦmicroεν σοὶ εὐχαριστοῦmicroεν Κύριε καὶ δεόmicroεθά σου ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀναίmicroακτον λατρείαν καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν κατάπεmicroψον τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα Δῶρα ταῦτα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτον εὐλογῶν λέγει

Καὶ ποίησον τὸν microὲν Ἄρτον τοῦτον τίmicroιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ποτηρίῳ τούτῳ τίmicroιον αἷmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου

Omiacuteos ge do bodiacuterion medaacute do dhibniacutese leacuteyon

Biacuteede ex avtouacute baacutendes douacutedo estiacute do eacutema mouacute do dis Geniacutes Dhiathiacutegis do ubeacuter imoacuten ge bolloacuten ekhinoacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say

Memnimeacuteni diacutenin dis sodiriacuteas daacutevtis endoloacuten ge baacutendon don ibeacuter imoacuten yeyenimeacutenon dou Stavrouacute dou Taacutefou dis driimeacuterou Anastaacuteseos dis is ouranouacutes Anabaacuteseos dis ek dhexioacuten Gatheacutedhras dis dhevdeacuteras ge endhoacutexou baacutelin Barousiacuteas

Ta sa ek don son si brosfeacuteromen gadaacute baacutenda ge dhiaacute baacutenda CHOIR

Se imnouacutemen se evloyouacutemen si evharistouacutemen Giacuterie ge dheoacutemethaacute sou o Theoacutes imoacuten PRIEST

Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ge aneacutemakton ladriacutean ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemethaacute ge igedeacutevomen gadaacutebepson do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena Dhoacutera daacutevta DEACON

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest blessing the holy bread shall say

Ge biacuteison don men Aacuterton douacutedon diacutemion Soacutema dou Hristouacute sou DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Boacutedirion And the Priest blessing the chalice shall say

Do dhe en do Bodiriacuteo douacutedo diacutemion eacutema dou Hristouacute sou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ἀmicroφότερα τὰ ἅγια Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἅmicroα τόν τε ἅγιον Ἄρτον καί τό ἅγιον Ποτήριου λέγει

Μεταβαλὼν τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ὥστε γενέσθαι τοῖς microεταλαmicroβάνουσιν εἰς νῆψιν ψυχῆς εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου σου Πνεύmicroατος εἰς Βασιλείας οὐρανῶν πλήρωmicroα εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν πίστει ἀναπαυσαmicroένων Προπατόρων Πατέρων Πατριαρχῶν Προφητῶν Ἀποστόλων Κηρύκων Εὐαγγελιστῶν Μαρτύρων Ὁmicroολογητῶν Ἐγκρατευτῶν καὶ παντὸς πνεύmicroατος δικαίου ἐν πίστει τετελειωmicroένου Και θυmicroιῶν τρίς κατέmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγει ἐκφώνως

Ἐξαιρέτως τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς microακαρίζειν σε τὴν Θεοτόκον τὴν ἀειmicroακάριστον καὶ παναmicroώmicroητον καὶ microητέρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡmicroῶν Τὴν τιmicroιωτέραν τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν ἀσυγκρίτως τῶν Σεραφείmicro τὴν ἀδιαφθόρως Θεὸν Λόγον τεκοῦσαν τὴν ὄντως Θεοτόκον σὲ microεγαλύνοmicroεν Εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσι τό θυmicroιατήριον τῷ Διακόνῳ καί κλινόmicroενος εὔχεται

Τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἁγίου (δεῖνος) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων ὧν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός Καὶ microνήσθητι πάντων τῶν κεκοιmicroηmicroένων ἐπ ἐλπίδι ἀναστάσεως ζωῆς αἰωνίου (ἐνταῦθα microνηmicroονεύει ὀνοmicroαστὶ ὧν

DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda amfoacutedera da aacuteyia And the Priest blessing both the holy bread and the chalice shall say

Medavaloacuten do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten PRIEST

Oacuteste yeneacutesthe dis medalamvaacutenousin is niacutepsin psihiacutes is aacutefesin amardioacuten is ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou sou Bneacutevmados is Vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten bliacuteroma is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is kadaacutegrima Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter don en biacutesti anabavsameacutenon Brobadoacuteron Badeacuteron Badriarhoacuten Brofidoacuten Abostoacutelon Giriacutegon Evangelistoacuten Mardiacuteron omoloyidoacuten Engradevdoacuten ge bandoacutes bneacutevmatos dhigeacuteou en biacutesti dedeliomeacutenou And taking up the censer he shall cense three times before the Holy Altar saying aloud

Exereacutedos dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevloyimeacutenis endhoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas CHOIR

Aacutexion estiacuten os alithoacutes magariacutezin se din Theodoacutegon din aimagaacuteriston ge banamoacutemidon ge mideacutera dou Theouacute imoacuten Din dimiodeacuteran don Herouviacutem ge endhoxodeacuteran asingriacutedos don Serafiacutem din adhiafthoacuteros Theoacuten Loacuteyon degouacutesan din oacutendos Theodoacutegon se meyaliacutenomen Then giving the censer to the Deacon the Priest shall continue Dou ayiacuteou Ioaacutennou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon dou Ayiacuteou (Name) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon on des igesiacutees ebiacuteskepse imaacutes o Theoacutes Ge mniacutesthidi baacutendon don gegimimeacutenon eb elbiacutedhi anastaacuteseos zoiacutes eoniacuteou (and he

βούλεται τεθνεώτων) καὶ ἀνάπαυσον αὐτούς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὅπου ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου Ἔτι παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε Μνήσθητι Κύριε πάσης ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρθοδόξων τῶν ὀρθοτοmicroούντων τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας καὶ παντὸς ἱερατικοῦ καὶ microοναχικοῦ τάγmicroατος Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουmicroένης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας σου Καθολικῆς καὶ Ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνῇ πολιτείᾳ διαγόντων ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστοτάτων καὶ φιλοχρίστων ἡmicroῶν βασιλέων παντὸς τοῦ παλατίου καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου αὐτῶν Δὸς αὐτοῖς Κύριε εἰρηνικὸν τὸ βασίλειον ἵνα καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ αὐτῶν ἤρεmicroον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωmicroεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνότητι Εἶθ οὕτως ὑψῶν εὐλογεῖ τὸ Ἀντίδωρον λέγων

Μέγα τὸ ὄνοmicroα τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἐκφώνως

Ἐν πρώτοις microνήσθητι Κύριε τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) ὃν χάρισαι ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις ἐν εἰρήνῃ σῷον ἔντιmicroον ὑγιᾶ microακροηmicroερεύοντα καὶ ὀρθοτοmicroοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχει καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ἐν ᾗ παροικοῦmicroεν καὶ πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς Μνήσθητι Κύριε πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ microεmicroνηmicroένων τῶν πενήτων καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡmicroᾶς τὰ ἐλέη σου ἐξαπόστειλον

Καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ἑνὶ στόmicroατι καὶ microιᾷ καρδίᾳ δοξάζειν καὶ ἀνυmicroνεῖν τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

remembers such as he will of the departed pronouncing their names) ge anaacutebavson avtouacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten oacutebou ebiskobiacute do fos dou brosoacutebou sou Eacutedi baragalouacutemen se Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie baacutesis ebiskobiacutes orthodhoacutexon don orthodomouacutendon don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas bandoacutes dou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas ge bandoacutes ieradigouacute ge monahigouacute daacuteymados Eacutedi brosfeacuteromeacuten si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter dis igoumeacutenis ibeacuter dis ayiacuteas sou Gatholigiacutes ge Abostoligiacutes Egglisiacuteas ibeacuter don en ayniacutea ge semniacute bolidiacutea dhiayoacutendon ibeacuter don bistodaacutedon ge filohriacuteston imoacuten vasileacuteon bandoacutes dou baladiacuteou ge dou stradobeacutedhou avtoacuten Dhos avtiacutes Giacuterie irinigoacuten do vasiacutelion iacutena ge imiacutes en di yaliacuteni avtoacuten iacuteremon ge isiacutehion viacuteon dhiaacuteyomen en baacutesi evseviacutea ge semnoacutedidi And raising and blessing the Antidoron he shall say

Meacuteya do oacutenoma dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Then in a load voice the Priest shall say

En broacutedis mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dou badroacutes ge Arhiebiskoacutebou imoacuten (Name) on haacuterise des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees en iriacuteni soacuteon eacutendimon iyiaacute magroimereacutevonda ge orthodomouacutenda don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas DEACON

Ge on eacutegastos gadaacute dhiaacutenian eacutehi ge baacutendon ge basoacuten CHOIR

Ge baacutendon ge basoacuten PRIEST Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dis boacuteleos (moniacutes goacutemis) en i barigouacutemen ge baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees ge memnimeacutenon don beniacutedon ge ebiacute baacutendas imaacutes da eleacutei sou exaboacutestilon

Ge dhos imiacuten en eniacute stoacutemadi ge miaacute gardhiacutea dhoxaacutezin ge animniacuten do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes onomaacute sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Καί εὐλογῶν τὸν λαόν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ microεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ microετὰ πάντων ἡmicroῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πάντων τῶν ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προσκοmicroισθέντων καὶ ἁγιασθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὅπως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ προσδεξάmicroενος αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπερουράνιον καὶ νοερὸν αὐτοῦ θυσιαστήριον εἰς ὀσmicroὴν εὐωδίας πνευmicroατικῆς ἀντικαταπέmicroψῃ ἡmicroῖν τὴν θείαν χάριν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος δεηθῶmicroεν Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν

And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Ge eacuteste da eleacutei dou meyaacutelou Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute medaacute baacutendon imoacuten CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou DEACON

Baacutendon don ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Ibeacuter don broskomistheacutendon ge ayiastheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Oacutebos o filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes imoacuten o brosdhexaacutemenos avtaacute is do aacuteyion ge iberouraacutenion ge noeroacuten avtouacute thisiastiacuterion is osmiacuten evodhiacuteas bnevmadigiacutes andigadabeacutempsi imiacuten din thiacutean haacuterin ge din dhoreaacuten dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados dheithoacutemen Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie (And after each petition) DEACON Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou

ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Σοὶ παρακατιθέmicroεθα τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς microεταλαβεῖν τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ φρικτῶν microυστηρίων ταύτης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ πνευmicroατικῆς Τραπέζης microετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς συγχώρησιν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων εἰς Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου κοινωνίαν εἰς βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονοmicroίαν εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἐκφώνως

Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς Δέσποτα microετὰ παρρησίας ἀκατακρίτως τολmicroᾶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι Σὲ τὸν ἐπουράνιον Θεὸν Πατέρα καὶ λέγειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πάτερ ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνοmicroά σου ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου γενηθήτω τὸ θέληmicroά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Τὸν ἄρτον ἡmicroῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡmicroῖν σήmicroερον Καὶ ἄφες ἡmicroῖν τὰ ὀφειλήmicroατα ἡmicroῶν ὡς καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἀφίεmicroεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡmicroῶν Καὶ microὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡmicroᾶς εἰς πειρασmicroόν ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Din enoacutedida dis biacutesteos ge din ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Si baragaditheacutemetha din zoiacuten imoacuten aacutebasan ge din elbiacutedha Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemetha ge igedeacutevomen gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes medalaviacuten don ebouraniacuteon sou ge friktoacuten mistiriacuteon daacutevtis dis ieraacutes ge bnevmadigiacutes Drabeacutezis medaacute gatharouacute sinidhoacutedos is aacutefesin amardioacuten is sinhoacuterisin blimmelimaacutedon is Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ginoniacutean is vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten glironomiacutean is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is gadaacutegrima Aloud

Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes Dheacutesboda medaacute barrisiacuteas agadagriacutedos dolmaacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se don ebouraacutenion Theoacuten Badeacutera ge leacuteyin CHOIR

Baacuteder imoacuten o en dis ouraniacutes ayiasthiacutedo do oacutenoma sou eltheacutedo i vasiliacutea sou yenithiacutedo do theacutelima sou os en ouranoacute ge ebiacute dis yis Don aacuterton imoacuten don ebiouacutesion dhos imiacuten siacutemeron Ge aacutefes imiacuten da ofiliacutemada imoacuten os ge imiacutes afiacuteemen dis ofileacutedes imoacuten Ge mi iseneacutengis imaacutes is birasmoacuten allaacute riacutese imaacutes aboacute dou bonirouacute PRIEST

Oacutedi sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i dhiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Βασιλεῦ ἀόρατε ὁ τῆ ἀmicroετρήτῳ σου δυνάmicroει τὰ πάντα δηmicroιουργήσας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ ἐλέους σου ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα παραγαγών Αὐτός Δέσποτα οὐρανόθεν ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας σοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλάς οὐ γὰρ ἔκλιναν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵmicroατι ἀλλὰ σοὶ τῶ φοβερῷ Θεῷ Σὺ οὖν Δέσποτα τὰ προκείmicroενα πᾶσιν ἡmicroῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐξοmicroάλισον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἰδίαν χρείαν τοῖς πλέουσι σύmicroπλευσον τοῖς ὁδοιποροῦσι συνόδευσον τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἴασαι ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Ἐκφώνως

Χάριτι καὶ οἰκτιρmicroοῖς καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Πρόσχες Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ἐξ ἁγίου κατοικητηρίου σου καὶ ἀπὸ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὸ ἁγιάσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ ἄνω τῷ Πατρὶ συγκαθήmicroενος καὶ ὧδε ἡmicroῖν ἀοράτως συνών καὶ καταξίωσον τῇ κραταιᾷ σου χειρὶ microεταδοῦναι ἡmicroῖν τοῦ ἀχράντου Σώmicroατός σου καὶ τοῦ τιmicroίου Αἵmicroατος καὶ δι ἡmicroῶν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Εἶτα προσκυνεῖ τρίς λέγων τό

Ὁ Θεός ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ

Iriacuteni baacutesi CHOIR

Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenomen CHOIR

Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Evharistouacutemen si Vasileacutev aoacuterade o di amedriacutedo sou dhinaacutemi da baacutenda dhimiouryiacutesas ge do bliacutethi dou eleacuteous sou ex ouk oacutendon is do iacutene da baacutenda barayayoacuten Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda ouranoacutethen eacutebidhe ebiacute dous ibogegligoacutedas si das eavtoacuten gefalaacutes ou yar eacuteglinan sargiacute ge eacutemadi allaacute si do foveroacute Theoacute Si oun Dheacutesboda da brogiacutemena baacutesin imiacuten is ayathoacuten exomaacutelison gadaacute din egaacutestou idhiacutean hriacutean dis bleacuteousi siacutemblevson dis odhiborouacuteusi sinoacutedhevson dous nosouacutendas iacutease o iadroacutes don psihoacuteon ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Aloud

Haacuteridi ge iktirmiacutes ge filanthrobiacutea dou monoyenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evloyidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say also this prayer

Broacuteshes Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten ex ayiacuteou gadigidiriacuteou sou ge aboacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou ge eltheacute is do ayiaacutese imaacutes o aacuteno do Badriacute singathiacutemenos ge oacutedhe imiacuten aoraacutedos sinoacuten ge gadaxiacuteoson di gradeaacute sou hiriacute medadhouacutene imiacuten dou ahraacutendou Soacutemados sou ge dou dimiacuteou Eacutemados ge dhi imoacuten bandiacute do laoacute Then the Priest and the Deacon shall bow themselves thrice saying each to himself

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison

ἐλέησόν microε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἁψάmicroενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου ἄκροις δακτύλοις τῶν δύο χειρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτόν ποιῶν σταυροῦ τύπον ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ἐκφωνῶν

Τὰ Ἅγια τοῖς ἁγίοις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἷς Ἅγιος εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ψάλλει τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἡmicroέρας (εἰς τὸν ἦχον εἰς ὃν ἐψάλη καὶ τὸ Χερουβικόν) Τῇ microὲν Κυριακῇ τό

Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Ἀλληλούϊα Εἰ δὲ τύχοι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῆς ψάλλεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Μέλισον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Ὁ Ἱερεύς microελίζων αὐτὸν εἰς τέσσαρας λέγων

Μελίζεται καὶ διαmicroερίζεται ὁ Ἀmicroνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ microελιζόmicroενος καὶ microὴ διαιρούmicroενος ὁ πάντοτε ἐσθιόmicroενος καὶ microηδέποτε δαπανώmicroενος ἀλλὰ τοὺς microετέχοντας ἁγιάζων Καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὰς σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ δίσκῳ οὕτως

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πλήρωσον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαβὼν τὴν ἄνω κειmicroένην microερίδα τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ (ΙΣ) ποιεῖ σταυρὸν microετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου καὶ ἐmicroβάλλων ταύτην ἐν αὐτῷ λέγει

Πλήρωmicroα Ποτηρίου πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου

me DEACON

Broacuteshomen The Priest taking the Holy Bread with both hands and raising it a little and making the sign of the Cross with it shall say

Da Aacuteyia dis ayiacuteis CHOIR

Is Aacuteyios is Giacuterios Iisouacutes Hristoacutes is dhoacutexan Theouacute Badroacutes Amiacuten The choir shall then sing the Communion Anthem in the same tone as was sung the Cherubic Hymn On Sundays the following

Eniacutede don Giacuterion ek don ouranoacuten Allilouacuteia If it be one of the Great Feasts of the Lord of the Mother of God or the leavetaking thereof the Communion Hymn of the Feast is sung DEACON Meacutelison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest breaking it in four parts shall say Meliacutezede ge dhiameriacutezede o Amnoacutes dou Theouacute o melizoacutemenos ge mi dhierouacutemenos o baacutendode esthioacutemenos ge midheacutebode dhabanoacutemenos allaacute dous medeacutehondas ayiaacutezon And he shall place the four pieces on the holy paten in this way

DEACON

Bliacuteroson dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Bodiacuterion And the Priest taking from the paten the particle which lies uppermost that marked IC shall make therewith the sign of the Cross over the chalice and placing it therein shall say Bliacuteroma Bodiriacuteou biacutesteos Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ Ζέον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Ἱερέα ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ζέον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ ζέσις τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Διάκονος ἐγχέει ἐκ τοῦ Ζέοντος τὸ ἀρκοῦν σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ λέγων

Ζέσις πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος ἁγίου Ἀmicroήν Καὶ προσερχόmicroενος ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἵνα κοινωνήσῃ λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ

Ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ συγχώρησόν microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς ἱερωσύνης σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεός ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί προσκυνοῦντες τρίς λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε (γ) Καὶ πλησιάσας εἰς τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόmicroου ὁ Ἱερεὺς λαmicroβάνει ἓν microέρος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου καὶ λέγει

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ οὕτω microεταλαmicroβάνει τῆς ἐν χερσί microερίδος microετά πάσης ἀσγαλείαςmiddot καί ἀποσπογγίσας τήν δεξιάν παλάmicroην διά τῆς microούσης λέγει ἡσύχως

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί προσελθόντος τοῦ Διακόνου ὁ Ἱερεὺς microεταδίδει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ παλάmicroῃ τό ἕτερον microέρος τῆς microερίδος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου λέγων

Μεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

DEACON Amiacuten And taking the Zeon [warm water] he shall say to the Priest Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do zeacuteon The Priest blessing the warm water shall say Evloyimeacuteni i zeacutesis don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And the Deacon shall pour into the chalice crosswise so much as suffices saying Zeacutesis biacutesteos Bneacutevmados ayiacuteou Amiacuten And approaching to partake of the Holy Mysteries the Priest shall say to the Deacon Adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute sinhoacuterisoacuten mi do amardoloacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And they shall make three devout reverences saying each to himself O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me (3) And the Priest taking and dividing the particle of the Holy Bread with the XC shall place a piece in the palm of his right hand saying Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten Medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And in fear and with all precaution he shall partake of the particle in his hand And wiping his palm with the sponge he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Deacon approaching the Priest shall place a particle of the Holy Bread in the palm of the Deaconrsquos right hand saying Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος λαmicroβάνει τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον καὶ ἀπέρχεται ὄπισθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καὶ microεταλαmicroβάνει Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς διά τῆς ἀριστερᾶς χειρός τό ἄκρον τοῦ ἁγίου microανδηλίου θέτει τοῦτο κάτωθεν τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ καί διά τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρός κρατεῖ τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζον διά τοῦ ἐν χερσί καλύmicromicroατος τά τε ἴδια χείλη καί τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον ὅπερ καὶ ἀσπάζεται λέγων

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων microου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας microου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας microου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα προσκαλεῖ τὸν Διάκονον λέγων

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) ἔτι πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διακόνου προσελθόντος ἐξ ἀριστερῶν αὐτοῦ microεταδίδει αὐτῷ τρίτον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου οὗτος δέ κρατῶν τόν αὐχένα τούτου διά τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ χειρός τοῦ Διακόνου microόνου ὠθοῦντος τρίς τήν βάσιν τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Ἔτι microεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον καὶ ζωηρὸν Αἷmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Μεταλαβόντος δέ τοῦ Διακόνου λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Τοῦτο ἥψατο τῶν χειλέων σου καὶ ἀφελεῖ τὰς ἀνοmicroίας σου καὶ τὰς ἁmicroαρτίας σου περικαθαριεῖ Εἶτα τοῦ Ἱερέως διαmicroελίσαντος τάς microερίδας τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ λαβών ὁ Διάκονος εἰς χείρας τόν τε ἅγιον Δίσκον καί τήν microοῦσαν εἰσκοmicroίζει πρῶτον τό ἅγιον σῶmicroα καί εἶτα ἅπαντα ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ microετά προσοχῆς καί εὐλαβείας λέγων Καὶ ἀποσπογγίζει καλῶς τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον ἔνδον τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ἀπόπλυνον Κύριε τὰ ἁmicroαρτήmicroατα τῶν ἐνθάδε microνηmicroονευθέντων δούλων σου τῷ Αἵmicroατί σου τῷ ἁγίῳ πρεσβείαις τῆς Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων Ἀmicroήν

The Deacon having received the Holy Bread shall go behind the Holy Altar and partake thereof Then the Priest taking with his left hand one end of the communion veil shall place it below his lips and with his right hand holding the other end of the veil he shall take up the chalice and partake of it three times saying Eacutedi medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Then wiping his lips and the rim of the chalice with the veil and kissing the chalice he shall say

Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon mou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas mou ge das amardiacuteas mou berigathariiacute Then he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) eacutedi broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Priest shall give to the Deacon to partake of the chalice three times on this wise The Deacon taking the edge of the veil shall place it under his lips The Priest shall hold the other end with his right hand together with the stem of the chalice Only the Deacon shall make the movement of the chalice by pushing down the base of the chalice As the Deacon partakes the Priest shall say Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion ge zoiroacuten Eacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And when the Deacon has partaken the Priest shall say Douacutedo iacutepsado don hileacuteon sou ge afeliacute das anomiacuteas sou ge das amardiacuteas sou berigathariiacute Then the Priest shall divide the two remaining portions the NI and the KA into small particles sufficient for all The Deacon shall then take up the paten and the sponge and with extreme care shall place the divided particles of the Lamb into the chalice and then all the other particles saying Aboacuteblinon Giacuterie da amardiacutemada don enthaacutedhe mnimonevtheacutendon douacutelon sou do Eacutemadi sou do ayiacuteo bresviacutees dis Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon Amiacuten

Εἰ δέ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ βουλόmicroενοι κοινωνῆσαι εἰσκοmicroίζει microόνον τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον εἰς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον Καί οὕτω σκεπάζει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον τῷ καλύmicromicroατι ἐπί δέ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου τίθησι τόν ἀστέρα καί τά καλύmicromicroατα Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπαίρει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί δίδει τοῦτο τῷ Διακόνῳ ὅστις καί δείκνυσιν αὐτό τῷ λαῷ λέγων

Μετὰ φόβου Θεοῦ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης προσέλθετε ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Θεὸς Κύριος καὶ ἐπέφανεν ἡmicroῖν Καί εἰ microέν εἰσι πιστοί microεταλαβεῖν βουλόmicroενοι αἴρει ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου χειρῶν ὁ Ἱερεύς τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί microεταδίδωσιν αὐτοῖς λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Σῶmicroα καὶ Αἷmicroα Χριστοῦ ἤ

Μεταλαmicroβάνει ὁ (ἡ) δοῦλος (η) τοῦ Θεοῦ (δεῖνα) τοῦ τιmicroίου Σώmicroατος καὶ Αἵmicroατος τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ἀmicroήν Ἐν δὲ τῷ κοινωνεῖν τοὺς πιστοὺς ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει

Τοῦ δείπνου σου τοῦ microυστικοῦ σήmicroερον Υἱὲ Θεοῦ κοινωνόν microε παράλαβε οὐ microὴ γὰρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου τὸ microυστήριον εἴπω οὐ φίληmicroά σοι δώσω καθάπερ ὁ Ἰούδας ἀλλ ὡς ὁ λῃστὴς ὁmicroολογῶ σοι Μνήσθητί microου Κύριε ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου ἤ τό

Σῶmicroα Χριστοῦ microεταλάβετε πηγῆς ἀθανάτου γεύσασθε Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Ἀλληλούϊα Καί microετά τήν τῶν πιστῶν θείαν κοινωνίαν ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν ἐπιλέγων ἐκφώνως

Σῶσον ὁ Θεὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν σου ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἴδοmicroεν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ἐλάβοmicroεν Πνεῦmicroα ἐπουράνιον εὕροmicroεν πίστιν ἀληθῆ ἀδιαίρετον Τριάδα προσκυνοῦντες αὕτη γὰρ ἡmicroᾶς ἔσωσεν

But if there be many that desire to communicate then he shall not put in the other particles but only the Lamb Otherwise he shall cover the chalice with the veil and place on the paten the asterisk and all the other veils Then the Priest shall take up the chalice and give it to the Deacon who shall show it to the people saying

Medaacute foacutevou Theouacute biacutesteos ge ayaacutebis broseacutelthede CHOIR

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Theoacutes Giacuterios ge ebeacutefanen imiacuten The Priest shall take the chalice from the Deacon and shall communicate to each who approach to partake of the Holy Mysteries saying to each

Soacutema ge Eacutema Hristouacute Or

Medalamvaacuteni o (i) douacutelos(i) dou Theouacute [Name] dou dimiacuteou Soacutemados ge Eacutemados dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion Amiacuten Throughout the communion the choir shall sing the following

Dou dhiacutebnou sou dou mistigouacute siacutemeron Ieacute Theouacute ginonoacuten me baraacutelave ou mi yar dis ehthiacutes sou do mistiacuterion iacutebo ou fiacutelima si dhoacuteso kathaacuteber o Iouacutedhas al os o listiacutes omoloyoacute si Mniacutesthidiacute mou Giacuterie en di vasiliacutea sou Or

Soacutema Hristouacute medalaacutevede biyiacutes athanaacutedou yeacutevsasthe Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia Allilouacuteia And when all have communicated the Priest shall bless the people saying

Soacuteson o Theoacutes don laoacuten sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean sou CHOIR

Iacutedhomen do fos do alithinoacuten elaacutevomen Bneacutevma ebouraacutenion eacutevromen biacutestin alithiacute adhieacuteredon Driaacutedha broskinouacutendes aacutevti yar imaacutes eacutesosen

Εἶτα εἰσελθόντες τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ὁ microέν Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ καί εὐθέως λαmicroβάνει τόν θυmicroιατόν ὁ δέ Διάκονος λέγει

Ὕψωσον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιᾷ τρὶς τα Ἅγια Δῶρα λέγων

Ὑψώθητι ἐπὶ τοὺς οὐρανούς ὁ Θεός καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἡ δόξα Σου (γ΄) Εἶτα τόν microέν θυmicroιατόν ἐπιδίδωσι τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Διακόνου ἐπιτίθησι δέ καί τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον microετά τῶν καλυmicromicroάτων καί τοῦ ἀστερίσκου τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ ἀποθέτει αὐτά Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαmicroβάνει τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον ἐν ταῖς χερσίν αὐτοῦ καί λέγει ἡσύχως πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Καί ἐκφώνως πρὸς τὸν λαόν στρεφόmicroενος

Πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ἀποτίθησι τά ἅγια ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Προθέσει

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

Πληρωθήτω τὸ στόmicroα ἡmicroῶν αἰνέσεως σου Κύριε ὅπως ὑmicroνήσωmicroεν τὴν δόξαν σου ὅτι ἠξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς microετασχεῖν τῶν ἁγίων microυστηρίων σου στήρηξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ σῷ ἁγιασmicroῷ ὅλην τὴν ἡmicroέραν microελετᾶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου Ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ἀλληλούϊα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὀρθοί Μεταλαβόντες τῶν θείων ἁγίων ἀχράντων ἀθανάτων ἐπουρανίων καὶ ζωοποιῶν φρικτῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ microυστηρίων ἀξίως εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

And returning into the Sanctuary the Priest shal l p lace the holy Chal ice on the holy Altar and receiving the censer the Deacon shal l say

Iacutepsoson Dheacutesboda And the Priest shall cense the Holy Gifts thrice saying

Ιpsoacutethidi ebiacute dous ouranouacutes o Theoacutes ge ebiacute baacutesan din yin i dhoacutexa Sou (3) And giving the censer to the Deacon he shall take up the paten with the asterisk and the veils and set it upon the Deaconrsquos head who shall proceed to the offertory table where he shall set it down The Priest shall then take up the chalice saying in secret before the Holy Altar

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten And turning to face the people he shall say aloud

Baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And he shall set down the Holy Things on the Offertory Table

CHOIR Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Is aacutefesin amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Blirothiacutedo do stoacutema imoacuten eneacuteseos sou Giacuterie oacutebos imniacutesomen din dhoacutexan sou oacutedi ixiacuteosas imaacutes medashiacuten don ayiacuteon mistiriacuteon sou stiacuterixon imaacutes en do so ayiasmoacute oacutelin din imeacuteran meledaacuten din dhigeosiacutenin sou Allilouacuteia allilouacuteia allilouacuteia DEACON

Orthiacute Medalavoacutendes don thiacuteon ayiacuteon ahraacutendon athanaacutedon ebouraniacuteon ge zoobioacuten friktoacuten dou Hristouacute mistiriacuteon axiacuteos evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοί Κύριε Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς διπλώσας τό ειλητόν επεύχεται τήν ευχήν microετά τό πάντας microεταλαβείν Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε εὐεργέτα τῶν ψυχῶν ἡmicroῶν ὅτι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ ἡmicroέρᾳ κατηξίωσας ἡmicroᾶς τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ ἀθανάτων Μυστηρίων Ὀρθοτόmicroησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ὁδόν στήριξον ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῷ φόβῳ σου τοὺς πάντας φρούρησον ἡmicroῶν τὴν ζωήν ἀσφάλισαι ἡmicroῶν τὰ διαβήmicroατα εὐχαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις τῆς ἐνδόξου Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων σου Ἐκφώνως

Ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἁγιασmicroὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ταύτης τῆς ἐκφωνήσεως λεγοmicroένης λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς συγχρόνως τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον ποιεῖ τό σηmicroεῖον τοῦ Σταυροῦ ἐπί τοῦ ἀντιmicroηνσίου καί ἀσπασάmicroενος ἐπιτίθησιν αὐτό ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Στραφείς δέ πρός τόν λαόν ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ προέλθωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) Πάτερ ἅγιε Εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Καί ἐξελθών τοῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων θυρῶν καί βλέπων πρός ἀνατολάς ἀναγινώσκει microεγαλοφώνως τὴν

ΟΠΙΣΘΑΜΒΩΝΟΝ ΕΥΧΗΝ

Ὁ εὐλογῶν τοὺς εὐλογοῦντάς Σε Κύριε καὶ ἁγιάζων τοὺς ἐπὶ Σοὶ πεποιθότας σῶσον τὸν λαόν Σου καὶ εὐλόγησον τὴν κληρονοmicroίαν Σου Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Σου φύλαξον ἁγίασον τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας τὴν εὐπρέπειαν τοῦ οἴκου Σου Σὺ αὐτοὺς ἀντιδόξασον τῇ θεϊκῇ Σου δυνάmicroει καὶ microὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ Σέ Εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ Σου δώρησαι ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις Σου τοῖς

CHOIR Si Giacuterie And the Priest folding the antiminsion shall say the following prayer

Evharistouacutemen si Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe everyeacuteda don psihoacuten imoacuten oacutedi ge di barouacutesi imeacutera gadixiacuteosas imaacutes don ebouraniacuteon sou ge athanaacutedon Mistiriacuteon Orthodoacutemison imoacuten din odoacuten stiacuterixon imaacutes en do foacutevo sou dous baacutendas frouacuterison imoacuten din zoiacuten asfaacutelise imoacuten da dhiaviacutemada evheacutes ge igesiacutees dis endhoacutexou Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon sou Aloud

Oacutedi si i o ayiasmoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And saying thus the Priest shall take uo the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross over the antiminsion and lay the Book upon it

CHOIR Amiacuten And turning to face the people he shall say

En iriacuteni broeacutelthomen CHOIR

En onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie Evloacuteyison PRIEST And going out of the Sanctuary by the Holy Doors the Priest shall stand before the Icon of Christ or below the chancel steps and say the following prayer

BEHIND THE PULPIT PRAYER

O evloyoacuten dous evloyouacutendas Se Giacuterie ge ayiaacutezon dous ebiacute Si bebithoacutedas soacuteson don laoacuten Sou ge evloacuteyison din glironomiacutean Sou Do bliacuteroma dis Egglisiacuteas Sou fiacutelaxon ayiacuteason dous ayaboacutendas din evbreacutebian dou iacutegou Sou Si avtouacutes andidhoacutexason di theigiacute Sou dhinaacutemi ge mi engadaliacutebis imaacutes dous elbiacutezondas ebiacute Se Iriacuteni do goacutesmo Sou dhoacuterise des Egglisiacutees Sou dis Iereacutevsi

Ἱερεῦσι (τοῖς Βασιλεῦσιν ἡmicroῶν) τῷ στρατῷ καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Σου Ὅτι πᾶσα δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρηmicroα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστι καταβαῖνον ἐκ Σοῦ τοῦ Πατρὸς τῶν φώτων Καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν καὶ προσκύνησιν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Εἴη τὸ ὄνοmicroα Κυρίου εὐλογηmicroένον ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος (γ΄) Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εἰσελθών διά τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἀπέρχεται ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ προθέσει καί εὔχεται τήν ἐν τῷ συστεῖλαι τά ἅγια εὐχήν ἐν τῷ σκευοφυλάκίῳ

Τὸ πλήρωmicroα τοῦ νόmicroου καὶ τῶν Προφητῶν αὐτὸς ὑπάρχων Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ πληρώσας πᾶσαν τὴν πατρικὴν οἰκονοmicroίαν πλήρωσον χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἐπί τῆς ὡραίας πύλης ἱστάmicroενος εὐλογεῖ τόν λαόν λέγων

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ ὑmicroᾶς τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δόξα σοι ὁ Θεός ἡmicroῶν δόξα σοι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ) Πάτερ ἅγιε εὐλόγησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

(Ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν) Χριστὸς ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ταῖς πρεσβείαις τῆς παναχράντου καὶ παναmicroώmicroου ἁγίας αὐτοῦ Μητρός δυνάmicroει τοῦ τιmicroίου καὶ ζωοποιοῦ

(dis Vasileacutevsin imoacuten) do stradoacute ge bandiacute do laoacute Sou Oacutedi baacutesa dhoacutesis ayathiacute ge ban dhoacuterima deacutelion aacutenothen estiacute gadaveacutenon ek Sou dou Badroacutes don Foacuteton Ge Si din dhoacutexan ge evharistiacutean ge broskiacutenisin anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge s dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Iacutei do oacutenoma Giriacuteou evloyimeacutenon aboacute dou nin ge eacuteos dou eoacutenos [3] The Priest shall enter the Sanctuary and going to the offertory table shall say the following prayer silently

Do bliacuteroma dou noacutemou ge don Brofidoacuten avtoacutes ibaacuterhon Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten o bliroacutesas baacutesan din badrigiacuten igonomiacutean bliacuteroson haraacutes ge evfrosiacutenis das gardhiacuteas imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison The Priest standing by the Holy Doors shall bless the people saying

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute ef imaacutes di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST Dhoacutexa si o Theoacutes imoacuten dhoacutexa si CHOIR

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Giacuterie eleacuteison [3] Baacuteder aacuteyie evloacuteyison PRIEST

[O anastaacutes ek negroacuten) Hristoacutes o alithinoacutes Theoacutes imoacuten des breviacutees dis banahraacutendou ge banamoacutemou ayiacuteas avtouacute Midroacutes dhinaacutemi dou dimiacuteou ge zoobiouacute Stavrouacute brostasiacutees

Σταυροῦ προστασίαις τῶν τιmicroίων ἐπουρανίων Δυνάmicroεων Ἀσωmicroάτων ἱκεσίαις τοῦ τιmicroίου ἐνδόξου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ Ἰωάννου τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ καλλινίκων microαρτύρων τῶν ὁσίων καὶ θεοφόρων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν τοῦ ἁγίου (τοῦ Ναοῦ) τῶν ἁγίων καὶ δικαίων Θεοπατόρων Ἰωακεὶmicro καὶ Ἄννης τοῦ ἁγίου (τῆς ἡmicroέρας) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων ἐλεήσαι καὶ σώσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλάνθρωπος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Στερεώσαι Κύριος ὁ Θεός την ἁγίαν και ἀmicroώmicroητον πίστιν τῶν εὐσεβῶν και ὀρθοδόξων Χριστιανῶν συν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησίᾳ πόλει καί ἐνορίᾳ (κώmicroῃ) ταύτῃ εἰς αἰώνας αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Αἰωνία ἡ microνήmicroη τῶν microακαρίων καί ἀοιδίmicroων κτητόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας ταύτης καί πάντων τῶν ὀρθοδόξων Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν τὸν λαὸν λέγει

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι πάντας ὑmicroᾶς ἤ

Ἡ Ἁγία Τριὰς διαφυλάξοι τόν λαόν Αὐτῆς ἐν εἰρήνη πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Τὸν εὐλογοῦντα καὶ ἁγιάζοντα ἡmicroᾶς Κύριε φύλαττε εἰς πολλὰ ἔτη ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Δι᾿ εὐχῶν τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡmicroῶν Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεός ἐλέησον καὶ σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεύς διανέmicroει τὸ ἀντίδωρον λέγων ἑνί ἑκάστω

Εὐλογία Κυρίου καὶ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἔλθοι ἐφ᾿ ὑmicroᾶς Εἰς δὲ τὸν τελευταίως λαβόντα ἐπιλέγει

don dimiacuteon ebouraniacuteon Dhinaacutemeon Asomaacutedon igesiacutees dou dimiacuteou endhoacutexou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute Ioaacutennou don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge galliniacutegon mardiacuteron don osiacuteon ge theofoacuteron Bareacuteron imoacuten dou ayiacuteou (Name of the saint to whom the Church is dedicated) don ayiacuteon ge dhigeacuteon Theobadoacuteron Ioakiacutem ge Aacutennis dou ayiacuteou (Name of saint of the day) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon don Ayiacuteon eleiacutese ge soacutese imaacutes os ayathoacutes ge filaacutenthrobos CHOIR

Stereoacutese Giacuterios o Theoacutes din ayiacutean ge amoacutemidon biacutestin don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon Hristianoacuten sin di ayiacutea Eggliacutesia boacuteli ge enoriacutea (goacutemi) daacutevti is eoacutenas eoacutenon Amiacuten

Eoniacutea i mniacutemi don magariacuteon ge aidhiacutemon ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas daacutevtis ge baacutendon don orthodhoacutexon The Priest blessinf the people shall say

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi baacutendas imaacutes Or

I Ayiacutea Driaacutes dhiafilaacutexi don laoacuten Avtiacutes en iriacuteni baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Don evloyouacutenda ge ayiaacutezonda imaacutes Giacuterie fiacutelatte is bollaacute eacutedi PRIEST

Dhi evhoacuten don ayiacuteon Baderon imoacuten Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes eleacuteison ge soacuteson imaacutes

CHOIR Amiacuten And distributing the antidoron the Priest shall say to each recipient

Evloyiacutea Giriacuteou ge eacuteleos avtouacute eacutelthi ef imaacutes And to the last recipient he shall also say

Τῇ αὐτοῦ θείᾳ χάριτι καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ἐν τούτοις ὁ microὲν Διάκονος ἀπελθὼν εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν συστέλλει τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ πάσης ἀσφαλείας καὶ ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳmiddot ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς microετὰ τὴν διανοmicroὴν τοῦ Ἀντιδώρου εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἅγιον Βῆmicroα ἀπονίπτεται τὰς χεῖρας ἐν τῷ χωνευτηρίῳ καὶ ἀναγινώσκει τὴν Εὐχαριστίαν microετὰ τὴν θείαν Μετάληψιν καὶ τέλος ἐκδυθεὶς τὴν ἱερατικὴν στολὴν καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν ἀπέρχεται τοῦ ἱεροῦ Ναοῦ

Di avtouacute thiacutea haacuteridi ge filanthrobiacutea baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten Meanwhile the Deacon shall consume the remainder of the Holy Things And having consumed with care all that is in the chalice he shall pour in wine and water and again consume until the chalice is clean and no part remains He shall then wipe and dry the chalice with a communion veil and covering the sacred vessels he shall wash his hands And saying the prayers of thanksgiving he shall remove his vestments

Page 6: Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ I THIA LITOURYIA TOU ΑΓΙΟΥ ......Η ΘΕΙΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΧΡΥΣΟΣΤΟΜΟΥ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Σοφία Ὀρθοί Ὁ χορὸς ψάλλει τὸ εἰσοδικόν ΕΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΥ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΕΝ ΚΑΘΗΜΕΡΙΝΗ

Δεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroεν καὶ προσπέσωmicroεν Χριστῷ Σῶσον ἡmicroᾶς Υἱὲ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν Ἁγίοις θαυmicroαστός ψάλλοντάς σοι Ἀλληλούϊα ΧΟΡΟΣ Τα Ἀπολυτίκια και τὸ Κοντάκιον τῆς Ἐκκλησιαστικῆς περιόδου Ψαλλοmicroένων ὑπό τῶν χορῶν τά Ἀπολυτίκια καί τὸ Κοντάκιον ὁ Ἱερεύς λέγει τήν εὐχὴν ταῦτην

Εὐχὴν τοῦ Τρισαγίου Ὁ Θεὸς ὁ ἅγιος ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος ὁ τρισαγίῳ φωνῇ ὑπὸ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro ἀνυmicroνούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro δοξολογούmicroενος καὶ ὑπὸ πάσης ἐπουρανίου δυνάmicroεως προσκυνούmicroενος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι παραγαγὼν τὰ σύmicroπαντα ὁ κτίσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον κατ εἰκόνα σὴν καὶ ὁmicroοίωσιν καὶ παντί σου χαρίσmicroατι κατακοσmicroήσας ὁ διδοὺς αἰτοῦντι σοφίαν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ microὴ παρορῶν ἁmicroαρτάνοντα ἀλλὰ θέmicroενος ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ microετάνοιαν ὁ καταξιώσας ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ταπεινοὺς καὶ ἀναξίους δούλους σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ταύτῃ στῆναι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἁγίου σου θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὴν ὀφειλοmicroένην σοι προσκύνησιν καὶ δοξολογίαν προσάγειν Αὐτός Δέσποτα πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἐκ στόmicroατος ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον καὶ ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ἐν τῇ χρηστότητί σου Συγχώρησον ἡmicroῖν πᾶν πληmicromicroέληmicroα ἑκούσιόν τε καὶ ἀκούσιον ἁγίασον ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ὁσιότητι λατρεύειν σοι πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν πρεσβείαις τῆς ἁγίας Θεοτόκου καὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων τῶν ἀπ αἰῶνός σοι εὐαρεστησάντων Μετά τό Κοντάκιον

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἅγιος εἶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί

aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten

Sofiacutea Orthiacute And the choir shall sing the entrance hymn ON SUNDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o anastaacutes ek Negroacuten psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia ON WEEKDAYS

Dheacutevde broskiniacutesomen ge brosbeacutesomen Hristoacute Soacuteson imaacutes Ieacute Theouacute o en Ayiacuteis thavmastoacutes psaacutelondaacutes si allilouacuteia The choir shall sing the hymn of the day the hymn to the saint to whom the Church is dedicated and the Kontakion of the day or feast While the choir sing the hymns the Priest shall say in a low voice

Prayer of the Thriceholy hymn O Theoacutes o aacuteyios o en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos o drisayiacuteo foniacute iboacute don Seraphiacutem animnouacutemenos ge iboacute don Herouviacutem dhoxoloyouacutemenos ge iboacute baacutesis ebouraniacuteou dhinaacutemeos broskinouacutemenos o ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene barayayoacuten da siacutembata o ktiacutesas don aacutenthrobon gad igoacutena sin ge omiacuteosin ge bandiacute sou hariacutesmati gadagosmiacutesas o dhidhouacutes edouacutendi sofiacutean ge siacutenesin ge mi baroroacuten amardaacutenonda allaacute theacutemenos ebiacute sodiriacutea medaacutenian o gadaxioacutesas imaacutes dous dabinouacutes ge anaxiacuteous dhouacutelous sou ge en di oacutera daacutevti stiacutene gadenoacutebion dis dhoacutexis dou ayiacuteou sou thisiastiriacuteou ge din ofilomeacutenin si broskiacutenisin ge dhoxoloyiacutean brosaacuteyin Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda broacutesdexe ge ek stoacutemados imoacuten don amardoloacuten don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon ge ebiacuteskepse imaacutes en di hristodidiacute sou Sinhoacuterison imiacuten ban blimmeacutelima egouacutesion de ge agouacutesion ayiacuteason imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada ge dhos imiacuten en osioacutedidi ladreacutevin si baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten bresviacutees dis ayiacuteas Theodoacutegou ge baacutendon don ayiacuteon don ab eoacutenos si evarestisaacutendon After the Kontakion DEACON

Dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison PRIEST

Oacutedi aacuteyios i o Theoacutes imoacuten ge si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς (γ΄)

Δόξα Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ καὶ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι

Καὶ νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν

Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Δύναmicroις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεός ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς Εἶτα ὁ Ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσιν ἐναλλὰξ τὸν Τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον ποιοῦντες ὁmicroοῦ τρία προσκυνήmicroατα microετὰ σταυρῶν ἔmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Εἰ ἐστι συλλείτουργον τό Τρισάγιον Ὕmicroνον ψάλλεται ὡς ἐξής Τό πρῶτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό δεύτερον ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν τό τρίτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος τό τέταρτον ἀπό τήν δεξιάν τό πέmicroπτον ἀπό τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος Δόξα ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν Καί νῦν ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ἅγιος ἀθάνατος ἀπό τήν ἀριστεράν καί τό Δύναmicroις ἀπό τήν δεξιάν Ψαλλοmicroένου τό Δύναmicroις τοῦ Τρισαγίου παρά τῶν ψαλτῶν ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Κέλευσον Δέσποτα Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν Πρόθεσιν τοῦ Ἱερέως λέγοντος

Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Και Ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν καθέδραν λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τὴν ἄνω καθέδραν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ κατά ανατολάς λέγων

Εὐλογηmicroένος εἶ ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου ὁ καθήmicroενος ἐπὶ τῶν Χερουβείmicro πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὅταν συmicroπληρωθεῖ τό Τρισάγιον ὓmicroνον ὁ Διάκονος ἔρχεται ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τό Προκείmicroενον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

DEACON Ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes (3)

Dhoacutexa Badriacute ge Ioacute ge Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi

Ge nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten

Aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes

DEACON Dhiacutenamis CHOIR Aacuteyios o Theoacutes aacuteyios ishiroacutes aacuteyios athaacutenados eleacuteison imaacutes While the choir sing the thriceholy hymn the Priest and the Deacon repeat the thriceholy secretly and together bow themselves thrice before the Holy Altar [If the Liturgy is celebrated by two or more priests then the thriceholy is sung five times before the ldquoGloryhellip and nowhelliprdquo on this wise First by the right choir second by the left third by the clergy fourth by the right fifth by the clergy Glory by the left now by the right Holy and Immortal by the left and the Power by the right] During the singing of the Power (Dhinamis) the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Gelevson Dhesboda And they shall proceed toward the throne the Priest saying as he goes

Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou DEACON

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda din aacuteno gatheacutedhran PRIEST

Evloyimeacutenos i o ebiacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou o gathiacutemenos ebiacute don Herouviacutem baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And after the conclusion of the thriceholy the Deacon shall come before the Holy Doors and when the reader has read the first line of the prokhimenon of the Apostle reading he shall say

Πρόσχωmicroεν Καί ὅταν ὁ Ἀναγνώστης ἐκφωνήσει τόν Στίχον λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Σοφία Καί ὅταν ἐκφωνήσει τήν ἐπιγραφήν τῆς Ἀποστολικῆς περικοπῆς λέγει ὁ Διάκονος

Πρόσχωmicroεν Πληρωθέντος δέ τοῦ Αποστόλου ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀλληλούϊα (γ΄) Μετά τῶν στίχων Ψαλλοmicroένων τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων και τῶν στίχων ὁ Διάκονος λέγει τῷ Ιερεί

Εὐλόγησον Δέσποτα τό θυmicroίαmicroα Καί ὁ Ἱερεὺς εὐλογεῖ ὡς συνήθως λέγων

Εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Καί ὁ Διάκονος θυmicroιᾷ κατά τόν συνήθη τρόπον Ὁ Ιερεύς λέγει χαmicroηλοφώνως τήν εὐχήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου

Ἔλλαmicroψον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡmicroῶν φιλάνθρωπε Δέσποτα τὸ τῆς Σῆς θεογνωσίας ἀκήρατον φῶς καὶ τοὺς τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν διάνοιξον ὀφθαλmicroοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν Σου κηρυγmicroάτων κατανόησιν Ἔνθες ἡmicroῖν καὶ τὸν τῶν microακαρίων Σου ἐντολῶν φόβον ἵνα τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυmicroίας πάσας καταπατήσαντες πνευmicroατικὴν πολιτείαν microετέλθωmicroεν πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐαρέστησιν τὴν Σὴν καὶ φρονοῦντες καὶ πράττοντες Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ φωτισmicroὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Χριστὲ ὁ Θεός καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος microετὰ τὸ θυmicroίαmicroα ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν τῷ Ἱερεῖ καὶ λέγει

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν εὐαγγελιστὴν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (Ματθαίου ἢ Μάρκου ἢ Λουκᾶ ἢ Ἰωάννου) Ὁ δὲ Ἱερεὺς σφραγίζων αὐτόν λέγει

Ὁ Θεός διὰ πρεσβειῶν τοῦ ἁγίου ἐνδόξου Ἀποστόλου καὶ Εὐαγγελιστοῦ (δεῖνος) δῴη σοι ῥῆmicroα τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ δυνάmicroει πολλῇ εἰς ἐκπλήρωσιν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ Υἱοῦ Αὐτοῦ Κυρίου δὲ ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Γένοιτό microοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆmicroά σου

Broacuteshome And when the reader has read the second line

Sofiacutea And when he has announced which Apostolic reading is to be read

Broacuteshome And on completion of the Apostolic reading the Priest shall bless the reader saying

Iriacuteni si

CHOIR Allilouacuteia (3) With verses During the singing of the Alleluia the Deacon shall take up the censer with the incense and approaching the Priest shall say

Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda do thimiacuteama PRIEST

Evloyidoacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And whilst the Deacon censes in the customary way the Priest standing before the Holy Altar shall say in a low voice

Eacutelampson en des gardhiacutees imoacuten filaacutenthrobe Dheacutesboda do dis Sis theognosiacuteas agiacuteradon fos ge dous dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten dhiaacutenixon ofthalmouacutes is din don evangeligoacuten Sou giriymaacutedon gadanoacuteisin Eacutenthes imiacuten ge don don magariacuteon Sou endoloacuten foacutevon iacutena das sargigaacutes ebithimiacuteas baacutesas kadapadiacutesandes bnevmadigiacuten bolidiacutean medeacutelthomen baacutenda da bros evareacutestisin din Sin ge fronouacutendes ge braacutettondes Si yar i o fodismoacutes don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Hristeacute o Theoacutes ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The Deacon having put aside the censer shall come to the Priest and bowing his head shall say Evloacuteyison Dheacutesboda don evaggelistiacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (Mattheacuteou Maacutergou Lougaacute or Ioaacutennou) The Priest signing him with the sign of the Cross shall say O Theoacutes dhiaacute bresvioacuten dou ayiacuteou endhoacutexou Abostoacutelou ge Evangelistouacute (name) dhoacutei si riacutema do evangelizomeacuteno dhinaacutemi bolliacute is ekbliacuterosin dou Evangeliacuteou dou ayabidouacute Iouacute Avtouacute Giriacuteou dhe imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten Yeacutenidoacute mi gadaacute do riacutema sou

Εἶτα λαβὼν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τοῦ Ἱερέως τὸ ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον καὶ προσκυνήσας microετ᾿ εὐλαβείας αἴρει αὐτὸ καί προπορευοmicroένων λαmicroπάδων ἀπέρχεται εἰς τὸν Ἄmicroβωνα ἐνῷ ὁ Ἱερεύς microετὰ τὴν συmicroπλήρωσιν τῶν Ἀλληλουαρίων ἀπὸ τῆς πύλης τοῦ Ἱεροῦ Βήmicroατος ἐκφωνεῖ

Σοφία Ὀρθοί ἀκούσωmicroεν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Εἰρήνη πᾶσι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἐκ τοῦ κατὰ (δεῖνα) ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου τὸ ἀνάγνωσmicroα

ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πρόσχωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Καὶ ἀναγινώσκει ὁ Διάκονος τὴν τεταγmicroένην περικοπὴν τοῦ ἁγίου Εὐαγγελίου Μετὰ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Εἰρήνη σοι (τῷ εὐαγγελιζοmicroένῳ)

ΧΟΡΟΣ Δόξα Σοι Κύριε δόξα Σοι Τούτου ψαλλοmicroένου κατέρχεται ὁ Διάκονος τοῦ Ἄmicroβωνος κρατῶν ὑψηλά τό Εὐαγγέλιον Ἔmicroπροθεν τῆς Ὡραίας πύλης ἀποδίδει αὐτό τῷ Ἱερεί καί ἀσπάζεται τήν χείρα αὐτοῦ Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς ἀσπαζόmicroενος τό ἅγιον Εὐαγγέλιον χαράζει microετ᾿ αὐτοῦ τύπον σταυροῦ πρός τόν λαόν καί εἰσέρχεται ἐν τῷ Ἱερῷ καί ἀποθέτει αὐτό ἐπί τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης Ὁ Διάκονος σταθεῖς ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ λέγει τήν Ἐκτενήν

Εἴπωmicroεν πάντες ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας ἡmicroῶν εἴπωmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον (γ΄) [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Κύριε Παντοκράτορ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡmicroῶν δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός κατὰ τὸ microέγα ἔλεός Σου δεόmicroεθά Σου ἐπάκουσον καὶ ἐλέησον

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ Ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρός καὶ

And he shall give the Book to the Deacon who shall say Amen and kiss the Gospel Book and the Priestrsquos right hand and shall then step forth through the Holy Doors preceded by lighted candles and go to the customary place Then the Priest standing before the Holy Altar facing toward the west shall say

Sofiacutea Orthiacute agouacutesomen dou ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou

DEACON Ek dou gadaacute (name) ayiacuteou Evangeliacuteou do anaacuteynosma

PRIEST Broacuteshomen

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si And after the reading of the Gospel the Priest shall bless the Deacon saying

Iriacuteni si (do evangelizomeacuteno)

CHOIR Dhoacutexa Si Giacuterie dhoacutexa Si Then the Deacon comes down from the Ambon holding high the Gospel Book At the Holy Doors he shall deliver the Book to the Priest and kiss his hand The Priest shall kiss the Gospel Book and make with it the sign of the Cross blessing the people before entering the Sanctuary and placing it upon the Holy Altar Then the Deacon standing in his accustomed place shall say the following petitions

Iacutebomen baacutendes ex oacutelis dis psihiacutes ge ex oacutelis dis dhianiacuteas imoacuten iacutebomen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (3) (and after each petition) DEACON

Giacuterie Bandograacutedor o Theoacutes don badeacuteron imoacuten dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eleacuteison imaacutes o Theoacutes gadaacute do meacuteya eacuteleos Sou dheoacutemethaacute Sou ebaacutegouson ge eleacuteison

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter dou badroacutes ge

Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος)

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἱερέων ἱεροmicroονάχων ἱεροδιακόνων καὶ microοναχῶν καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ ἡmicroῶν ἀδελφότητος

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ ἐλέους ζωῆς εἰρήνης ὑγείας σωτηρίας ἐπισκέψεως συγχωρήσεως καὶ ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν τῶν δούλων τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντων τῶν εὐσεβῶν καὶ ὀρθοδόξων χριστιανῶν τῶν κατοικούντων καὶ παρεπιδηmicroούντων ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐνορίᾳ ταύτῃ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων συνδροmicroητῶν καὶ ἀφιερωτῶν του ἁγίου ναοῦ τούτου

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν microακαρίων καὶ ἀειmicroνήστων κτιτόρων τῆς ἁγίας Ἐκκλησίας (ἢ Μονῆς) ταύτης καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν προαναπαυσαmicroένων πατέρων καὶ ἀδελφῶν ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἐνθάδε εὐσεβῶς κειmicroένων καὶ ἀπανταχοῦ ὀρθοδόξων

Ἔτι δεόmicroεθα ὑπὲρ τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ πανσέπτῳ ναῷ τούτῳ κοπιώντων ψαλλόντων καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ περιεστῶτος λαοῦ τοῦ ἀπεκδεχοmicroένου τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν τῆς ἐκτενοῦς ἱκεσίας

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν τὴν ἐκτενῆ ταύτην ἱκεσίαν πρόσδεξαι παρὰ τῶν Σῶν δούλων καὶ ἐλέησον ἡmicroᾶς κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ἐλέους Σου καὶ τοὺς οἰκτιρmicroούς Σου κατάπεmicroψον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου τὸν ἀπεκδεχόmicroενον τὸ παρὰ σοῦ microέγα καὶ πλούσιον ἔλεος ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι ἐλεήmicroων καὶ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ὑπάρχεις καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὔξασθε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι τῷ Κυρίῳ

arhiebiscoacutebou imoacuten (name)

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don adhelfoacuten imoacuten don iereacuteon ieromonaacutehon ierodhiagoacutenon ge monahoacuten ge basis dis en Hristoacute imoacuten adhelfoacutedidos

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter eleacuteous zoiacutes iriacutenis iyiacuteas sodiriacuteas ebiskeacutepseos sinhoriacuteseos ge afeacuteseos don amardioacuten don dhouacutelon dou Theouacute baacutendon don evsevoacuten ge orthodhoacutexon hristianoacuten don gadigouacutendon ge barabidhimouacutendon en di boacuteli ge enoriacutea daacutevdin don ebidroacutebon sinthromidoacuten ge afierodoacuten dou ayiacuteou naouacute doudouacute

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don magariacuteon ge aimniacuteston ktidoacuteron dis ayiacuteas Egglisiacuteas (Moniacutes) daacutevtis ge ibeacuter baacutendon don broanabavsameacutenon baacutederon ge adhelfoacuten imoacuten don endhaacutethe evsevoacutes gimeacutenon ge abandahouacute orthodhoacutexon

Eacutedi dheoacutemethaacute ibeacuter don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en do ayiacuteo ge banseacutepto naoacute douacutedon gobioacutendon psalloacutendon ge ibeacuter dou beriestoacutedos laouacute dou abekdhehomeacutenou do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten din ekteniacute daacutevtin igesiacutean broacutesdhexe baraacute don Son dhouacutelon ge eleacuteison imaacutes gadaacute do bliacutethos dou eleacuteous Sou ge dous iktirmouacutes Sou gadaacutebempson ef imaacutes ge ebiacute baacutendon don laoacuten Sou don abekdhehoacutemenon do baraacute sou meacuteya ge blouacutesion eacuteleos PRIEST

Oacutedi eleiacutemon ge filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes ibaacuterhis ge Si din dhoacutexa anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutevxasthe i Gadihouacutemeni do Giriacuteo

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Οἱ πιστοί ὑπὲρ τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἵνα ὁ Κύριος αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσῃ

Κατηχήσῃ αὺτοὺς τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας

Ἀποκαλύψῃ αὐτοῖς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δικαιοσύνης

Ἑνώσῃ αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ αὐτοῦ Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ

Σῶσον ἐλέησον ἀντιλαβοῦ καὶ διαφύλαξον αὐτούς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Οἱ κατηχούmicroενοι τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνατε Τούτων δέ λεγοmicroένων λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς τήν εὐχήν ὑπέρ τῶν κατηχουmicroένων

Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν ὑψηλοῖς κατοικῶν καὶ τὰ ταπεινὰ ἐφορῶν ὁ διὰ σωτηρίαν τῷ γένει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξαποστείλας τὸν microονογενῆ Σου Υἱὸν καὶ Θεόν τὸν Κύριον ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν ἐπίβλεψον ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους Σου τοὺς Κατηχουmicroένους τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας Σοι τὸν ἑαυτῶν αὐχένα καὶ καταξίωσον αὐτοὺς ἐν καιρῷ εὐθέτῳ τοῦ λουτροῦ τῆς παλιγγενεσίας τῆς ἀφέσεως τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐνδύmicroατος τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἕνωσον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου Καθολικῇ καὶ Ἀποστολικῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ συγκαταρίθmicroησον αὐτοὺς τῇ ἐκλεκτῇ Σου ποίmicroνῃ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ σὺν ἡmicroῖν δοξάζωσι τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά Σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε οἱ Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε ὅσοι Κατηχούmicroενοι προέλθετε

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

I bistiacute ibeacuter don Gadihoumeacutenon dheithoacutemen

Iacutena o Giacuterios avtouacutes eleiacutesi

Gadihiacutesi avtouacutes don loacuteyon dis alithiacuteas

Abogaliacutepsi avtiacutes do Evangeacutelion dis dhigeosiacutenis

Enoacutesi avtouacutes di ayiacutea avtouacute Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea

Soacuteson eleacuteison andilavouacute ge dhiafiacutelaxon avtouacutes o Theoacutes di si haacuteridi

I gadihouacutemeni das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenade While the Deacon says the above petitions the Priest shall say the following prayer for the Catechumen

Giacuterie o Theoacutes imoacuten o en ipsiliacutes gadigoacuten ge da dabinaacute eforoacuten o dhiaacute sodiriacutean do yeacuteni don anthroacutebon exabostiacutelas don monoyeniacute Sou Ioacuten ge Theoacuten don Giacuterion imoacuten Iisouacuten Hristoacuten ebiacutevlepson ebiacute dous dhouacutelous Sou dous Gadihoumeacutenous dous ibogegligoacutedas Si don eavtoacuten avheacutena ge gadaxiacuteoson avtouacutes en geroacute evtheacutedo dou loudrouacute dis balingenesiacuteas dis afeacuteseos don amardioacuten ge dou endhiacutemados dis aftharsiacuteas eacutenoson avtouacutes di ayiacutea Sou Gatholigiacute ge Abostoligiacute Egglisiacutea ge singadariacutethmison avtouacutes di eglektiacute Sou biacutemni PRIEST

Iacutena ge avtiacute sin imiacuten dhoxaacutezosi do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes oacutenomaacute Sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede i Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede oacutesi Gadihouacutemeni broeacutelthede

Μή τις τῶν Κατηχουmicroένων

Ὅσοι πιστοί ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Α΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν Σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς τῶν Δυνάmicroεων τῷ καταξιώσαντι ἡmicroᾶς παραστῆναι καὶ νῦν τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ καὶ προσπεσεῖν τοῖς οἰκτιρmicroοῖς Σου ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Πρόσδεξαι ὁ Θεός τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν ποίησον ἡmicroᾶς ἀξίους γενέσθαι τοῦ προσφέρειν Σοι δεήσεις καὶ ἱκεσίας καὶ θυσίας ἀναιmicroάκτους ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ Σου καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς οὓς ἔθου εἰς τὴν διακονίαν Σου ταύτην ἐν τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Πνεύmicroατός Σου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀκαταγνώστως καὶ ἀπροσκόπτως ἐν καθαρῷ τῷ microαρτυρίῳ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡmicroῶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαί Σε ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ καὶ τόπῳ ἵνα εἰσακούων ἡmicroῶν ἵλεως ἡmicroῖν εἴης ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς Σῆς ἀγαθότητος

Ὅτι πρέπει Σοι πᾶσα δόξα τιmicroὴ καὶ προσκύνησις τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Mi dis don Gadihoumeacutenon

Oacutesi bistiacute eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

FIRST PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Evharistouacutemen Si Giacuterie o Theoacutes don Dhinaacutemeon do gadaxioacutesandi imaacutes barastiacutene ge nin do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiriacuteo ge bresbesiacuten dis iktirmiacutes Sou ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Broacutesdhexe o Theoacutes din dheacuteisin imoacuten biacuteison imaacutes axiacuteous yeneacutesthe dou brosfeacuterin Si dheiacutesis ge igesiacuteas ge thisiacuteas anemaacutektous ibeacuter bandoacutes dou laouacute Sou ge igaacutenoson imaacutes ous eacutethou is din dhiagoniacutean Sou daacutevtin en di dhinaacutemi dou Bneacutevmados Sou dou Ayiacuteou agadagnoacutestos ge abroskoacuteptos en gatharoacute do mardiriacuteo dis sinidhiacuteseos imoacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se en bandiacute geroacute ge doacutebo iacutena isagouacuteon imoacuten iacuteleos imiacuten iacuteis en do bliacutethi dis Sis ayathoacutedidos

Oacutedi breacutebi si baacutesa dhoacutexa dimiacute ge broskiacutenisis do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten DEACON

Eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Σοφία ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Β΄ ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΠΙΣΤΩΝ

Πάλιν καὶ πολλάκις Σοὶ προσπίπτοmicroεν καὶ Σοῦ δεόmicroεθα ἀγαθὲ καὶ φιλάνθρωπε ὅπως ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν καθαρίσῃς ἡmicroῶν τὰς ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώmicroατα ἀπὸ παντὸς microολυσmicroοῦ σαρκὸς καὶ πνεύmicroατος καὶ δῴης ἡmicroῖν ἀνένοχον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον τὴν παράστασιν τοῦ ἁγίου Σου θυσιαστηρίου Χάρισαι δέ ὁ Θεός καὶ τοῖς συνευχοmicroένοις ἡmicroῖν προκοπὴν βίου καὶ πίστεως καὶ συνέσεως πνευmicroατικῆς δὸς αὐτοῖς πάντοτε microετὰ φόβου καὶ ἀγάπης λατρεύειν Σοι ἀνενόχως καὶ ἀκατακρίτως microετέχειν τῶν ἁγίων Σου Μυστηρίων καὶ τῆς ἐπουρανίου Σου βασιλείας ἀξιωθῆναι

Ὅπως ὑπὸ τοῦ κράτους Σου πάντοτε φυλαττόmicroενοι Σοὶ δόξαν ἀναπέmicroπωmicroεν τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ τῷ Ἁγίῳ Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ψάλλει τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον ἀργῶς καὶ microετὰ microέλους εἰς τὸν κύριον ἦχον τῆς ἡmicroέρας

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Τούτου δὲ ᾀδοmicroένου ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος τήν κεφαλήν ποιεῖ εὐχήν ὑπέρ ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὴν

ΕΥΧΗΝ ΤΟΥ ΧΕΡΟΥΒΙΚΟΥ

Οὐδεὶς ἄξιος τῶν συνδεδεmicroένων ταῖς σαρκικαῖς ἐπιθυmicroίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς προσέρχεσθαι ἢ προσεγγίζειν

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison DEACON

Sofiacutea PRIEST

SECOND PRAYER OF THE FAITHFUL

Baacutelin ge bollaacutegis Si brosbiacuteptomen ge Sou dheoacutemetha ayatheacute ge filaacutenthrobe oacutebos ebivleacutepsas ebiacute din dheacuteisin imoacuten gathariacutesis imoacuten das psihaacutes ge da soacutemada aboacute bandoacutes molismouacute sargoacutes ge bneacutevmados ge dhoacuteis imiacuten aneacutenohon ge agadaacutegridon din baraacutestasin dou ayiacuteou Sou thisiastiriacuteou Haacuterise dhe o Theoacutes ge dis sinevhomeacutenis imiacuten brogobiacuten viacuteou ge biacutesteos ge sineacuteseos bnevmadigiacutes dhos avtiacutes baacutendode medaacute foacutevou ge ayaacutebis ladreacutevin Si anenoacutehos ge akadagriacutedos medeacutehin don ayiacuteon Sou Mistiriacuteon ge dis ebouraniacuteou Sou vasiliacuteas axiothiacutene

Oacutebos iboacute dou graacutedous Sou baacutendode filattoacutemeni Si dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen do Badriacute ge do Ioacute ge do Ayiacuteo Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And the choir shall sing the Cherubic Hymn slowly and solemnly in the tone of the day

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia During the singing of the Cherubicon the Priest bowing his head shall say the following prayer on behalf of himself

THE PRAYER OF THE CHERUBICON Oudhiacutes aacutexios don sindhedhomeacutenon des sargigeacutes ebithimiacutees ge idhoneacutes broseacuterhesthe i brosengiacutezin i

ἢ λειτουργεῖν Σοι Βασιλεῦ τῆς δόξης τὸ γὰρ διακονεῖν Σοι microέγα καὶ φοβερὸν καὶ αὐταῖς ταῖς ἐπουρανίοις Δυνάmicroεσιν Ἀλλ ὅmicroως διὰ τὴν ἄφατον καὶ ἀmicroέτρητόν Σου φιλανθρωπίαν ἀτρέπτως καὶ ἀναλλοιώτως γέγονας ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἀρχιερεὺς ἡmicroῶν ἐχρηmicroάτισας καὶ τῆς λειτουργικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναιmicroάκτου θυσίας τὴν ἱερουργίαν παρέδωκας ἡmicroῖν ὡς Δεσπότης τῶν ἁπάντων Σὺ γὰρ microόνος Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν δεσπόζεις τῶν ἐπουρανίων καὶ τῶν ἐπιγείων ὁ ἐπὶ θρόνου χερουβικοῦ ἐποχούmicroενος ὁ τῶν Σεραφεὶmicro Κύριος καὶ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος καὶ ἐν ἁγίοις ἀναπαυόmicroενος Σὲ τοίνυν δυσωπῶ τὸν microόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐήκοον Ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ ἐmicroὲ τὸν ἁmicroαρτωλὸν καὶ ἀχρεῖον δοῦλόν Σου καὶ καθάρισόν microου τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀπὸ συνειδήσεως πονηρᾶς καὶ ἱκάνωσόν microε τῇ δυνάmicroει τοῦ Ἁγίου Σου Πνεύmicroατος ἐνδεδυmicroένον τὴν τῆς Ἱερατείας χάριν παραστῆναι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Σου ταύτῃ τραπέζῃ καὶ ἱερουργῆσαι τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ἄχραντόν Σου Σῶmicroα καὶ τὸ τίmicroιον Αἷmicroα Σοὶ γὰρ προσέρχοmicroαι κλίνας τὸν ἑmicroαυτοῦ αὐχένα καὶ δέοmicroαί Σου Μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν Σου ἀπ ἐmicroοῦ microηδὲ ἀποδοκιmicroάσῃς microε ἐκ παίδων Σου ἀλλ ἀξίωσον προσενεχθῆναί Σοι ὑπ ἐmicroοῦ τοῦ ἁmicroαρτωλοῦ καὶ ἀναξίου δούλου Σου τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα Σὺ γὰρ εἶ ὁ προσφέρων καὶ προσφερόmicroενος καὶ προσδεχόmicroενος καὶ διαδιδόmicroενος Χριστὲ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν καὶ Σοὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀναπέmicroποmicroεν σὺν τῷ ἀνάρχῳ Σου Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ Σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεί καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Μετὰ τὴν εὐχὴν ὁ Ἱερεύς καὶ ὁ Διάκονος λέγουσι καί αὐτοί τὸν Χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον (γ΄) ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Οἱ τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro microυστικῶς εἰκονίζοντες καὶ τῇ ζωοποιῷ Τριάδι τὸν τρισάγιον ὕmicroνον προσᾴδοντες πᾶσαν νῦν βιοτικὴν ἀποθώmicroεθα microέριmicroναν ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὡς τὸν Βασιλέα τῶν ὅλων ὑποδεξόmicroενοι ταῖς ἀγγελικαῖς ἀοράτως δορυφορούmicroενον τάξεσιν Ἀλληλούϊα Μετά λαmicroβάνει ὁ Ἱερεύς τὸ θυmicroιατήριον καί εὐλογεί κατά τό συνήθης τρόπο θυmicroιᾷ κύκλῳ τὴν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν τήν Πρόθεσιν τό Εἰκονοστάσι καί τόν λαόν λέγοντας microυστικῶς τό laquoΔεῦτε προσκυνήσωmicroενraquo (γ΄) καὶ εἶτα τὸν Ν ψαλmicroόν Εἰ microέν ἐστι Κυριακή λέγει τὸ laquoἈνάστασιν Χριστοῦ θεασάmicroενοιraquo καὶ τὸν Ν΄ ψαλmicroόν ἕως τόν στίχον laquoθυσία τῷ Θεῷ πνεῦmicroα συντετριmicromicroένον καρδίαν συντετριmicromicroένην καὶ τεταπεινωmicroένην ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἐξουδενώσειraquo Ἐπανερχόmicroενος εἰς τό Ἱερό θυmicroιᾷ πάλιν τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζαν την Ἱεράν Πρόθεσιν καί

lidouryiacuten Si Vasileacutev dis dhoacutexis do yar dhiakoniacuten Si meacuteya ge foveroacuten ge avteacutes des ebouraniacuteis Dhinaacutemesin Al oacutemos dhiaacute din aacutefadon ge ameacutedridon Sou filanthrobiacutean adreacuteptos ge anallioacutedos yeacuteyonas aacutenthrobos ge Arhiereacutevs imoacuten ehrimaacutedisas ge dis lidouryigiacutes daacutevtis ge anemaacutektou thisiacuteas din ierouryiacutean bareacutedhokas imiacuten os Dhesboacutedis don abaacutendon Si yar moacutenos Giacuterios o Theoacutes imoacuten dhesboacutezis don ebouraniacuteon ge don ebiyiacuteon o ebiacute throacutenou herouvigouacute ebohouacutemenos o don Serafiacutem Giacuterios ge Vasileacutevs dou Israiacutel o moacutenos Aacuteyios ge en ayiacuteis anabavoacutemenos Se diacutenin dhisoboacute don moacutenon ayathoacuten ge eviacutegoon Ebiacutevlepson eb emeacute don amardoloacuten ge ahriacuteon dhouacutelon Sou ge gathaacuterison mou din psihiacuten ge din gardhiacutean aboacute sinidhiacuteseos boniraacutes ge igaacutenosoacuten me di dhinaacutemi dou Ayiacuteou Sou Bneacutevmados endhedhimeacutenon din dis Ieradiacuteas haacuterin barastiacutene di ayiacutea Sou daacutevti drabeacutezi ge ierouryiacutese do aacuteyion ge aacutehrandoacuten Sou Soacutema ge to diacutemion Eacutema Si yar broseacuterhome gliacutenas don emavtoacuten avheacutena ge dheacuteomeacute Sou Mi abostreacutepsis do broacutesoboacuten Sou ab emouacute midheacute abodhogimaacutesis me ek beacutedhon Sou al axiacuteoson brosenehthiacutene Si ib emouacute dou amardolouacute ge anaxiacuteou dhouacutelou Sou da dhoacutera daacutevta Si yar i o brosfeacuteron ge brosferoacutemenos ge brosdhehoacutemenos ge dhiadhidhoacutemenos Hriste o Theoacutes imoacuten ge Si din dhoacutexan anabeacutembomen sin do anaacuterho Sou Badriacute ge do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten The prayer being finished the Priest and the Deacon shall say the Cherubic hymn thrice making a reverence at the end of each repetition PRIEST

I da Herouviacutem mistigoacutes igoniacutezondes ge di zoobioacute Driaacutedhi don drisaacuteyion iacutemnon brosaacutedhondes baacutesan nin viodigiacuten abothoacutemetha meacuterimnan DEACON

Os don Vasileacutea don oacutelon ibodhexoacutemeni des angeligeacutes aoraacutedos dhoriforouacutemenon daacutexesin Allilouacuteia Then the Priest taking up the censer and blessing the incense in the usual way shall cense the Holy Table round about the prothesis the Iconostasis and the people saying secretly ldquoO come let us worship etcrdquo and Psalm 50 On Sundays he shall say the hymn ldquoWe have seen the resurrection of Christrdquo and then Psalm 50 up to the verse ldquoO God Thou wilt not despiserdquo On entering the sanctuary he shall again cense the Holy table the prothesis and all the sanctuary and replace the censer in its customary place Then standing before the Holy Altar the Priest and the Deacon shall make

τό Ἱερατείον καί ἀποδίδει τό θυmicroιατήριον Οἱ Ἱερουργούντες προσκυνοῦντες τρίς πρό τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί ἀσπαζόmicroενοι τό Ἀντιmicroήνσιον καί τήν ἁγίαν Τράπεζα λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς τά τροπάρια ταῦτα

Ἤmicroαρτον εἰς σὲ Σωτήρ ὡς ὁ ἄσωτος υἱός δέξαι microε Πάτερ microετανοοῦντα καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός

Κράζω σοι Χριστὲ Σωτὴρ τοῦ τελώνου τὴν φωνήν Ἱλάσθητί microοι ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε ὁ Θεός Εἶτα εἰς ἕκαστος ὑποκλινόmicroενος τοῖς συλλειτουργοῖς λέγει Συγχωρήσατέ microοι ἀδελφοὶ καὶ συλλειτουργοί Καὶ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὑποκλινόmicroενοι ἀπὸ τῆς Ὡραίας Πύλης λέγουν

Τοῖς microισοῦσι καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός συγχώρησον Καὶ ἀπέρχονται εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν Πρόθεσιν καὶ λέγουν

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε Καὶ προσκυνοῦσι τρὶς τὰ τίmicroια Δῶρα ἐκ τρίτου λέγουν

Ἅγιος ὁ Θεὸς ὁ Πατήρ ὁ ἄναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἰσχυρός ὁ Υἱός ὁ συνάναρχοςmiddot ἅγιος ἀθάνατος τὸ πανάγιον Πνεύmicroαmiddot Τριὰς Ἁγία δόξα σοι Εἶτα ὁ Διάκονος λέγει

Ἔπαρον Δέσποτα Ὁ ἱερεὺς ἄρας τὸν Ἀέρα ἐπιτίθησι τοῖς ὤmicroοις τοῦ Διακόνου λέγων

Ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἐπάρατε τὰς χεῖρας ὑmicroῶν εἰς τὰ ἅγια καὶ εὐλογεῖτε τὸν Κύριον Καὶ δίδει τὸ ἅγιον Δισκάριον εἰς τὸν Διάκονον Αὐτὸς δὲ λαmicroβάνει τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον λέγων

Ἀνέβη ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἀλαλαγmicroῷ Κύριος ἐν φωνῇ σάλπιγγος Ὅταν δὲ ὁ Χορός εἴπῃ τὸ laquoὩς τὸν Βασιλέαraquo ὁ Διάκονος microετὰ τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχονται ἐκ τῆς βορείας πύλης προπορευοmicroένων θυmicroιατηρίου λαmicroπάδων καὶ εξαπτερύγων καὶ διέρχονται τὸ ἀριστερὸν κλῖτος καὶ τὸ microέσον τοῦ Ναοῦ ποιοῦντες τὴν Μεγάλην Εἴσοδον τοῦ Διακόνου ἐκφωνοῦντος microεγαλοφώνως

Πάντων ὑmicroῶν microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καί τοῦ Ἱερέως εἰσερχοmicroένου λέγει πρός αὐτόν ὁ προεισελθών Διάκονος

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ

two lowly reverences saying each to himself Iacutemardon is se Sodiacuter os o aacutesodos ioacutes dheacutexe me Baacuteder medanoouacutenda ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes

Graacutezo si Hristeacute Sodiacuter dou deloacutenou din foniacuten Ilaacutesthidiacute mi oacutesber egiacuteno ge eleacuteison me o Theoacutes And kissing the antiminsion they shall again make a reverence and turn and bow to each other saying

Sinhoriacutesadeacute mi adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute And then from the Holy doors they shall bow humbly to the people saying in a low voice

Dis misouacutesi ge ayaboacutesin imaacutes o Theoacutes sinhoacuterison Then shall they proceed to the offertory table saying as they go

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me And kissing the holy gifts they shall say

Aacuteyios o Theoacutes o Badiacuter o aacutenarhos aacuteyios ishiroacutes o Ioacutes o sinaacutenarhos aacuteyios athaacutenados do banaacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutes Ayiacutea dhoacutexa si Then the Deacon shall say to the Priest

Eacutebaron Dheacutesboda And the Priest taking the aer shall first cense it and then lay it on the Deaconrsquos shoulders saying

En iriacuteni ebaacuterade das hiacuteras imoacuten is da aacuteyia ge evloyiacutede don Giacuterion Then the Priest shall give the paten and to the Deacon and himself shall take up the chalice saying

Aneacutevi o Theoacutes en alalaymoacute Giacuterios en foniacute saacutelbingos When the Choir has rdquoThat we may receive the king of allrdquo the Deacon leading and the Priest shall go out of the sanctuary by the north side and make the Great Entrance preceded by lighted candles and the six-winged fans And as they shall go round about the nave the Deacon shall say in a loud voice

Baacutendon imoacuten mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Deacon going in at the Holy Doors stands to the right and as the Priest enters he shall say to him

Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea

βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς πρός αὐτόν

Τῆς Ἱεροδιακονίας (Διακονίας) σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ο Χορός συmicroπληροῖ τὸν χερουβικὸν ὕmicroνον Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἀποτίθησι τό ἅγιον ποτήριον ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζη εἶτα αἴρει τόν ἅγιον Δίσκον ἀπό τῆς τοῦ Διακόνου κεφαλῆς καί τίθησιν αὐτόν ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῦ ἁγιου Ποτηρίου λέγων

Ὁ εὐσχήmicroων Ἰωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου καθελὼν τὸ ἄχραντόν σου σῶmicroα σινδόνι καθαρᾷ εἱλήσας καὶ ἀρώmicroασιν ἐν microνήmicroατι καινῷ κηδεύσας ἀπέθετο Εἶτα αἴρει τά καλύmicromicroατα ἀπό τε τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου καί τοῦ Ποτηρίου καί τίθησιν αὐτά ἐν τῷ ἄνω microέρει τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καί λαβών τόν ἀέρα ἀπό τῶν τοῦ Διακόνου ὤmicroων καί θυmicroιάσας αὐτόν σκεπάζει τά ἅγια Μετά τοῦτο λαβών τόν θυmicroιατόν καί τοῦ Διακόνου εἰπόντος το Ἀγάθυνον Δέσποτα Ὁ Ἱερεύς θυmicroιῶν τρίς τὰ Ἅγια λέγει ἅπαξ

Ἀγάθυνον Κύριε ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου τὴν Σιὼν καὶ οἰκοδοmicroηθήτω τὰ τείχη Ἱερουσαληmicro Τότε εὐδοκήσεις θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης ἀναφορὰν καὶ ὁλοκαυτώmicroατα Τότε ἀνοίσουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου microόσχους Ἀποδοὺς δὲ τὸ θυmicroιατὸν καὶ κλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ Μνήσθητί microου ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς Ἱερωσύνη σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Εἶτα ὁ διάκονος ὑποκλίνας τὴν κεφαλήν κρατῶν ἅmicroα καὶ τὸ Ὀράριον λέγει

Εὖξαι ὑπὲρ ἐmicroοῦ δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ Πνεῦmicroα Ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δύναmicroις Ὑψίστου ἐπισκιάσει σοι ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Αὐτὸ τὸ Πνεῦmicroα συλλειτουργήσει ἡmicroῖν πάσας τὰς ἡmicroέρας τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν Μνήσθητί microου Δέσποτα ἅγιε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνησθείη σου Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Καὶ ἀσπασάmicroενος τὴν χεῖρα τοῦ Ἱερέως ἐξέρχεται ἐν τῷ συνήθει τόπῳ καὶ ἅmicroα τῇ λήξει τοῦ Χερουβικοῦ ὕmicroνου λέγει τὴν τά Πληρωτικά

avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Priest shall say to him

Dis Ierodhiakoniacuteas (Dhiakoniacuteas) sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon The Choir shall complete the Cherubic Hymn The Priest shall meanwhile set the holy chalice upon the Altar and taking the paten from the Deaconrsquos head he shall place it to the left of the chalice saying

O evshiacutemon Iosiacutef aboacute dou xiacutelou gatheloacuten do aacutehrandoacuten sou soacutema sindhoacuteni gatharaacute iliacutesas ge aroacutemasin en mniacutemadi kenoacute kidheacutevsas abeacutethedo And removing the veils he shall place them on the one side or the upper part of the Altar and taking from the Deaconrsquos shoulders the aer and censing it he shall cover therewith the holy gifts saying And taking up the censer the Deacon shall say Ayaacutethinon Dheacutesboda And censing the holy gifts three times the Priest shall say

Ayaacutethinon Giacuterie en di endhogiacutea sou din Sioacuten ge igodhomithiacutedo da diacutehi Ierousaliacutem Doacutede evdhogiacutesis thisiacutean dhigeosiacutenis anaforaacuten ge ologavtoacutemata Doacutede aniacutesousin ebiacute do thisiastiacuterion sou moacuteshous And giving back the censer he shall bow his head and say to the Deacon

Mniacutesthidi mou adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And the Deacon bowing his head shall say to the Priest

Eacutevxe ibeacuter emoacuteu dheacutesboda aacuteyie And the Priest blessing the Deacon shall say

Bneacutevma Aacuteyion ebeleacutevsede ebiacute se ge dhiacutenamis Ipsiacutestou ebiskiaacutesi si DEACON

Avtoacute do Bneacutevma sillidouryiacutesi imiacuten baacutesas das imeacuteras dis zoiacutes imoacuten Mniacutesthidiacute mou Dheacutesboda aacuteyie PRIEST

Mnisthiacutei sou Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon DEACON Amiacuten And kissing the Priestrsquos right hand he shall stand in his customary place and after the completion of the Cherubic Hymn he shall say the following litany

Τούτων δὲ λεγοmicroένων ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἀναγινώσκει microυστικῶς τὴν ἑξῆς εὐχὴν τῆς Προθέσεως microετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τραπέζῃ ἀπόθεσιν τῶν θείων Δώρων Κύριε ὁ Θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ὁ microόνος Ἅγιος ὁ δεχόmicroενος θυσίαν αἰνέσεως παρὰ τῶν ἐπικαλουmicroένων Σε ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ πρόσδεξαι καὶ ἡmicroῶν τῶν ἁmicroαρτωλῶν τὴν δέησιν καὶ προσάγαγε τῷ ἁγίῳ Σου θυσιαστηρίῳ Καὶ ἱκάνωσον ἡmicroᾶς προσενεγκεῖν Σοι δῶρά τε καὶ θυσίας πνευmicroατικὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡmicroετέρων ἁmicroαρτηmicroάτων καὶ τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοηmicroάτων Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς εὑρεῖν χάριν ἐνώπιόν Σου τοῦ γενέσθαι Σοι εὐπρόσδεκτον τὴν θυσίαν ἡmicroῶν καὶ ἐπισκηνῶσαι τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τῆς χάριτός Σου τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα δῶρα ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν Σου

Πληρώσωmicroεν τὴν δέησιν ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προτεθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου οἴκου τούτου καὶ τῶν microετὰ πίστεως εὐλαβείας καὶ φόβου Θεοῦ εἰσιόντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεὸς τῇ σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση]

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Meanwhile the Priest having set the divine gifts upon the Holy Altar shall say the following prayer

THE OFFERTORY PRAYER Giacuterie o Theoacutes o bandograacutedor o moacutenos Aacuteyios o dhehoacutemenos thisiacutean eneacuteseos baraacute don ebigaloumeacutenon Se en oacuteli gardiacutea broacutesdhexe ge imoacuten don amardoloacuten din dheacuteisin ge brosaacuteyaye do ayiacuteo Sou thisiastiacuterio Ge igaacutenoson imaacutes brosenengiacuten Si dhoacutera de ge thisiacuteas bnevmadigaacutes ibeacuter don imedeacuteron amardimaacutedon ge don dou laouacute agnoimaacutedon Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes evriacuten haacuterin enoacutebioacuten Sou dou yeneacutesthe Si evbroacutesdhekton din thiacutesian imoacuten ge ebiskiacutenose do Bneacutevma dis haacuteridoacutes Sou do ayathoacuten ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena dhoacutera daacutevta ge ebiacute baacutenda don laoacuten Sou

Bliroacutesomen din dheacuteisin imoacuten do Giriacuteo

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition)

Ibeacuter don brodetheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou ayiacuteou iacutegou douacutedou ge don medaacute biacutesteos evlaviacuteas ge foacutevou Theouacute isioacutendon en avtoacute dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou ge anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie And after each petition

Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Της παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας microετὰ πάντων τῶν Ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρmicroῶν τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀγαπήσωmicroεν ἀλλήλους ἵνα ἐν ὁmicroονοίᾳ ὁmicroολογήσωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πατέρα Υἱὸν καὶ Ἅγιον Πνεῦmicroα Τριάδα ὁmicroοούσιον καὶ ἀχώριστον Ὁ Ἱερεὺς προσκυνήσας τρὶς ἀσπάζεται τὰ κεκαλυmicromicroένα Ἅγια πρῶτον τόν Δίσκον εἶτα τό ἅγιον Ποτήριον καί τό ἔmicroπροσθεν αὐτοῦ ἄκρον τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγων καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν τό

Ἀγαπήσω σε Κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς microου Κύριος στερέωmicroά microου καὶ καταφυγή microου καὶ ῥύστης microου Καί ἐν συλλειτούργῳ διδόασιν οἱ Ἱερεις τόν ἀσπασmicroόν τῆς εἰρήνης ἀσπαζόmicroενοι ἀλλήλοις ἀρχόmicroενοι ἐξ ἀριστερῶν πρός τά δεξιά καί τέλος τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου δεξιάν χεῖρα λέγοντες διαλογικῶς ὁ εἶςmiddot

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevlogimeacutenis endhoacutexou Thesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas medaacute baacutendon don Ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Dhiaacute don iktirmoacuten dou monogenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evlogidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Iriacuteni baacutesi

CHOIR Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Ayabiacutesomen alliacutelous iacutena en omoniacutea omoloyiacutesomen CHOIR

Badeacutera Ioacuten ge Aacuteyion Bneacutevma Driaacutedha omoouacutesion ge ahoacuteriston And while the choir sing ldquoThe Father and the Sonhelliprdquo the Priest shall bow himself thrice and kiss the holy gifts they still being covered first the paten then the chalice and the edge of the Holy Altar before him saying within himself Ayabiacuteso se Giacuterie i ishiacutes mou Giacuterios stereacuteomaacute mou ge kadafiyiacute mou ge riacutestis mou And if there be two priests or more they likewise shall kiss the holy things and then embrace and kiss each other with the Kiss of Peace first on the left then on the right and then each otherrsquos right hand And while they embrace the Priest first in rank shall say

Ὁ Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ microέσῳ ἡmicroῶνmiddot Kαί ὁ ἕτεροςmiddot

Καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς θύρας τὰς θύρας Ἐν σοφίᾳ πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἄρας καί κατά microικρόν ὑψῶν τὸν Ἀέρα ἀνασείει αὐτόν ἀνοικτόν ἠρέmicroως ἐπάνω τῶν τιmicroίων δώρωνmiddot εἶτα διπλώσας και ἀσπασάmicroενος ἀποτίθησι microετά τῶν ἑτέρων καλυmicromicroάτων ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πιστεύω εἰς ἕνα Θεόν Πατέρα Παντοκράτορα ποιητὴν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὁρατῶν τε πάντων καὶ ἀοράτων

Καὶ εἰς ἕνα Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν microονογενῆ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς γεννηθέντα πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων φῶς ἐκ φωτός Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἀληθινοῦ γεννηθέντα οὐ ποιηθέντα ὁmicroοούσιον τῷ Πατρί δι οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο Τὸν δι ἡmicroᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡmicroετέραν σωτηρίαν κατελθόντα ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν καὶ σαρκωθέντα ἐκ Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου καὶ Μαρίας τῆς Παρθένου καὶ ἐνανθρωπήσαντα Σταυρωθέντα τε ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου καὶ παθόντα καὶ ταφέντα Καὶ ἀναστάντα τῇ τρίτῃ ἡmicroέρα κατὰ τὰς Γραφάς Καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ καθεζόmicroενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Πατρός Καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόmicroενον microετὰ δόξης κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς οὗ τῆς βασιλείας οὐκ ἔσται τέλος

Καὶ εἰς τὸ Πνεῦmicroα τὸ Ἅγιον τὸ κύριον τὸ ζωοποιόν τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐκπορευόmicroενον τὸ σὺν Πατρὶ καὶ Υἱῷ συmicroπροσκυνούmicroενον καὶ συνδοξαζόmicroενον τὸ λαλῆσαν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν

Εἰς microίαν Ἁγίαν Καθολικὴν καὶ Ἀποστολικὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Ὁmicroολογῶ ἓν βάπτισmicroα εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν Προσδοκῶ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν Καὶ ζωὴν τοῦ microέλλοντος αἰῶνος Ἀmicroήν

O hristoacutes en do meacuteso imoacuten And the other shall say Ge eacutesti ge eacuteste DEACON

Das thiacuteras das thiacuteras En sofia broacuteshomen The Priest shall take up the aer and hold it over the sacred gifts and calmly shake it up and down Then he shall lift the aer from the holy gifts fold it and kiss it and lay it aside with the other veils CHOIR

Bisteacutevo is eacutena Theoacuten Badeacutera Bandograacutedora biidiacuten ouranoacuteu ge yis oradoacuten de baacutendon ge aoraacutedon

Ge is eacutena Giacuterion Iisouacuten Hristoacuten don Yioacuten dou Theouacute don monoyeniacute don ek dou Badroacutes yennitheacutenda bro baacutendon don eoacutenon fos ek fodoacutes Theoacuten alithinoacuten ek Theouacute alithinouacute yennitheacutenda ou biitheacutenda omoouacutesion do Badriacute dhi ou da baacutenda eyeacutenedo Don dhi imaacutes dous anthroacutebous ge dhiaacute din imedeacuteran sodiriacutean gadelthoacutenda ek don ouranoacuten ge sargotheacutenda ek Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ge Mariacuteas dis Bartheacutenou ge enanthrobiacutesanda Stavrotheacutenda de ibeacuter imoacuten ebiacute Bondiacuteou Bilaacutedou ge bathoacutenda ge dafeacutenda Ge anastaacutenda di driacutedi imeacutera gadaacute das Yrafaacutes Ge anelthoacutenda is dous ouranouacutes ge gathezoacutemenon ek dhexioacuten dou Badroacutes Ge baacutelin erhoacutemenon medaacute dhoacutexis griacutene zoacutendas ge negrouacutes ou dis vasiliacuteas ouk eacuteste deacutelos

Ge is do Bneacutevma do Aacuteyion do giacuterion do zoobioacuten do ek dou Badroacutes ekborevoacutemenon do sin Badriacute ge Yioacute sinbroskinouacutemenon ge sindhoxazoacutemenon do laliacutesan dhiaacute don brofidoacuten

Is miacutean Ayiacutean Gatholigiacuten ge Abostoligiacuten Egglisiacutean Omoloyoacute en vaacuteptisma is aacutefesin amardioacuten Brosdhogoacute anaacutestasin negroacuten Ge zoiacuten dou meacutellondos eoacutenos Amiacuten

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Στῶmicroεν καλῶς στῶmicroεν microετὰ φόβου πρόσχωmicroεν τὴν ἁγίαν Ἀναφορὰν ἐν εἰρήνῃ προσφέρειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔλεον εἰρήνης θυσίαν αἰνέσεως Ὁ Ἱερεύς ῥιπίζων τὰ Ἅγια microετά ῥιπιδίου ἤ microή ὄντος microετά τοῦ Ἀέρος καί εἶτα ἐκφωνεῖ

Ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος εἴη microετὰ πάντων ὑmicroῶν Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν εὐλογεῖ αὐτὸν διὰ χειρός αὐτοῦ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου Ὁ Ἱερεύς ὑψῶν ἀmicroφοτέρας τὰς χεῖρας λέγει

Ἄνω σχῶmicroεν τὰς καρδίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἔχοmicroεν πρὸς τὸν Κύριον Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ἀνατολάς λέγει ὁ Ἱερεὺς

Εὐχαριστήσωmicroεν τῷ Κυρίῳ ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον Ὁ Ἱερεύς κλινόmicroενος ἀπάρχεται τῆς ἁγίας Ἀναφορᾶς

Ἄξιον καὶ δίκαιον σὲ ὑmicroνεῖν σὲ εὐλογεῖν σὲ αἰνεῖν σοὶ εὐχαριστεῖν σὲ προσκυνεῖν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ τῆς δεσποτείας σου Σὺ γὰρ εἶ Θεὸς ἀνέκφραστος ἀπερινόητος ἀόρατος ἀκατάληπτος ἀεὶ ὤν ὡσαύτως ὤν σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Σὺ ἐκ τοῦ microὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡmicroᾶς παρήγαγες καὶ παραπεσόντας ἀνέστησας πάλιν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστης πάντα ποιῶν ἕως ἡmicroᾶς εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνήγαγες καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν σου ἐχαρίσω τὴν microέλλουσαν Ὑπὲρ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ τῷ microονογενεῖ σου Ὑἱῷ καὶ τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ὑπὲρ πάντων ὧν ἴσmicroεν καὶ ὧν οὐκ ἴσmicroεν τῶν φανερῶν καὶ ἀφανῶν εὐεργεσιῶν τῶν εἰς ἡmicroᾶς γεγενηmicroένων

DEACON

Stoacutemen galoacutes stoacutemen medaacute foacutevou broacuteshomen din ayiacutean Anaforaacuten en iriacuteni brosfeacuterin CHOIR

Eacuteleon iriacutenis thisiacutean eneacuteseos The Priest shall fan the holy things with a small fan or the folded aer saying

I haacuteris dou Giriacuteou imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute ge i ayaacutebi dou Theouacute ge Badroacutes ge i ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados iacutei medaacute baacutendon imoacuten And turning to face the people the Priest shall bless them with his hand CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou And raising his hands he shall say

Aacuteno shoacutemen das gardhiacuteas CHOIR

Eacutehomen bros don Giacuterion And turning to face the Icon of Christ the Priest shall say

Evharistiacutesomen do Giriacuteo CHOIR

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon And standing before the Holy Altar the Priest shall offer this prayer

Aacutexion ge dhiacutegeon se imniacuten se evloyiacuten se eniacuten si evharistiacuten se broskiniacuten en bandiacute doacutebo dis dhesbodiacuteas sou Si yar i Theoacutes aneacutekfrastos aberinoacuteidos aoacuterados akadaacuteliptos aiacute on osaacutevtos on si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Si ek dou mi oacutendos is do iacutene imaacutes bariacuteyayes ge barabesoacutendas aneacutestisas baacutelin ge ouk abeacutestis baacutenda bioacuten eacuteos imaacutes is don ouranoacuten aniacuteyayes ge din vasiliacutean sou ehariacuteso din meacutellousan Ibeacuter douacutedon abaacutendon evharistouacutemen si ge do monoyeniacute sou Ioacute ge do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo ibeacuter baacutendon on iacutesmen ge on ouk iacutesmen don faneroacuten ge afanoacuten everyesioacuten don is imaacutes yeyenimeacutenon Evharistouacutemen si ge

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Λειτουργίας ταύτης ἣν ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν ἡmicroῶν δέξασθαι κατηξίωσας καίτοι σοι παρεστήκασι χιλιάδες ἀρχαγγέλων καὶ microυριάδες ἀγγέλων τὰ Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ τὰ Σεραφείmicro ἑξαπτέρυγα πολυόmicromicroατα microετάρσια πτερωτά

Τὸν ἐπινίκιον ὕmicroνον ᾄδοντα βοῶντα κεκραγότα καὶ λέγονταmiddot Τούτου λεγοmicroένου λαβών ὁ Διάκονος τόν ἀστερίσκον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ποιεῖ σταυροῦ τύπον ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ και ἀποσπογγίσας καί ἀσπασάmicroενος αὐτόν ἀποτίθησι microετά τοῦ ἀέρος ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἅγιος ἅγιος ἅγιος Κύριος Σαβαώθ πλήρης ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ τῆς δόξης σου ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Εὐλογηmicroένος ὁ ἐρχόmicroενος ἐν ὀνόmicroατι Κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ὁ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις Ὁ δέ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἡmicroεῖς τῶν microακαρίων δυνάmicroεων Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε βοῶmicroεν καὶ λέγοmicroεν Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος Σὺ καὶ ὁ microονογενής σου Υἱὸς καὶ τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον Ἅγιος εἶ καὶ πανάγιος καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὴς ἡ δόξα σου Ὃς τὸν κόσmicroον σου οὕτως ἠγάπησας ὥστε τὸν Υἱόν σου τὸν microονογενῆ δοῦναι ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν microὴ ἀπόληται ἀλλ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον Ὃς ἐλθὼν καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν οἰκονοmicroίαν πληρώσας τῇ νυκτὶ ᾗ παρεδίδοτο microᾶλλον δὲ ἑαυτὸν παρεδίδου ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσmicroου ζωῆς λαβὼν ἄρτον ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀχράντοις καὶ ἀmicroωmicroήτοις χερσί εὐχαριστήσας καὶ εὐλογήσας ἁγιάσας κλάσας ἔδωκε τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ microαθηταῖς καὶ ἀποστόλοις εἰπὼνmiddot

Λάβετε φάγετε τοῦτό microού ἐστι τὸ σῶmicroα τὸ ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν κλώmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ἐπευχόmicroενος λέγει ὁ Ἱερεύς

ibeacuter dis Lidouryiacuteas daacutevtis in ek don hiroacuten imoacuten dheacutexasthe gadaxiacuteosas geacutedi si barestiacutegasi hiliaacutedhes arhangeacutelon ge miriaacutedes angeacutelon da Herouviacutem ge da Serafiacutem exapteacuteriya bolioacutemmada medaacutersia pterodaacute

Don ebiniacutegion iacutemnon aacutedhoda vooacutenda gegrayoacuteda ge leacuteyonda While saying this the Deacon shall take the asterisk from off the paten and making the sign of the Cross over it shall kiss it and lay it aside with the Aer CHOIR

Aacuteyios aacuteyios aacuteyios Giacuterios Savaoacuteth bliacuteris o ouranoacutes ge i yi dis dhoacutexis sou osannaacute en dis ipsiacutestis Evloyimeacutenos o erhoacutemenos en onoacutemadi Giriacuteou Osannaacute o en dis ipsiacutestis The Priest shall continue

Medaacute douacutedon ge imiacutes don magariacuteon dhinaacutemeon Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe vooacutemen ge leacuteyomen Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios Si ge o monoyeniacutes sou Ioacutes ge do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion Aacuteyios i ge banaacuteyios ge meyalobrebiacutes i dhoacutexa sou Os don goacutesmon sou ouacutedos iyaacutebisas oacuteste don Ioacuten sou don monoyeniacute dhouacutene iacutena bas o bisteacutevon is avtoacuten mi aboacutelide al eacutehi zoiacuten eoacutenion Os elthoacuten ge baacutesan din ubeacuter imoacuten igonomiacutean bliroacutesas di niktiacute i baredhiacutedhodo maacutellon dhe eavtoacuten baredhiacutedhou ibeacuter dis dou goacutesmou zoiacutes lavoacuten aacuterton en des ayiacutees avtouacute ge ahraacutendis ge amomiacutedis hersiacute evhariacutestisas ge evloyiacutesas ayiaacutesas glaacutesas eacutedhoge dis ayiiacutes avtouacute mathidaacutes ge abostoacutelis iboacuten

Laacutevede faacuteyede douacutedo mou estiacute do soacutema do ibeacuter imoacuten gloacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest continues

Ὁmicroοίως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον microετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι λέγων

Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ αἷmicroά microου τὸ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑmicroῶν καὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόmicroενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεύς καί πάλιν κλινόmicroενος λέγει τήν εὐχήν

Μεmicroνηmicroένοι τοίνυν τῆς σωτηρίου ταύτης ἐντολῆς καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἡmicroῶν γεγενηmicroένων τοῦ Σταυροῦ τοῦ Τάφου τῆς τριηmicroέρου Ἀναστάσεως τῆς εἰς οὐρανοὺς Ἀναβάσεως τῆς ἐκ δεξιῶν Καθέδρας τῆς δευτέρας καὶ ἐνδόξου πάλιν Παρουσίας

Τὰ σὰ ἐκ τῶν σῶν σοὶ προσφέροmicroεν κατὰ πάντα καὶ διὰ πάντα ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σὲ ὑmicroνοῦmicroεν σὲ εὐλογοῦmicroεν σοὶ εὐχαριστοῦmicroεν Κύριε καὶ δεόmicroεθά σου ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην καὶ ἀναίmicroακτον λατρείαν καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν κατάπεmicroψον τὸ Πνεῦmicroά σου τὸ Ἅγιον ἐφ ἡmicroᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ προκείmicroενα Δῶρα ταῦτα ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Καί ὁ Ἱερεύς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτον εὐλογῶν λέγει

Καὶ ποίησον τὸν microὲν Ἄρτον τοῦτον τίmicroιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου λέγει

Τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ Ποτηρίῳ τούτῳ τίmicroιον αἷmicroα τοῦ Χριστοῦ σου

Omiacuteos ge do bodiacuterion medaacute do dhibniacutese leacuteyon

Biacuteede ex avtouacute baacutendes douacutedo estiacute do eacutema mouacute do dis Geniacutes Dhiathiacutegis do ubeacuter imoacuten ge bolloacuten ekhinoacutemenon is aacutefesin amardioacuten

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say

Memnimeacuteni diacutenin dis sodiriacuteas daacutevtis endoloacuten ge baacutendon don ibeacuter imoacuten yeyenimeacutenon dou Stavrouacute dou Taacutefou dis driimeacuterou Anastaacuteseos dis is ouranouacutes Anabaacuteseos dis ek dhexioacuten Gatheacutedhras dis dhevdeacuteras ge endhoacutexou baacutelin Barousiacuteas

Ta sa ek don son si brosfeacuteromen gadaacute baacutenda ge dhiaacute baacutenda CHOIR

Se imnouacutemen se evloyouacutemen si evharistouacutemen Giacuterie ge dheoacutemethaacute sou o Theoacutes imoacuten PRIEST

Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ge aneacutemakton ladriacutean ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemethaacute ge igedeacutevomen gadaacutebepson do Bneacutevma sou do Aacuteyion ef imaacutes ge ebiacute da brogiacutemena Dhoacutera daacutevta DEACON

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest blessing the holy bread shall say

Ge biacuteison don men Aacuterton douacutedon diacutemion Soacutema dou Hristouacute sou DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Boacutedirion And the Priest blessing the chalice shall say

Do dhe en do Bodiriacuteo douacutedo diacutemion eacutema dou Hristouacute sou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα ἀmicroφότερα τὰ ἅγια Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς εὐλογῶν ἅmicroα τόν τε ἅγιον Ἄρτον καί τό ἅγιον Ποτήριου λέγει

Μεταβαλὼν τῷ Πνεύmicroατί σου τῷ Ἁγίῳ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Ὥστε γενέσθαι τοῖς microεταλαmicroβάνουσιν εἰς νῆψιν ψυχῆς εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου σου Πνεύmicroατος εἰς Βασιλείας οὐρανῶν πλήρωmicroα εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν πίστει ἀναπαυσαmicroένων Προπατόρων Πατέρων Πατριαρχῶν Προφητῶν Ἀποστόλων Κηρύκων Εὐαγγελιστῶν Μαρτύρων Ὁmicroολογητῶν Ἐγκρατευτῶν καὶ παντὸς πνεύmicroατος δικαίου ἐν πίστει τετελειωmicroένου Και θυmicroιῶν τρίς κατέmicroπροσθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης λέγει ἐκφώνως

Ἐξαιρέτως τῆς Παναγίας ἀχράντου ὑπερευλογηmicroένης ἐνδόξου Δεσποίνης ἡmicroῶν Θεοτόκου καὶ ἀειπαρθένου Μαρίας ΧΟΡΟΣ

Ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς microακαρίζειν σε τὴν Θεοτόκον τὴν ἀειmicroακάριστον καὶ παναmicroώmicroητον καὶ microητέρα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡmicroῶν Τὴν τιmicroιωτέραν τῶν Χερουβεὶmicro καὶ ἐνδοξοτέραν ἀσυγκρίτως τῶν Σεραφείmicro τὴν ἀδιαφθόρως Θεὸν Λόγον τεκοῦσαν τὴν ὄντως Θεοτόκον σὲ microεγαλύνοmicroεν Εἶτα ἐπιδίδωσι τό θυmicroιατήριον τῷ Διακόνῳ καί κλινόmicroενος εὔχεται

Τοῦ ἁγίου Ἰωάννου Προφήτου Προδρόmicroου καὶ Βαπτιστοῦ τῶν ἁγίων ἐνδόξων καὶ πανευφήmicroων Ἀποστόλων τοῦ Ἁγίου (δεῖνος) οὗ καὶ τὴν microνήmicroην ἐπιτελοῦmicroεν καὶ πάντων σου τῶν Ἁγίων ὧν ταῖς ἱκεσίαις ἐπίσκεψαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός Καὶ microνήσθητι πάντων τῶν κεκοιmicroηmicroένων ἐπ ἐλπίδι ἀναστάσεως ζωῆς αἰωνίου (ἐνταῦθα microνηmicroονεύει ὀνοmicroαστὶ ὧν

DEACON

Amiacuten

Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda amfoacutedera da aacuteyia And the Priest blessing both the holy bread and the chalice shall say

Medavaloacuten do Bneacutevmadi sou do Ayiacuteo DEACON

Amiacuten Amiacuten Amiacuten PRIEST

Oacuteste yeneacutesthe dis medalamvaacutenousin is niacutepsin psihiacutes is aacutefesin amardioacuten is ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou sou Bneacutevmados is Vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten bliacuteroma is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is kadaacutegrima Eacutedi brosfeacuteromen si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter don en biacutesti anabavsameacutenon Brobadoacuteron Badeacuteron Badriarhoacuten Brofidoacuten Abostoacutelon Giriacutegon Evangelistoacuten Mardiacuteron omoloyidoacuten Engradevdoacuten ge bandoacutes bneacutevmatos dhigeacuteou en biacutesti dedeliomeacutenou And taking up the censer he shall cense three times before the Holy Altar saying aloud

Exereacutedos dis Banayiacuteas ahraacutendou iberevloyimeacutenis endhoacutexou Dhesbiacutenis imoacuten Theodoacutegou ge aibartheacutenou Mariacuteas CHOIR

Aacutexion estiacuten os alithoacutes magariacutezin se din Theodoacutegon din aimagaacuteriston ge banamoacutemidon ge mideacutera dou Theouacute imoacuten Din dimiodeacuteran don Herouviacutem ge endhoxodeacuteran asingriacutedos don Serafiacutem din adhiafthoacuteros Theoacuten Loacuteyon degouacutesan din oacutendos Theodoacutegon se meyaliacutenomen Then giving the censer to the Deacon the Priest shall continue Dou ayiacuteou Ioaacutennou Brofiacutedou Brodhroacutemou ge Vaptistouacute don ayiacuteon endhoacutexon ge banevfiacutemon Abostoacutelon dou Ayiacuteou (Name) ou ge din mniacutemin ebidelouacutemen ge baacutendon sou don Ayiacuteon on des igesiacutees ebiacuteskepse imaacutes o Theoacutes Ge mniacutesthidi baacutendon don gegimimeacutenon eb elbiacutedhi anastaacuteseos zoiacutes eoniacuteou (and he

βούλεται τεθνεώτων) καὶ ἀνάπαυσον αὐτούς ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὅπου ἐπισκοπεῖ τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου Ἔτι παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε Μνήσθητι Κύριε πάσης ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρθοδόξων τῶν ὀρθοτοmicroούντων τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας παντὸς τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ διακονίας καὶ παντὸς ἱερατικοῦ καὶ microοναχικοῦ τάγmicroατος Ἔτι προσφέροmicroέν σοι τὴν λογικὴν ταύτην λατρείαν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκουmicroένης ὑπὲρ τῆς ἁγίας σου Καθολικῆς καὶ Ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐν ἁγνείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνῇ πολιτείᾳ διαγόντων ὑπὲρ τῶν πιστοτάτων καὶ φιλοχρίστων ἡmicroῶν βασιλέων παντὸς τοῦ παλατίου καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου αὐτῶν Δὸς αὐτοῖς Κύριε εἰρηνικὸν τὸ βασίλειον ἵνα καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἐν τῇ γαλήνῃ αὐτῶν ἤρεmicroον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωmicroεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεmicroνότητι Εἶθ οὕτως ὑψῶν εὐλογεῖ τὸ Ἀντίδωρον λέγων

Μέγα τὸ ὄνοmicroα τῆς Ἁγίας Τριάδος πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἐκφώνως

Ἐν πρώτοις microνήσθητι Κύριε τοῦ πατρός καὶ Ἀρχιεπισκόπου ἡmicroῶν (δεῖνος) ὃν χάρισαι ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις ἐν εἰρήνῃ σῷον ἔντιmicroον ὑγιᾶ microακροηmicroερεύοντα καὶ ὀρθοτοmicroοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς ἀληθείας ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Καὶ ὧν ἕκαστος κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχει καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ πάντων καὶ πασῶν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῆς πόλεως (Μονῆς κώmicroης) ἐν ᾗ παροικοῦmicroεν καὶ πάσης πόλεως καὶ χώρας καὶ τῶν πίστει οἰκούντων ἐν αὐταῖς Μνήσθητι Κύριε πλεόντων ὁδοιπορούντων νοσούντων καmicroνόντων αἰχmicroαλώτων καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν Μνήσθητι Κύριε τῶν καρποφορούντων καὶ καλλιεργούντων ἐν ταῖς ἁγίαις σου Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ microεmicroνηmicroένων τῶν πενήτων καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡmicroᾶς τὰ ἐλέη σου ἐξαπόστειλον

Καὶ δὸς ἡmicroῖν ἐν ἑνὶ στόmicroατι καὶ microιᾷ καρδίᾳ δοξάζειν καὶ ἀνυmicroνεῖν τὸ πάντιmicroον καὶ microεγαλοπρεπὲς ὄνοmicroά σου τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν

remembers such as he will of the departed pronouncing their names) ge anaacutebavson avtouacutes o Theoacutes imoacuten oacutebou ebiskobiacute do fos dou brosoacutebou sou Eacutedi baragalouacutemen se Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie baacutesis ebiskobiacutes orthodhoacutexon don orthodomouacutendon don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas bandoacutes dou bresvideriacuteou dis en Hristoacute dhiagoniacuteas ge bandoacutes ieradigouacute ge monahigouacute daacuteymados Eacutedi brosfeacuteromeacuten si din loyigiacuten daacutevtin ladriacutean ibeacuter dis igoumeacutenis ibeacuter dis ayiacuteas sou Gatholigiacutes ge Abostoligiacutes Egglisiacuteas ibeacuter don en ayniacutea ge semniacute bolidiacutea dhiayoacutendon ibeacuter don bistodaacutedon ge filohriacuteston imoacuten vasileacuteon bandoacutes dou baladiacuteou ge dou stradobeacutedhou avtoacuten Dhos avtiacutes Giacuterie irinigoacuten do vasiacutelion iacutena ge imiacutes en di yaliacuteni avtoacuten iacuteremon ge isiacutehion viacuteon dhiaacuteyomen en baacutesi evseviacutea ge semnoacutedidi And raising and blessing the Antidoron he shall say

Meacuteya do oacutenoma dis Ayiacuteas Driaacutedhos baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Then in a load voice the Priest shall say

En broacutedis mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dou badroacutes ge Arhiebiskoacutebou imoacuten (Name) on haacuterise des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees en iriacuteni soacuteon eacutendimon iyiaacute magroimereacutevonda ge orthodomouacutenda don loacuteyon dis sis alithiacuteas DEACON

Ge on eacutegastos gadaacute dhiaacutenian eacutehi ge baacutendon ge basoacuten CHOIR

Ge baacutendon ge basoacuten PRIEST Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie dis boacuteleos (moniacutes goacutemis) en i barigouacutemen ge baacutesis boacuteleos ge hoacuteras ge don biacutesti igouacutendon en avteacutes Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie bleoacutendon odhiborouacutendon nosouacutendon gamnoacutendon ehmaloacutedon ge dis sodiriacuteas avtoacuten Mniacutesthidi Giacuterie don garboforouacutendon ge gallieryouacutendon en des ayiacutees sou Egglisiacutees ge memnimeacutenon don beniacutedon ge ebiacute baacutendas imaacutes da eleacutei sou exaboacutestilon

Ge dhos imiacuten en eniacute stoacutemadi ge miaacute gardhiacutea dhoxaacutezin ge animniacuten do baacutendimon ge meyalobrebeacutes onomaacute sou dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten

Καί εὐλογῶν τὸν λαόν ὁ Ἱερεὺς λέγει

Καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἐλέη τοῦ microεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ microετὰ πάντων ἡmicroῶν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ microετὰ τοῦ πνεύmicroατός σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πάντων τῶν ἁγίων microνηmicroονεύσαντες ἔτι καὶ ἔτι ἐν εἰρήνῃ τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

ΧΟΡΟΣ Κύριε ἐλέησον [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ὑπὲρ τῶν προσκοmicroισθέντων καὶ ἁγιασθέντων τιmicroίων Δώρων τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ὅπως ὁ φιλάνθρωπος Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ὁ προσδεξάmicroενος αὐτὰ εἰς τὸ ἅγιον καὶ ὑπερουράνιον καὶ νοερὸν αὐτοῦ θυσιαστήριον εἰς ὀσmicroὴν εὐωδίας πνευmicroατικῆς ἀντικαταπέmicroψῃ ἡmicroῖν τὴν θείαν χάριν καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος δεηθῶmicroεν Ὑπὲρ τοῦ ῥυσθῆναι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως ὀργῆς κινδύνου καὶ ἀνάγκης τοῦ Κυρίου δεηθῶmicroεν

Ἀντιλαβοῦ σῶσον ἐλέησον καὶ διαφύλαξον ἡmicroᾶς ὁ Θεός τῇ Σῇ χάριτι

Τὴν ἡmicroέραν πᾶσαν τελείαν ἁγίαν εἰρηνικὴν καὶ ἀναmicroάρτητον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Παράσχου Κύριε [καί microετά ἀπό κάθε αἴτηση] ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἄγγελον εἰρήνης πιστὸν ὁδηγόν φύλακα τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Συγγνώmicroην καὶ ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὰ καλὰ καὶ συmicroφέροντα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡmicroῶν καὶ εἰρήνην τῷ κόσmicroῳ παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὸν ὑπόλοιπον χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ microετανοίᾳ ἐκτελέσαι παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου αἰτησώmicroεθα

Χριστιανὰ τὰ τέλη τῆς ζωῆς ἡmicroῶν ἀνώδυνα ἀνεπαίσχυντα εἰρηνικά καὶ καλὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν

And blessing the people the Priest shall say

Ge eacuteste da eleacutei dou meyaacutelou Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute medaacute baacutendon imoacuten CHOIR

Ge medaacute dou bneacutevmadoacutes sou DEACON

Baacutendon don ayiacuteon mnimoneacutevsandes eacutedi ge eacutedi en iriacuteni dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

CHOIR Giacuterie eleacuteison (and after each petition) DEACON

Ibeacuter don broskomistheacutendon ge ayiastheacutendon dimiacuteon Dhoacuteron dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Oacutebos o filaacutenthrobos Theoacutes imoacuten o brosdhexaacutemenos avtaacute is do aacuteyion ge iberouraacutenion ge noeroacuten avtouacute thisiastiacuterion is osmiacuten evodhiacuteas bnevmadigiacutes andigadabeacutempsi imiacuten din thiacutean haacuterin ge din dhoreaacuten dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados dheithoacutemen Ibeacuter dou risthiacutene imaacutes aboacute baacutesis thliacutepseos oryiacutes kinthiacutenou kai anaacutengis dou Giriacuteou dheithoacutemen

Andilavouacute soacuteson eleacuteison ge dhiafiacutelaxon imaacutes o Theos di si haacuteridi

Din imeacuteran baacutesan deliacutean ayiacutean irinigiacuten ge anamaacuterdidon baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

CHOIR Baraacuteshou Giacuterie (And after each petition) DEACON Aacutengelon iriacutenis bistoacuten odhiyoacuten fiacutelaga don psihoacuten ge don somaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Signoacutemin ge aacutefesin don amardioacuten ge don blimmelimaacutedon imoacuten baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha Da galaacute ge simfeacuteronda des psiheacutes imoacuten ge iriacutenin do goacutesmo baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Don iboacutelibon hroacutenon dis zoiacutes imoacuten en iriacuteni ge medaniacutea ekteleacutese baraacute dou Giriacuteou edisoacutemetha

Hristianaacute da deacuteli dis zoiacutes imoacuten anoacutedhina anebeacuteshinda irinigaacute ge galiacuten aboloyiacutean din ebiacute dou

ἐπὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ βήmicroατος τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰτησώmicroεθα

Τὴν ἑνότητα τῆς πίστεως καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος αἰτησάmicroενοι ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἀλλήλους καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν Χριστῷ τῷ Θεῷ παραθώmicroεθα

ΧΟΡΟΣ Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Σοὶ παρακατιθέmicroεθα τὴν ζωὴν ἡmicroῶν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα Δέσποτα φιλάνθρωπε καὶ παρακαλοῦmicroέν σε καὶ δεόmicroεθα καὶ ἱκετεύοmicroεν καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς microεταλαβεῖν τῶν ἐπουρανίων σου καὶ φρικτῶν microυστηρίων ταύτης τῆς ἱερᾶς καὶ πνευmicroατικῆς Τραπέζης microετὰ καθαροῦ συνειδότος εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁmicroαρτιῶν εἰς συγχώρησιν πληmicromicroεληmicroάτων εἰς Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου κοινωνίαν εἰς βασιλείας οὐρανῶν κληρονοmicroίαν εἰς παρρησίαν τὴν πρὸς σέ microὴ εἰς κρῖmicroα ἢ εἰς κατάκριmicroα Ἐκφώνως

Καὶ καταξίωσον ἡmicroᾶς Δέσποτα microετὰ παρρησίας ἀκατακρίτως τολmicroᾶν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι Σὲ τὸν ἐπουράνιον Θεὸν Πατέρα καὶ λέγειν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Πάτερ ἡmicroῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνοmicroά σου ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου γενηθήτω τὸ θέληmicroά σου ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Τὸν ἄρτον ἡmicroῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡmicroῖν σήmicroερον Καὶ ἄφες ἡmicroῖν τὰ ὀφειλήmicroατα ἡmicroῶν ὡς καὶ ἡmicroεῖς ἀφίεmicroεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡmicroῶν Καὶ microὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡmicroᾶς εἰς πειρασmicroόν ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡmicroᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναmicroις καὶ ἡ δόξα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύmicroατος νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

foverouacute viacutemados dou Hristouacute edisoacutemetha

Din enoacutedida dis biacutesteos ge din ginoniacutea dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados edisaacutemeni eavtouacutes ge alliacutelous ge baacutesan din zoiacuten imoacuten Hristoacute do Theoacute barathoacutemetha

CHOIR Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Si baragaditheacutemetha din zoiacuten imoacuten aacutebasan ge din elbiacutedha Dheacutesboda filaacutenthrobe ge baragalouacutemen se ge dheoacutemetha ge igedeacutevomen gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes medalaviacuten don ebouraniacuteon sou ge friktoacuten mistiriacuteon daacutevtis dis ieraacutes ge bnevmadigiacutes Drabeacutezis medaacute gatharouacute sinidhoacutedos is aacutefesin amardioacuten is sinhoacuterisin blimmelimaacutedon is Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou ginoniacutean is vasiliacuteas ouranoacuten glironomiacutean is barrisiacutean din bros se mi is griacutema i is gadaacutegrima Aloud

Ge gadaxiacuteoson imaacutes Dheacutesboda medaacute barrisiacuteas agadagriacutedos dolmaacuten ebigaliacutesthe Se don ebouraacutenion Theoacuten Badeacutera ge leacuteyin CHOIR

Baacuteder imoacuten o en dis ouraniacutes ayiasthiacutedo do oacutenoma sou eltheacutedo i vasiliacutea sou yenithiacutedo do theacutelima sou os en ouranoacute ge ebiacute dis yis Don aacuterton imoacuten don ebiouacutesion dhos imiacuten siacutemeron Ge aacutefes imiacuten da ofiliacutemada imoacuten os ge imiacutes afiacuteemen dis ofileacutedes imoacuten Ge mi iseneacutengis imaacutes is birasmoacuten allaacute riacutese imaacutes aboacute dou bonirouacute PRIEST

Oacutedi sou estiacuten i vasiliacutea ge i dhiacutenamis ge i dhoacutexa dou Badroacutes ge dou Iouacute ge dou Ayiacuteou Bneacutevmados nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten PRIEST

Εἰρήνη πᾶσι ΧΟΡΟΣ

Καὶ τῷ πνεύmicroατί σου ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τὰς κεφαλὰς ἡmicroῶν τῷ Κυρίῳ κλίνωmicroεν ΧΟΡΟΣ

Σοὶ Κύριε ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐχαριστοῦmicroέν σοι Βασιλεῦ ἀόρατε ὁ τῆ ἀmicroετρήτῳ σου δυνάmicroει τὰ πάντα δηmicroιουργήσας καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦ ἐλέους σου ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα παραγαγών Αὐτός Δέσποτα οὐρανόθεν ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποκεκλικότας σοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν κεφαλάς οὐ γὰρ ἔκλιναν σαρκὶ καὶ αἵmicroατι ἀλλὰ σοὶ τῶ φοβερῷ Θεῷ Σὺ οὖν Δέσποτα τὰ προκείmicroενα πᾶσιν ἡmicroῖν εἰς ἀγαθὸν ἐξοmicroάλισον κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστου ἰδίαν χρείαν τοῖς πλέουσι σύmicroπλευσον τοῖς ὁδοιποροῦσι συνόδευσον τοὺς νοσοῦντας ἴασαι ὁ ἰατρὸς τῶν ψυχῶν καὶ τῶν σωmicroάτων ἡmicroῶν Ἐκφώνως

Χάριτι καὶ οἰκτιρmicroοῖς καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τοῦ microονογενοῦς σου Υἱοῦ microεθ οὗ εὐλογητὸς εἶ σὺν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἀγαθῷ καὶ ζωοποιῷ σου Πνεύmicroατι νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων

ΧΟΡΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Ἱερεὺς κλινόmicroενος ἐπεύχεταιmiddot

Πρόσχες Κύριε Ἰησοῦ Χριστέ ὁ Θεὸς ἡmicroῶν ἐξ ἁγίου κατοικητηρίου σου καὶ ἀπὸ θρόνου δόξης τῆς βασιλείας σου καὶ ἐλθὲ εἰς τὸ ἁγιάσαι ἡmicroᾶς ὁ ἄνω τῷ Πατρὶ συγκαθήmicroενος καὶ ὧδε ἡmicroῖν ἀοράτως συνών καὶ καταξίωσον τῇ κραταιᾷ σου χειρὶ microεταδοῦναι ἡmicroῖν τοῦ ἀχράντου Σώmicroατός σου καὶ τοῦ τιmicroίου Αἵmicroατος καὶ δι ἡmicroῶν παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Εἶτα προσκυνεῖ τρίς λέγων τό

Ὁ Θεός ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ

Iriacuteni baacutesi CHOIR

Ge do bneacutevmadiacute sou DEACON

Das gefalaacutes imoacuten do Giriacuteo gliacutenomen CHOIR

Si Giacuterie PRIEST

Evharistouacutemen si Vasileacutev aoacuterade o di amedriacutedo sou dhinaacutemi da baacutenda dhimiouryiacutesas ge do bliacutethi dou eleacuteous sou ex ouk oacutendon is do iacutene da baacutenda barayayoacuten Avtoacutes Dheacutesboda ouranoacutethen eacutebidhe ebiacute dous ibogegligoacutedas si das eavtoacuten gefalaacutes ou yar eacuteglinan sargiacute ge eacutemadi allaacute si do foveroacute Theoacute Si oun Dheacutesboda da brogiacutemena baacutesin imiacuten is ayathoacuten exomaacutelison gadaacute din egaacutestou idhiacutean hriacutean dis bleacuteousi siacutemblevson dis odhiborouacuteusi sinoacutedhevson dous nosouacutendas iacutease o iadroacutes don psihoacuteon ge don somaacutedon imoacuten Aloud

Haacuteridi ge iktirmiacutes ge filanthrobiacutea dou monoyenouacutes sou Iouacute meth ou evloyidoacutes i sin do banayiacuteo ge ayathoacute ge zoobioacute Sou Bneacutevmadi nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon

CHOIR Amiacuten The Priest bowing his head shall say also this prayer

Broacuteshes Giacuterie Iisouacute Hristeacute o Theoacutes imoacuten ex ayiacuteou gadigidiriacuteou sou ge aboacute throacutenou dhoacutexis dis vasiliacuteas sou ge eltheacute is do ayiaacutese imaacutes o aacuteno do Badriacute singathiacutemenos ge oacutedhe imiacuten aoraacutedos sinoacuten ge gadaxiacuteoson di gradeaacute sou hiriacute medadhouacutene imiacuten dou ahraacutendou Soacutemados sou ge dou dimiacuteou Eacutemados ge dhi imoacuten bandiacute do laoacute Then the Priest and the Deacon shall bow themselves thrice saying each to himself

O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison

ἐλέησόν microε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πρόσχωmicroεν Ὁ Ἱερεύς ἁψάmicroενος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου ἄκροις δακτύλοις τῶν δύο χειρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτόν ποιῶν σταυροῦ τύπον ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἁγίου Δίσκου ἐκφωνῶν

Τὰ Ἅγια τοῖς ἁγίοις ΧΟΡΟΣ

Εἷς Ἅγιος εἷς Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός Ἀmicroήν Εἶτα ψάλλει τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἡmicroέρας (εἰς τὸν ἦχον εἰς ὃν ἐψάλη καὶ τὸ Χερουβικόν) Τῇ microὲν Κυριακῇ τό

Αἰνεῖτε τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν Ἀλληλούϊα Εἰ δὲ τύχοι Δεσποτικὴ ἢ Θεοmicroητορικὴ ἑορτὴ ἢ ἀπόδοσις αὐτῆς ψάλλεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν τῆς ἑορτῆς ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Μέλισον δέσποτα τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον Ὁ Ἱερεύς microελίζων αὐτὸν εἰς τέσσαρας λέγων

Μελίζεται καὶ διαmicroερίζεται ὁ Ἀmicroνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ microελιζόmicroενος καὶ microὴ διαιρούmicroενος ὁ πάντοτε ἐσθιόmicroενος καὶ microηδέποτε δαπανώmicroενος ἀλλὰ τοὺς microετέχοντας ἁγιάζων Καὶ τίθησιν αὐτὰς σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ δίσκῳ οὕτως

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Πλήρωσον δέσποτα τὸ ἅγιον Ποτήριον Ὁ δέ Ἱερεύς λαβὼν τὴν ἄνω κειmicroένην microερίδα τοῦ ἀmicroνοῦ (ΙΣ) ποιεῖ σταυρὸν microετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐπάνω τοῦ ἁγίου Ποτηρίου καὶ ἐmicroβάλλων ταύτην ἐν αὐτῷ λέγει

Πλήρωmicroα Ποτηρίου πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος Ἁγίου

me DEACON

Broacuteshomen The Priest taking the Holy Bread with both hands and raising it a little and making the sign of the Cross with it shall say

Da Aacuteyia dis ayiacuteis CHOIR

Is Aacuteyios is Giacuterios Iisouacutes Hristoacutes is dhoacutexan Theouacute Badroacutes Amiacuten The choir shall then sing the Communion Anthem in the same tone as was sung the Cherubic Hymn On Sundays the following

Eniacutede don Giacuterion ek don ouranoacuten Allilouacuteia If it be one of the Great Feasts of the Lord of the Mother of God or the leavetaking thereof the Communion Hymn of the Feast is sung DEACON Meacutelison dheacutesboda don aacuteyion Aacuterton And the Priest breaking it in four parts shall say Meliacutezede ge dhiameriacutezede o Amnoacutes dou Theouacute o melizoacutemenos ge mi dhierouacutemenos o baacutendode esthioacutemenos ge midheacutebode dhabanoacutemenos allaacute dous medeacutehondas ayiaacutezon And he shall place the four pieces on the holy paten in this way

DEACON

Bliacuteroson dheacutesboda do aacuteyion Bodiacuterion And the Priest taking from the paten the particle which lies uppermost that marked IC shall make therewith the sign of the Cross over the chalice and placing it therein shall say Bliacuteroma Bodiriacuteou biacutesteos Bneacutevmados Ayiacuteou

ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ Ἀmicroήν Καὶ λαβὼν τὸ Ζέον λέγει πρὸς τὸν Ἱερέα ὁ Διάκονος

Εὐλόγησον δέσποτα τὸ ζέον ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Εὐλογηmicroένη ἡ ζέσις τῶν ἁγίων σου πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Ἀmicroήν Ὁ Διάκονος ἐγχέει ἐκ τοῦ Ζέοντος τὸ ἀρκοῦν σταυροειδῶς ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ Ποτηρίῳ λέγων

Ζέσις πίστεως Πνεύmicroατος ἁγίου Ἀmicroήν Καὶ προσερχόmicroενος ὁ Ἱερεὺς ἵνα κοινωνήσῃ λέγει τῷ Διακόνῳ

Ἀδελφὲ καὶ συλλειτουργέ συγχώρησόν microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Τῆς ἱερωσύνης σου microνησθείη Κύριος ὁ Θεός ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ πάντοτε νῦν καὶ ἀεὶ καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Καί προσκυνοῦντες τρίς λέγουσι καθ᾿ ἑαυτοὺς

Ὁ Θεὸς ἱλάσθητί microοι τῷ ἁmicroαρτωλῷ καὶ ἐλέησόν microε (γ) Καὶ πλησιάσας εἰς τὰ Ἅγια microετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόmicroου ὁ Ἱερεὺς λαmicroβάνει ἓν microέρος ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου καὶ λέγει

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μεταδίδοταί microοι (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ πρεσβυτέρῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καὶ οὕτω microεταλαmicroβάνει τῆς ἐν χερσί microερίδος microετά πάσης ἀσγαλείαςmiddot καί ἀποσπογγίσας τήν δεξιάν παλάmicroην διά τῆς microούσης λέγει ἡσύχως

Διάκονε (Ἱεροδιάκονε) πρόσελθε ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ

Ἰδοὺ προσέρχοmicroαι Χριστῷ τῷ ἀθανάτῳ βασιλεῖ καὶ Θεῷ ἡmicroῶν

Μετάδος microοι Δέσποτα (δεῖνι) τῷ ἀναξίῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν microου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον Καί προσελθόντος τοῦ Διακόνου ὁ Ἱερεὺς microεταδίδει αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ παλάmicroῃ τό ἕτερον microέρος τῆς microερίδος τοῦ ἁγίου Ἄρτου λέγων

Μεταδίδοταί σοι (δεῖνι) τῷ εὐλαβεστάτῳ Διακόνῳ τὸ τίmicroιον καὶ πανάγιον Σῶmicroα τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡmicroῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσίν σου ἁmicroαρτιῶν καὶ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον

DEACON Amiacuten And taking the Zeon [warm water] he shall say to the Priest Evloacuteyison dheacutesboda do zeacuteon The Priest blessing the warm water shall say Evloyimeacuteni i zeacutesis don ayiacuteon sou baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon Amiacuten And the Deacon shall pour into the chalice crosswise so much as suffices saying Zeacutesis biacutesteos Bneacutevmados ayiacuteou Amiacuten And approaching to partake of the Holy Mysteries the Priest shall say to the Deacon Adhelfeacute ge sillidouryeacute sinhoacuterisoacuten mi do amardoloacute DEACON Dis Ierosiacutenis sou mnisthiacutei Giacuterios o Theoacutes en di basiliacutea avtouacute baacutendode nin ge aiacute ge is dous eoacutenas don eoacutenon And they shall make three devout reverences saying each to himself O Theoacutes ilaacutesthidi mi do amardoloacute ge eleacuteison me (3) And the Priest taking and dividing the particle of the Holy Bread with the XC shall place a piece in the palm of his right hand saying Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten Medadhiacutedhodeacute mi [Name] do anaxiacuteo bresvideacutero do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And in fear and with all precaution he shall partake of the particle in his hand And wiping his palm with the sponge he shall summon the Deacon saying Dhiaacutegone (Ierodhiaacutegone) broacuteselthe DEACON Idhouacute broseacuterhome Hristoacute do athanaacutedo vasiliacute ge Theoacute imoacuten

Medaacutedhos mi Dheacutesboda [Name] do anaxiacuteo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin mou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion And the Deacon approaching the Priest shall place a particle of the Holy Bread in the palm of the Deaconrsquos right hand saying Medadhiacutedhodeacute si [Name] do evlavestaacutedo Dhiagoacuteno do diacutemion ge banaacuteyion Soacutema dou Giriacuteou ge Theouacute ge Sodiacuteros imoacuten Iisouacute Hristouacute is aacutefesin sou amardioacuten ge is zoiacuten eoacutenion

Ὁ δὲ Διάκονος λαmicroβάνει τὸν ἅγιον Ἄρτον καὶ ἀπέρχεται ὄπισθεν τῆς ἁγίας Τραπέζης καὶ microετα